EP4000 REV 02-05-18 - Final

ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE: NUMBER
05/27/10 EP4000
REVISED DATE: PAGE
02/05/18 1 OF 184
TITLE RECOMMENDED: Director Stations DATE:
AMTRAK ENGINEERING STATIONS & FACILITIES Cynthia Brey, AIA 02/05/18

RECOMMENDED: Deputy Chief Engineer Structures DATE:
STANDARD DESIGN PRACTICES (SDP)
Raymond Verrelle, Jr. PE 02/05/18
APPROVED: AVP Engineering & Design DATE:
James Richter, PE 02/05/18
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS......................................................................................................................... 1
INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................................. 7
DIVISION 00 – CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS ...................................................................................... 8
00 70 00 – STANDARD CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT BETWEEN AMTRAK AND THE DESIGN CONTRACTOR 8
00 70 05 – OPTIONAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT BETWEEN AMTRAK AND THE DESIGN CONTRACTOR 36
DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS....................................................................................... 74
01 10 00 – SUMMARY 74
01 10 00 – REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 74
01 41 13 – CODES 74
01 41 19 – RULES AND REGULATIONS 77
01 41 26 – PERMITS 79
01 60 00 – PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 79
01 74 19 – CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 79
01 81 00 – FACILITY PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 79
01 81 10 – STRUCTURAL PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 80
01 81 13 – SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS 83
01 83 17 – EXTERIOR ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLIES 83
01 83 20 – ROOFING ASSEMBLIES 83
01 84 14 – INTERIOR CONSTRUCTION ASSEMBLIES 84
01 84 20 – INTERIOR FINISHES 85
DIVISION 03 – CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE ...................................................................................... 90
03 01 30 – MAINTENANCE OF CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 90
03 30 00 – CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 91
03 40 00 – PRECAST CONCRETE 92
DIVISION 04 – MASONRY ................................................................................................................ 93
04 20 00 – UNIT MASONRY 93
04 21 13 – BRICK MASONRY 96
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
TITLE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE: NUMBER
AMTRAK ENGINEERING STATIONS & FACILITIES 05/27/10 EP4000
REVISED DATE: PAGE
STANDARD DESIGN PRACTICES (SDP) 02/05/18 2 OF 184
04 22 00 – CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 96

04 40 00 – STONE ASSEMBLIES 96
04 72 00 – CAST STONE MASONRY 97
04 90 00 – MASONRY RESTORATION AND CLEANING 98
DIVISION 05 – METALS .................................................................................................................... 99
05 12 00 – STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 99
05 31 00 – STEEL DECKING 99
05 40 00 – COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 99
05 50 00 – METAL FABRICATIONS 100
05 52 00 – METAL RAILINGS 100
05 53 00 – METAL GRATINGS 101
DIVISION 06 – WOODS AND PLASTICS .......................................................................................... 102
06 10 00 – ROUGH CARPENTRY 102
06 13 23 – HEAVY TIMBER CONSTRUCTION 102
06 40 23 – INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 102
DIVISION 07 – THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION .............................................................. 106
07 0 00 – THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 106
07 10 00 – MOISTURE PROTECTION 106
07 21 00 – THERMAL INSULATION 107
07 24 00 – EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS (EIFS) 109
07 24 23 – DIRECT APPLIED EXTERIOR FINISH SYSTEMS (DEFS) 109
07 27 00 – AIR BARRIERS 109
07 31 13 – ASPHALT SHINGLES 110
07 31 29 – WOOD SHINGLES AND SHAKES 111
07 37 00 – UNDERLAYMENT 111
07 41 13 – METAL ROOF PANELS 113
07 46 00 – SIDING 113
07 46 10 – METAL SIDING 114
07 46 23 – WOOD SIDING 115
07 46 33 – PLASTIC SIDING 115
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
07 46 46 – MINERAL-FIBER CEMENT SIDING 115

07 50 00 – MEMBRANE ROOFING 116
07 62 00 – SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 117
07 92 00 – JOINT SEALANTS 118
DIVISION 08 – DOORS AND WINDOWS ........................................................................................ 120
08 10 00 – DOORS AND FRAMES 120
08 31 13 – ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES 121
08 50 00 – WINDOWS 121
08 62 00 – UNIT SKYLIGHTS 121
08 71 00 – DOOR HARDWARE 122
08 71 13 – AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATORS 124
08 81 00 – GLASS GLAZING 124
08 91 00 – LOUVERS 124
DIVISION 09 – FINISHES ................................................................................................................ 125
09 21 16 – GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 125
09 24 23 – PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER (STUCCO) 126
09 30 00 – TILING 127
09 51 00 – ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANELS 128
09 64 00 – WOOD FLOORING 129
09 65 13 – RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES 129
09 65 19 – RESILIENT TILE FLOORING 129
09 66 00 – TERRAZZO FLOORING 130
09 67 23 – RESINOUS FLOORING 131
09 68 00 – CARPETING 131
09 78 00 – INTERIOR WALL PANELING 132
09 91 00 – PAINTING 133
09 96 00 – HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS 134
DIVISION 10 – SPECIALTIES ........................................................................................................... 135
10 14 00 – SIGNAGE 135
10 17 00 – TELEPHONE SPECIALTIES 135
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
10 21 13 – TOILET COMPARTMENTS 135

10 28 13 – TOILET ACCESSORIES 136
10 44 13 – FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS 137
10 44 16 – FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 138
10 51 00 – LOCKERS 138
DIVISION 11 – EQUIPMENT ........................................................................................................... 139
11 20 00 – COMMERCIAL EQUIPMENT 139
DIVISION 12 – FURNISHINGS ........................................................................................................ 140
12 48 13 – ENTRANCE FLOOR MATS AND FRAMES 140
12 50 00 – FURNITURE 140
12 93 43 – SITE SEATING 140
DIVISION 13 – SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION ....................................................................................... 142
13 34 60 – TEMPORARY TRAILERS 142
13 95 00 – STATION PLATFORM SNOW MELTING SYSTEMS 143
DIVISION 14 – CONVEYING SYSTEMS............................................................................................ 146
14 20 00 – ELEVATORS 146
14 31 00 – ESCALATORS - COORDINATE WITH CURRENT AMTRAK STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR ESCALATORS 148
14 43 00 – PLATFORM LIFTS 149
DIVISIONS 21 – FIRE SUPPRESSION ............................................................................................... 150
21 10 00 – WATER BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS 150
DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING .............................................................................................................. 153
22 11 00 – WATER DISTRIBUTION 153
22 13 00 – SANITARY SEWERAGE 154
22 40 00 – PLUMBING FIXTURES 155
DIVISION 23 – HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) .................................. 157
23 00 00 – HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC) 157
23 09 23 – DIRECT-DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS 161
DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL ............................................................................................................ 166
26 00 00 – ELECTRICAL 166
DIVISION 27 – COMMUNICATIONS ............................................................................................... 174
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
DIVISION 28 – ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY ..................................................................... 175

28 13 00 – ACCESS CONTROL 175
28 23 00 – VIDEO SURVEILLANCE 175
28 31 00 – FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM 175
DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK.......................................................................................................... 176
31 21 13.13 – RADON VENTING 176
31 22 00 – GRADING 176
DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS ................................................................................... 177
32 00 00 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 177
32 12 16 – ASPHALT PAVING 177
32 13 13 – CONCRETE PAVING 177
32 17 26 – TACTILE WARNING SURFACING 177
32 32 19 – UNIT MASONRY RETAINING WALLS 178
32 90 00 – PLANTING 179
DIVISION 33 – UTILITIES ................................................................................................................ 181
33 40 00 – STORM DRAINAGE UTILITIES 181
33 46 13 – FOUNDATION DRAINAGE 182
DIVISION 34 – TRANSPORTATION ................................................................................................. 183
34 10 00 – GUIDEWAYS/RAILWAYS 183
34 11 93 – TRACK APPURTENANCES AND ACCESSORIES 183
34 72 00 – RAILWAY CONSTRUCTION 183
APPENDIX…………………………………………………………………….....................................................Appendix
Appendix A – DESIGN QUALITY ASSURANCE CHECKLIST A1 – A2
Appendix B – MONTHLY PROJECT REPORT A3 – A4
Appendix C – MEETING MINUTES A5 – A6
Appendix D – AMTRAK COMMENT REVIEW FORM A7 – A8
Appendix E – MEETING ATTENDANCE A9 – A10
Appendix F – MEETING AGENDA A11 – A12
Appendix G – PRELIMINARY HISTORIC EVALUATION A13 – A14
Appendix H – SAMPLE SHPO LETTER – NO EFFECT A15 – A18
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
Appendix I – ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW FORM A19 – A20

Appendix J – REQUIRED INFORMATION FOR REQUESTING LABOR CLEARANCE A21 – A22
Appendix K – AMTRAK JURISDICTIONAL REQUIREMENTS A23 – A28
Appendix L – AMTRAK ENGINEERING REFERENCE DOCUMENT A29 – A34
Appendix M – CONSTRUCTION ESTIMATE A35 – A36
Appendix N – SAMPLE SOGR WALK-THROUGH SURVEY FORM A37 – A38
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
INTRODUCTION
I. Engineering Practices, Structures, Stations & Facilities, EP 4000: Engineering Practices (EP) EP 4000 defines
procedures for the design and documentation of Amtrak Stations and Facilities projects within Engineering
Structures department, for both Standard and Optional Conditions of the Contract between Amtrak and the
Design Contractor. It is intended to provide instructions and procedures to Amtrak Design Contractors and
others that provide services related to design and construction for Amtrak. In addition to instructions and
procedures, the document in large part defines the minimum standard design requirements. EP 4000 consists
of the following:
1. Standard Conditions of the Contract between Amtrak and the Design Contractor: Defines the
standard tasks and particular deliverables expected from the Design Contractor, unless otherwise
noted in the specific project’s Scope of Services.
2. Optional Conditions of the Contract between Amtrak and the Design Contractor: Defines the
additional optional tasks and particular deliverables expected from the Design Contractor, as noted in
the specific project’s Scope of Services. These additional optional tasks generally are required for
more complex projects.
3. Division 01 – 34: These divisions are organized in accord with master specifications sections, and
divided into sub-sections. These Divisions establish minimum standard design criteria that shall be
used as a general guideline to Amtrak’s Design Contractors in the preparation of design and
construction documents for Amtrak Stations and Facilities. The Design Contractor shall provide
customized specifications to suit the specific project and site conditions. Certain railroad specific
technical master specifications are included in sub-sections of referenced EPs and shall be
incorporated into the master specifications as applicable for a specific project, as provided by the
Amtrak Project Manager.
i) Division 01: This division includes a high level summary of regulatory requirements,
performance requirements, and building assemblies.
ii) Divisions 02 – 34: These divisions provide minimum standard design requirements for major
building systems, components, and materials. The Design Contractor shall use current industry
standards and practices for any portion of the design that is not specifically addressed, or in
cases where the Amtrak Project Manager grants a design exception.
4. Design Contractor: Where this document refers to the Design Contractor, it shall include all
subcontractors, as well as their respective representatives, employees, and any manufacturers,
suppliers, or other entities that may be providing services to the Design Contractor.
5. Construction Contractors: This document is not intended to apply to Construction Contractors
performing work based upon the documents prepared by Amtrak Design Contractors. It is the
responsibility of the Design Contractor to ensure that the standards contained within the SDP are
incorporated into the design as well as the construction documentation and the construction
documents shall not obligate the Construction Contractor to reference the SDP for the performance
of it work.
II. EP, Structures Department: The EP 4000 is one of the Structures department’s EPs. A listing of the EP,
Structures is included in Appendix M1 for information purposes only. The Amtrak Project Manager will
provide EPs to the Design Contractor, as appropriate to suit the scope of the project. Certain railroad specific
technical master specifications are included in sub-sections of referenced EPs and shall be incorporated into
the master specifications as applicable for a specific project.
III. EP, Other Engineering Departments: EP standards and/or specifications for the specific Track, Communications
and Signals, and Electric Traction disciplines are produced and maintained by their respective departments. A
list of the EPs, Track, Communications and Signals, and Electric Traction is included in Appendix M2-4 for
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
information purposes only. The Amtrak Project Manager will provide these EPs to the Design Contractor, as
appropriate, to suit the scope of the project.
IV. Amtrak Reference Documents: Additionally, there are documents prepared by other Amtrak Departmental
that are relevant to the design and construction of Amtrak Stations and Facilities. See Appendix M5 for
information purposes only. The Amtrak Project Manager will provide these documents to the Design
Contractor, as appropriate to the project.
DIVISION 00 – CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS

00 70 00 – Standard Conditions of the Contract between Amtrak and the Design Contractor
I. General
A. Purpose: This section of the Standard Design Practices (SDP) defines standards and procedures for the
design and documentation of Amtrak Stations and Facilities projects as required by the Contract and the
specifics of the project. These Standard Conditions of the Contract between Amtrak and the Design
Contractor shall be performed by the Design Contractor in addition to the Standard Conditions, unless
otherwise noted in the specific project’s Scope of Services.
B. Requirements: Deviations from these requirements must be discussed with and approved by the Amtrak
Project Manager.
C. Design Contractor Personnel:
1. Qualified Personnel: Only qualified personnel shall perform the work of the various tasks and
services. Personnel shall be experienced in their respective types of work with appropriate
educational background, licenses and certifications, and shall be knowledgeable in pertinent codes,
references, and guidelines. Electric Traction (ET) design must be performed using a Design
Subcontractor that is on the Amtrak ET Department’s list of approved contractors. Communications
and Signals (C&S) design must be performed by a Design Subcontractor that is on the Amtrak C&S
Department’s list of approved contractors Amtrak list of approved contractors, if it is not performed
directly by Amtrak C&S.
2. Design Contractor’s Project Manager: The Design Contractor shall identify a qualified member of their
staff to act as the Project Manager; that individual shall have the requisite technical and
administrative experience, and educational background to manage the Project successfully. The
Project Manager shall be a licensed Professional Engineer, or Registered Architect in the state(s)
where the Project is located. The Design Contractor’s Project Manager shall be considered one of the
Design Contractor’s key personnel and shall remain assigned to the Project for its duration unless
Amtrak requests his/her replacement for reasons of performance.
3. Design Contractor’s Lead Designer: The Design Contractor shall identify a qualified member of their
staff to act as the Lead Designer and has the technical and design experience, and educational
background to lead the design effort for this Project. In instances where the scope of the work is
relatively small and not particularly complex, Design Contractor’s project manager may also serve in
the capacity of lead designer. The Lead Designer shall be a Registered Architect in the state(s) where
the Project is located and shall be considered one of the Design Contractor’s key personnel.
D. Submission Deliverable Requirements:
1. Purpose: This section of the Standard Design Practices (SDP) defines specific requirements for
submission deliverables for all Design Contractors’ services for Amtrak Stations and Facilities projects
as required by the Contract and the specifics of the project.
2. Documentation
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
i) Property Rights: Documents prepared and submitted by the Design Contractor in connection
with Amtrak projects shall become the property of Amtrak.
ii) Drawing Standards: Refer to Amtrak CAD and BIM Standards, EP 4010.
iii) Drawing Numbering System: Drawing numbering to follow United States National CAD Standard
Numbering System, found here: https://www.nationalcadstandard.org/ncs5/pdfs/ncs5_uds1.pdf
3. General Requirements
i) Deliverables shall be submitted to the Amtrak Project Manager at 30th Street Station,
Philadelphia, PA, 19104, unless otherwise stated in the Scope of Services or directed by the
ii) Printed Copies: Provide (1) full sized bound copy of each document unless noted otherwise
below and in the Scope of Services.
iii) Electronic Files
iv) On CD-ROM:
v) One complete set of original AutoCAD files for all Drawings of buildings and platforms, and
MicroStation files for all track drawings, if applicable.
vi) MS Word files of Specifications, Project Definition Report, and other supporting documents.
vii) One complete set of printable Adobe PDF files of assembled documents.
a) Each drawing shall be a separate PDF file that will print the complete drawing full-size in
correct order with cover sheet first.
b) Specifications shall be on one single PDF file that will print complete booklet double-sided,
including Cover and Table of Contents. (Table of contents and all sections shall start on front
side of paper, with blank pages inserted at end of odd-page-length sections as needed).
viii) At the discretion of the Amtrak Project Manager, informal interim progress documents may also
be submitted electronically (without paper) as multi-page Adobe PDF files only.
4. Specification Standards:
i) Project Specific: The Design Contractor shall specifically customize specifications for the project.
ii) Format: Specifications shall be prepared using Microsoft Word 2010 or later version and the
latest version of AIA MasterSpec, CSI MasterFormat 2004 (50 Divisions).
iii) Division 1 special general requirements master specifications sections, and particular Divisions 02
through 34 technical master specifications sections, will be supplied by Amtrak and shall be
edited by the Design Contractor to suit the specific project and site conditions.
iv) Approved Equivalent: All produced specifications section must contain a basis of design product,
equipment or system and “or approved equivalent “provision, and must identify the salient
physical and functional characteristic, including performance and testing requirements.
v) The Design Contractor shall research the available products, equipment or system to determine
the manufacturers and suppliers that offer the products that meet the project’s particular
requirements. List a minimum of three (3) sources of acceptable products that satisfy the
requirements of the specifications section.
vi) The Design Contractor shall provide a written sole source justification when the available product
is limited to only on source or where Amtrak requires a single source for operational
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
considerations, including compatibility with existing products or equipment, or maintenance

economy.
5. Construction Cost Estimate and Schedule
i) General: The Design Contractor shall prepare coordinated construction cost estimates and
schedules to a level of detail appropriate for each submission.
ii) Spread Sheets: The Design Contractor shall prepare construction cost estimates and schedules
using spread sheets, in compliance with good engineering practice and as described herein. (The
Design Contractor may use other industry-standard estimating and scheduling methods, if prior
agreement is obtained from Amtrak.)
iii) Work Restrictions: The Project may require work to be accomplished during hours outside the
normal workday schedule, or where work restrictions constrain productivity, or where work may
have to be performed within specified limited time periods. For a project that requires these
types of considerations, special attention must be paid to premium labor rates, productivity loss,
equipment rental costs, etc.
iv) Separate Packages: The Design Contractor shall develop separate and complete cost estimates
and schedules for each separate construction contract or bid package.
v) Support Documentation: To allow for Amtrak to validate the cost estimates and schedules, the
Design Contractor shall prepare and maintain documentation in sufficient detail and clarity to
support and validate all values contained in the estimating and scheduling worksheets. For
Amtrak to consider an estimate to be complete, the Design Contractor must identify all values on
the summary sheets such that they are traceable to the detail worksheets.
vi) Cost Estimates:
a) Project Identification: Title, location, date, author.
b) Summary:
1) Written Overview: Written overview of findings including: method used to prepare the
estimate, documents on which the estimate is based, assumed schedule (bid date,
construction start, completion)., type of contract and procurement method assumed,
outline of items included and specific lists of items excluded from estimate, market
conditions at the time of the estimate and projected to the bid date and associated
escalation costs, estimating contingency, list of alternatives considered.
2) Estimate Summary: Provide a summary chart of estimate findings by CSI MasterFormat
or UniFormat division numbers, totaled, and with general condition, profit, builders risk
insurance, bonds, estimating contingency, escalation and sub-contractor mark-ups, as
applicable. The cost itemization is to be referenced and appended to the summary
sheet. (See Appendix M – Estimation Summary for format of summary chart.)
3) Reconciliation: A basis of estimate and reconciliation with the previous estimate and
budget must be substantiated at each design submission. Recommendations for
corrective actions must be provided, if costs vary from budget.
c) Cost Itemization: The Design Contractor shall break each estimate into construction items
with unit price and total cost for each item, and if applicable its location notated. Each item
shall be divided into the following elements: labor, material and equipment. The Design
Contractor’s cost estimates shall include detailed calculation, tabulations of quantifies and
pricing of construction work for each package. The Design Contractor shall include costs for
general conditions and all other costs necessary to determine the total cost for all work. The
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
estimate shall be organized and summarized by CSI MasterFormat or UniFormat division and
sub-division numbering system.
d) Contingency: The Design Contractor shall include contingency allowance in the estimate
appropriate for the level of development of the estimate.
e) Escalation: Cost estimates shall be first developed based on current prices. Escalation for
work to be bid and performed in the future shall be taken into account and shall be
developed and incorporated within the estimate, to the mid-point of the anticipated
construction period. Escalation factors shall be clearly indicated.
f) Coordination With Schedule: The estimate shall be consistent and coordinated with the
schedule
vii) Schedules:
a) Calendar: Schedules shall employ calendar days, not working days.
b) Format: The Design Contractor shall prepare an accurate Critical Path Method (CPM)
construction schedule, utilizing Microsoft Project or Primavera Project Manager detailing the
construction activities to be performed by the Construction Contractor(s). The construction
schedule shall include the period from the Construction Notice to Proceed (NTP) to the final
completion of the project. All major activities as outlined in the scope of work shall be
represented in this schedule including, but not limited to work, to be performed by Amtrak
forces, and operational and phasing requirements.
1) Network of Activity Durations: The Construction Schedule shall account for the all major
elements of work through a network of activity durations arranged in a logical sequence
that is the Design Contractor’s best projection on how the work will actually proceed.
2) Milestones: Milestones for completion of key construction phases shall be incorporated
into the Construction Schedule, and coordinated with construction phasing plans
included Design Phases Submission Deliverables, and the development of any liquidated
damages, if determined as necessary by the Amtrak Project Manager.
c) Base Estimates and Schedules: Base estimates and schedules shall be adjusted as necessary
to account for the following factors as thy may apply:
1) The magnitude of the scope of work and phasing requirement due to contract duration
2) The coordination of all disciplines defined on the project
3) Limitation on work hours and limited access to work and staging areas due to Amtrak
operations or project site conditions.
4) Working near active lines, including tracks with an energized overhead contact rail or
overhead catenary and overhead structure
5) Maintaining passenger pedestrian and vehicle egress and safety.
6) Productivity of work crews during nights, weekends and extended track outages.
7) Limitations on activities due to allowable material working ranges for temperature
and/or humidity.
8) Dust and noise control and other environmental protection factors
9) Track outage restrictions.
6. Engineering Calculations: Engineering calculations shall be submitted by discipline with each design
phase submission to describe how the design was developed. Engineering calculations shall be
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
performed in accordance with current recommendations and guidelines of corresponding technical

associations, e.g. IES for illumination, ASHRAE for heating, ventilating and air-conditioning, NFPA for
electrical, ASCE for structural and site work, AREMA for railway engineering, etc. Calculations may be
attached to the Project Definition Report as an appendix, or provided as a separate bound volume.
i) Engineering calculations must be based upon specified systems rather than general “rules of
thumb” i.e. heat loss calculations must be based on actual R and/or U- values of roof and wall
construction, actual SHGC of glass specified, etc. Actual R and/or U values, SHGC, and similar
factors must be indicated in product data or calculated with all material values provided.
ii) Engineering calculations must be recorded neatly and kept in an orderly fashion for easy review
and shall serve as a suitable permanent record of the design work.
E. Work on Railroad Property
1. General:
i) Host Railroad Rules, Regulations, and Requirements: The proposed Work involves operations on
property owned or controlled by Amtrak or another Host Railroad. Railroad traffic shall be
maintained at all times with safety and continuity. The Design Contractor shall conduct all of the
operations on the Railroad right-of-way (ROW) fully within the rules, regulations, and
requirements of the Host Railroad.
ii) Within Limits of ROW: No individual shall come within the limits of Amtrak’s or any other Host
Railroad’s ROW unless that individual has successfully completed that Host Railroad’s Safety
Orientation Class and has obtained the requisite certification of completion.
a) When working on Amtrak property, the Design Contractor, Sub Contractors, and respective
employees must first successfully complete Amtrak Railroad Safety Orientations class. The
class is an on-line computer based training program that is available 24 hours a day / 7 days
per week, provided at the sole expense of the contractor and subcontractors on a per-
person basis at http://www.amtrakcontractor.com/. Participants completing this course are
required to read, comprehend and demonstrate in English their understanding of the
materials presented, as well as all the safety instructions, briefings, and warnings. All other
costs encountered due to complying with the Amtrak safety requirements will be at the sole
expense of contractors and subcontractors.
b) Work on other Host Railroad property may require additional training and certification. The
Amtrak Project Manager will provide to the Design Contractor information on other Host
Railroad training and certification requirements.
iii) Track Occupancy: The Design Contractor shall obtain verification of the time and schedule of
track occupancy from the Railroad before proceeding with any Work over, under, within, or
adjacent to the Railroad right-of-way. All Work to be done under, upon or over the Railroad
right-of-way will be performed by the Design Contractor in a manner satisfactory to the Railroad.
It shall be performed at such times and in such manner, as not to interfere with the movement of
trains or traffic upon the tracks of the Railroad. The Design Contractor may have to coordinate
his Work with Railroad operations and other contractor scheduled Work. The Design Contractor
shall use all necessary care and precaution in order to avoid accidents, delay or interference with
the Railroad’s trains or other property.
iv) Electrified Track: In some cases, Work will be performed adjacent to the high-speed main line
electrified tracks of the Railroad in the vicinity of high voltage lines of the Railroad. In working
near these lines, great care must be exercised. The Railroad’s rules outlining requirements for
clearances between equipment and energized wires, as well as other interactions with regard to
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
working in the vicinity of energized wires must be strictly observed whenever the tracks,
structures, or properties of the Railroad are involved or affected.
v) Site Specific Work Plan: The Design Contractor shall submit a Site Specific Work Plan (SSWP) for
approval by the Railroad. The SSWP shall include any schedules, plans, and a detailed description
of all equipment and methods of procedure for accomplishing the Work as well as provisions for
temporary storage and parking. The Work in the field shall not proceed until the Railroad has
reviewed and approved SSWP in writing.
a) This submission must be made at least fourteen (14) calendar days prior to proceeding with
any Work.
b) Approval shall not serve in any way to relieve the Design Contractor of complete
responsibility for the adequacy and safety of his methods of procedure.
vi) Access to Amtrak Property: Amtrak will provide access to railroad property that is under its
control and, where necessary, will coordinate with Host Railroads for permission to access their
property.
vii) Access to Railroad property may be limited based on availability of protection, other concurrent
work, or as required to ensure that train operations are not interrupted.
2. Roadway Worker Protection
i) RWP Required: The Railroad will require Railway Work Protection (RWP) services during all
periods when the Design Contractor is working on, over, or adjacent to the right-of-way of the
railroad, or as may be found necessary in the opinion of the Railroad.
ii) Type of Protection: The Railroad shall determine the type of protection required to ensure safety
and continuity of railroad traffic incident to the particular methods of operations and equipment
to be used during the contract. The Railroad will furnish such qualified flagman, signalman,
inspectors, protection personnel, or other employees as may be required to ensure the safety of
all people, trains, operations, and facilities.
a) Amtrak will bear all expense incurred for protection by railroad employees.
b) The providing of such watchmen, and other precautionary measures, shall not, however
relieve the Design Contractor from liability for payment of damages caused by their
operations.
iii) RWP Written Permission: The Design Contractor shall make a request in writing to the Railroad at
least seven (7) calendar days prior to the date intending to enter upon railroad property. Amtrak
will respond to the request within four days of receipt of the request. No work on railroad
property shall proceed without proper protection on the site.
3. Work by Amtrak Forces: Amtrak is subject to agreements with its unions that may require some
construction work to be done by in-house or “force account” labor. If Amtrak determines that force
account labor will be used through Amtrak’s labor clearance process, the Amtrak Project Manager
will notify the Design Contractor.
F. Energy and Sustainability
1. General: Consistent with its overall sustainability policy, Amtrak is committed to locating, designing,
constructing, maintaining, and operating its sites, stations and facilities in an energy-efficient and
sustainable manner.
2. ICC International Green Construction Code (IGCC): In addition to voluntary compliance with state and
local building codes, Amtrak has adopted the technical requirement of the IGCC. (See Division 01 41
13, paragraph IV.) The Design Contractor shall comply with the mandatory provisions of the most
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
current IGCC for all new and extensively renovated sites and buildings. The IGCC provisions establish
minimum standards and objectives that can be increased through the selection of “Jurisdictional
Requirements” and “Project Electives.”
3. IGCC Jurisdictional Requirements and Project Electives: Amtrak’s IGCC Jurisdictional Requirements
and Project Electives are defined in Appendix K and include sections under chapters on: Site
Development and Land Use; Material Resource Conservation and Efficiency\Energy Conservation,
Efficiency and CO2 Emission Reduction; Water Resource Conservation, Quality and Efficiency; Indoor
Environmental Quality and Comfort; and Existing Buildings. Amtrak’s IGCC Jurisdictional
Requirements and Project Electives must be applied as appropriate to every project scope, and a
general overview how they will be incorporated into this specific project be included in the Design
Services Submission Deliverables.
G. Accessibility
1. General: Americans with Disabilities Act (“ADA”), the US Department of Transportation’s (“DOT”)
ADA Accessibility Guidelines (ADAAG), and DOT’s statutory regulations promulgated under the ADA
applies to Amtrak’s public facilities to provide access to transportation services for persons with
disabilities.
2. Legacy Structures: Amtrak was founded in 1971 through the government-sponsored consolidation of
most of the preexisting passenger rail companies in the United States. The majority of Amtrak’s
stations/facilities, which it owns or is responsible for, are legacy stations/facilities built prior to the
enactment of either of the ADA, ADAAG and associated statutory regulations creating particular
challenges for compliance with accessibility. Many of Amtrak’ stations and platforms are also
qualified historic structures posing additional challenges.
3. Accessible Elements: The Design Contractor shall design all accessible elements for compliance and
installed within the maximum and minimum range for compliance, rather than precisely at the
maximum or minimum limits for compliance. This arrangement is intended to account for normal
and anticipated construction tolerances. In addition, where a maximum or minimum figure is cited in
the standards, considerations must be given to supplement the required dimension in order to
ensure compliance. Given the precision of the standards, federal inspectors do not accept deviations
associated with construction tolerances to waive compliance with any aspect of the ADA
requirements. Examples follow:
i) Accessible Ramps: I f the maximum allowable slope of an accessible ramp is 1:12, the ramp shall
be designed to be constructed with a slope not greater than 1:13.
ii) Grab Bars: If a grab bar is required by DOTAS 2006 to be 36” long minimum and terminate 12”
minimum from the centerline of the unit, if feasible, the grab bar shall be designed to be longer
(for example, 42”) and terminate in excess of the requirement (for example, 14”) from the
centerline of unit, to amply allow for and negate any installation errors or imprecision.
iii) Minimum or Maximum Dimensions: Where an element is to be installed at the minimum or
maximum permitted dimension, such as “15 inches minimum” or “5 pounds maximum”, it is best
practice to specify a dimension less than the required maximum or more than the required
minimum and state no tolerance to this specified dimension.
H. Security /Anti-Terrorism.
1. General: Since the events of September 11, 2011, security and anti-terrorism considerations have
increasingly played a larger role in transit design projects. Transit systems and their facilities
infrastructure are potentially vulnerable to security breaches, including Amtrak’s national passenger
rail network. Many Amtrak principal facilities are located in densely developed central cities, directly
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
adjacent to rail and highway corridors and waterways, posing particular security challenges. Station
facilities pose a particular challenge as public access is a fundamental requirement.
2. Security and Anti-terrorism Design Measures: The Design Contractor shall incorporate appropriate
security and anti-terrorism design measures into the facility to protect personal safety of passengers
and employees, resources, structure and continuity of operations against hazards. The Design
Contractor shall consider facility design, access management, communications, technology and
security system integration best practices to respond to the project’s particular surrounding
environment and needs. The Design Contractor shall implement best practices to harden the physical
assets, prioritizing security sensitive areas, and collaborating with Amtrak operating/maintenance
staff and security/police representatives. the Amtrak Project Manager will provide the Design
Contractor with the Amtrak’s Emergency Management and Corporate Security’s Design Guidance,
Practices and Recommendations (referenced in Appendix M5)-as relevant to the specific project.
I. Vandalism Protection: The Design Contractor shall incorporate appropriate design measures to protect
the facility against vandalism
J. Submission Deliverables:
1. Work on Railroad Property:
i) Host Railroad training and certification requirements: Prior to entering the limits of Amtrak’s or
any other Host Railroads ROW.
ii) Site Specific Work Plan: At least fourteen (14) calendar days prior to proceeding with any Work.
iii) RWP Written Permission: At least seven (7) calendar days prior to the date intending to enter
upon railroad property.
II. Project Management
A. Points of Contact: Amtrak shall designate a Project Manager for the Project. Amtrak’s Project Manager
shall coordinate the project with the Design Contractor’s Project Manager for a single point of contact
with Amtrak related to all technical issues. All technical correspondence, communications, and submittals
relating to the Project shall be directed to the Amtrak Project Manager.
B. Kick-off Meeting: The Design Contractor shall hold a kick-off meeting with Amtrak’s Project Manager
within two weeks from the Notice to Proceed (NTP) issued by the Procurement Office. At this meeting,
the Design Contractor shall present an overall project schedule consistent with the period of performance
for the contract, define and discuss key milestones, identify management procedures, and present
preliminary approaches to anticipated design and management issues. The Design Contractor shall
distribute succinct minutes to meeting participants and other members identified on the project’s
standard distribution list, individually packaged, within three business days following the meeting.
C. Project Management Plan: Within three weeks from the NTP, the Design Contractor shall provide a
Project Management Plan (PMP). The PMP shall be updated as required during the course of the project
and at the completion of key milestones. The PMP is to define key project management processes to
ensure the effective control of the project scope, schedule and budget. The PMP shall include the
following, as required specifically in the Scope of Services for a project:
1. Design Phase Schedule: A graphical representation of the overall project duration, submission and
meeting dates, milestones as well as Amtrak review periods for all design phases and tasks required
by the Scope of Work and consistent with the period of performance for the contract. The Work
Breakdown Structure (WBS) for the Design Phase Schedule shall be established in accordance with
Amtrak internal WBS structure. The schedule shall be submitted using Microsoft Office Project or
Primavera software. This documents will serve as the baseline schedule for the project.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
i) Revised Design Schedule: If a draft design schedule was included with the proposal, the Design
Contractor shall issue a revised schedule to incorporate the actual NTP date and any other
scheduling conflicts or constraints.
2. Period: The Schedule shall include the period from the Notice to Proceed (NTP) of design and through
the completion of the construction.
3. Design Phase Schedule Changes: Once approved by Amtrak, the design phase schedule shall only be
changed with the written consent of the Amtrak’s Project Manager.
4. Project Management Organization and Communications Plan: A defined project management
organization structure including organizational boundaries, and interfaces for project control and
communications.
5. Cost Management: A project specific Cost Management Plan to monitor the project costs over the
production of all design phases/tasks required by the Scope of Work including Earned Value Analysis.
A value for all design phases/tasks required by the Scope of Work is to be established and is to form
the cost baseline for cost management of the project.
6. Change Management: A project specific Change Management Plan to expand, adjust, or reduce the
project scope or quality requirements and schedule or cost baselines.
7. Quality Assurance/Quality Control Plan: A project specific Quality Assurance/Quality Control (QA/QC)
Plan to monitor the quality control over the production of all submissions or deliverables described in
the Scope of Work. Design Quality Assurance Checklist shall be submitted with every submittal. (See
Appendix A).
8. Project Contact List: The project contact list including the phone numbers, addresses (street and e-
mail) for all of the Design Contractors key personnel and discipline leads.
9. Meeting Minutes: Template. (See Appendix C)
D. Project Communications and Administration
1. Project Control: The Design Contractor’s Project Manager shall be responsible for all communications
with Amtrak and shall represent the entire team throughout the duration of the Project. All requests
for direction, information, or clarification shall be directed through the Design Contractor’s Project
Manager to Amtrak’s Project Manager. It will be the responsibility of the Design Contractor’s Project
Manager to coordinate the activities of the multi-disciplined effort to provide Amtrak with a
completed project within the designated schedule.
i) Methods: The Design Contractor’s Project Manager shall employ both formal and informal
methods to monitor the progress and technical aspects of the Project with Amtrak’s Project
Manager. Day-to-day communication shall be used to identify problems and assess their
importance, to clarify work objectives, to solve interface problems, and to make timely corrective
action whenever needed. Informal coordination meetings may also be held on an as-needed
basis or at an agreed-upon schedule.
ii) Design Contractor’s Staff Communications: As the project progresses, Amtrak’s Project Manager
and the Design Contractor’s Project Manager may arrange, by mutual agreement, to promote
the timely and efficient exchange of information, to have other staff members communicate
directly on technical aspects of the project. For all significant communications and decisions by
staff members, the Amtrak’s Project Manager and the Design Contractor’s Project Manager shall
be kept fully informed of these communications via memoranda, e-mail, or other acceptable
written means.
E. Meetings
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
1. Project Progress Meetings: The Design Contractor shall schedule, administer and conduct project
progress meetings on a monthly or bi-weekly basis, as progress may require or as directed by Amtrak,
at a mutually agreed upon interval. All meetings shall be held at Amtrak’s offices unless specified
otherwise by Amtrak. Progress meetings shall review the progress of the work according to the
design phase schedule, identify outstanding or potential problems and proposed solutions, examine
and consider actual versus budgeted costs. Both administrative, design and technical matters may be
discussed.
2. Meeting Attendance: Progress meetings shall have the following attendees: Amtrak’s Project
Manager, Amtrak Departmental representatives (as required), representatives from other
stakeholders (as required); the Design Contractor’s Project Manager, Design Lead, and key design
staff representatives (as required). (See Appendix D).
3. Meeting Agendas and Notices: The Design Contractor shall prepare meeting agendas and distribute
written notice and agendas two days in advance of scheduled and called meetings. (See Appendix E).
4. Meeting Minutes: The Design Contractor shall distribute succinct minutes to meeting participants and
other members identified on the project’s standard distribution list, individually packaged, within
three business days following the meeting. The meeting minutes shall identify matters resolved,
matters remaining open, and issues and specific tasks to be accomplished by the team members with
their targeted completion dates. The Design Contractor shall review, verify and incorporate all
comments from these meetings in each subsequent submittal. (See Appendix C).
5. Other Project Related Meetings: The Design Contractor shall schedule, administer and conduct other
specific project related meetings and prepare meeting minutes included in any Optional conditions,
unless otherwise noted.
F. Submission or Deliverable Review
1. Review: Amtrak will review and provide written comments for each of the submissions or
deliverables described in the Scope of Work no later than twenty one (21) calendar days from the
receipt date of the submittal or deliverable, in accordance with the design phase schedule approved
by Amtrak or as indicated in the Contract. The Design Contractor is to respond in writing to Amtrak’s
review comments within seven (7) calendar days of receipt of Amtrak review comments. Amtrak has
developed a standard comment review form for compiling and tracking Amtrak’s comments and the
Design Contractor’s responses for each submission or deliverable review. (See Appendix D)
2. Submission Review Meeting: The Design Contractor shall attend a formal Submission Review
Meeting for each major design submission or deliverable identified in the Scope of Services - discuss
Amtrak’s written comments. The Design Contractor shall have all applicable disciplines represented
at the review meeting. The Design Contractor shall prepare formal responses to review comments,
incorporating the content of the discussions at the submission review meeting, and shall submit the
responses in written form with the next scheduled submission. The Design Contractor shall consider
all review comments and coordinate with the Amtrak project manager to take the appropriate action
in the subsequent submission.
3. Updated Submissions: For submissions updated to include revisions and/or additions of design
development (PDRs, reports, calculations, estimates, etc.), the Design Contractor shall also submit a
“track changes” version to highlight the revisions and/or additions of the updated submission for the
Amtrak reviewers.
4. Contract Document Review: Amtrak may review reports, calculations, drawings, specifications,
designs, and other contract submission or deliverables on an informal basis in addition to the formal
reviews of each milestone submission. The Design Contractor shall make provisions for on-board
review of drawings, calculations, and other in-progress contract submission or deliverables by Amtrak
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
personnel on upon the request of the Amtrak project manager. Amtrak will provide at least three
business days’ prior notice for these informal reviews.
5. Incomplete Submission: If Amtrak determines that any formal submission required by the Scope of
Services is incomplete, is not internally coordinated or properly coordinated between disciplines, or
has not been properly reviewed for quality control, the submission will be rejected and returned to
the Design Contractor for correction and resubmission. Amtrak reserves the right to approve or
reject any proposed system or approach to the work that is judged to be inconsistent with the SDP or
inappropriate for the project requirements. The concerns indicated by Amtrak are not considered
closed until the Amtrak reviewer indicates that the concern is closed.
G. Quality Assurance/ Quality Control Plan: The Design Contractor shall adhere to the following, or, if
applicable, to the stated procedures of the Quality Assurance/ Quality Control (QA/QC) plan (e.g. CQI,
TQM, ISO 9001 certification, etc.) as included in the Project Management Plan.
1. Inadequate Quality Control: Where the Amtrak Project Manager finds that there has been
inadequate quality control done on the part of the Design Contractor, Amtrak reserves the right to
reject the documents. Amtrak will continue review only after the Design Contractor has affirmed in
writing that quality control has been done and has submitted revised documents.
i) Design and/or construction schedules will not be altered due to lack of quality control on the
part of the Design Contractor.
ii) Cost of resubmissions due to lack of quality control shall be borne by the Design Contractor.
2. Amtrak Review: Amtrak retains the right to review the Design Contractor’s documents and
procedures in relation to adherence with the Design Contractor’s established QA/QC policies. The
Design Contractor shall cooperate with Amtrak in providing reasonable access to non-confidential
records and documents related to QA/QC. Amtrak shall have the right to request corrective action if,
in Amtrak’s opinion, the Design Contractor’s lack of conformance to QA/QC policies may affect the
quality of the final product.
3. QA/QC Plan Deviations: Nothing in the Design Contractor’s QA/QC plan shall be construed to permit
the Design Contractor to deviate from Amtrak’s administrative or technical requirements for the
work. The QA/QC plan shall be used to assure that documents are prepared and professional services
provided as specified, and that the processes required by Amtrak are followed.
4. QA/QC Checklist: If required by the Amtrak Project Manager or by the Scope of Services, the Design
Contractor shall utilize the “Design Quality Assurance Checklist” with each submittal. (See Appendix
A).
H. Conferencing Capabilities: The Design Contractor shall provide video conferencing, web conferencing, and
interactive online workshops web conferencing capabilities to conduct synchronous meetings or
presentations via the internet on an as needed basis.
I. Submission Deliverables:
1. Kick-Off Meeting Minutes: The Kick-Off Meeting is to be scheduled fourteen (14) calendar days from
the Notice to Proceed (NTP). The Kick-Off Meeting Minutes shall be submitted three (3) business
days following the meeting.
2. Project Management Plan: Within twenty-one (21) calendar days from the NTP, and updated as
required during the course of the project and at the completion of key milestones.
3. Project Progress Meetings:
i) Meeting Agendas and Notices: Two days in advance of scheduled and called meetings.
ii) Meeting Minutes: Within three business days following the meeting.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
4. Amtrak’s Submission or Deliverable Review Comments Response: within seven (7) calendar days of
receipt of Amtrak’s submission or deliverable review comments.
5. QA/QC Checklist: If required.
III. Design Excellence:
A. General: The Design Contractor shall institute a design review process to address the specific challenges
of the project, to produce high design quality, high-performance and energy-efficient facilities on budget
and on time to meet Amtrak’s goals. The Design Contractor’s Design Lead shall direct and coordinate the
team’s design effort.
B. Design Excellence Meetings: The Design Contractor shall conduct design review meetings on a monthly or
bi-weekly basis, as progress may require or as directed by Amtrak’s Project Manager, at a mutually agreed
time. [These meetings are in addition to Submission Review Meeting(s).] These reviews shall critique the
design concept and its development to achieve the best design solution for a given budget and schedule.
When necessary to meet the budget and schedule goals, the design shall be adjusted without
compromising design quality with the approval of the Amtrak’s Project Manager.
1. Attendance: Attendance at these meeting shall include Amtrak’s Project Manager and the Design
Contractor’s Design Lead, Project Manager and other discipline leaders.
2. Meeting Agendas and Notices: The Design Contractor shall prepare meeting agendas and distribute
written notice and agendas two days in advance of scheduled and called meetings. (See Appendix E).
3. Meeting Minutes: The Design Contractor shall distribute succinct minutes to meeting participants and
other members identified on the project’s standard distribution list, individually packaged, within
three business days following the meeting. (See Appendix C).
4. Location: All meeting’s and workshop’s locations shall have significant tack board areas, capabilities
to conduct synchronous meetings or presentations via the internet.
C. Submission Deliverables:
1. Design Excellence Meetings
i) Meeting Agendas and Notices: Two days in advance of scheduled and called meetings.
ii) Meeting Minutes: Within three business days following the meeting.
IV. Existing Conditions:
A. General: The receipt of any available information from Amtrak, such as “as-built” plans, survey data or
geotechnical information, shall not relieve the Design Contractor from responsibility for making a site visit
and performing sufficient verification inspection and measurement to assure the reasonable adequacy
and accuracy of subsequent designs. The Design Contractor shall survey the existing field conditions and
report any discrepancies in writing to the Amtrak Project Manager prior to completing the 30% Design
phase of the project. The Design Contractor shall prepare designs with provision for the actual, existing
field conditions encountered. Locate and verify existing features and structures as required to ensure the
successful installation of the Work.
B. Site Investigation and Survey:
1. Site Investigation:
i) Field Inspection: The Design Contractor shall conduct field inspections of all areas anticipated to
be affected by the project. Specific restrictions or constraints may apply as directed by the
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
a) Kick-Off Meeting: A kick-off meeting will be held on site prior to the start of the field
inspection as scheduled by the Amtrak Project Manager.
ii) Easements, Zoning and Covenants: The Design Contractor shall identify any on-site and off-site
easements, zoning restrictions and/or property covenants which could affect the design or future
use of the site. Those easements, zoning restrictions and/or property covenants, which are
determined to impact the design, shall be immediately brought to the attention of Amtrak’s
Project Manager and confirmed with a written summary.
iii) Location of Site Utilities: The Design Contractor shall provide locations of existing site utilities
(i.e. surface structures) within the building and on the site. The Design Contractor shall utilize
the best available information to indicate locations of underground utilities.
iv) Site Investigation Report and Drawings: The Design Contractor shall submit a report that
summarizes the findings of the site investigation, including drawings, as applicable for the
Project. The submittal is to coincide with the 15% Project Definition Report submittal. A
summary of this report shall be included in the Project Definition Report
2. Site Survey:
i) Existing Site Conditions: The Design Contactor shall verify any Amtrak-furnished, if applicable,
topographical data, location of available utilities, wetlands, boundary survey and other existing
conditions information for possible changed conditions.
ii) Survey Data: The Design Contractor shall develop complete and accurate existing conditions site
survey for the Project including, but not limited to: a site plan with topography and all relevant
site features; adjacent highway/roadway infrastructure including bridges; railroad infrastructure;
aerial and underground utilities (location, reliability, capabilities, in-service, inactive, or
abandoned); storm water management (storm sewers, sizes, invert elevations); property lines,
benchmarks; right-of-ways, and easements; existing building locations; parking lot layouts;
significant trees; platform and track alignments/profiles. The submittal is to coincide with the
15% Project Definition Report submittal. The Survey Data shall coincide with the 15% Project
Definition Report submittal.
a) Existing Site Survey Documentation: If Amtrak provides existing site survey documentation,
the Design Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining any supplemental survey data
necessary to complete the design at its cost. The Design Contractor assumes full
responsibility for the accuracy of data furnished, if the data are used as a basis for
professional judgments or incorporated into the construction documents. The final survey
shall identify the extent and location of all existing site features (e.g. buildings, structures,
easements, foundations, wells, underground tanks, utilities, etc.).
3. Design Contractor Personnel: A licensed surveyor is to perform all necessary surveys to document the
existing conditions, configuration, and dimensions of the site. The licensed surveyor shall be
considered one of the Design Contractor’s key personnel.
C. Submission Deliverables:
1. Site Investigation Report and Drawings: To coincide with the 15% Project Definition Report submittal.
2. Survey Data: To coincide with the 15% Project Definition Report submittal.
V. Environmental:
A. Environmental Permit and Approvals Review: The Design Contractor shall provide a list of historic and/or
environmental reviews, permits and approvals required for the Project. Amtrak will direct the Design
Contractor which permits and approvals to obtain at Amtrak’s expense. The Design Contractor shall
submit the permit and approvals review to coincide with the 15% Project Definition Report submittal.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
B. Environmental Assessment (EA) or Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) Requirements: Amtrak will
furnish a copy of the EA, Draft EIS, EIS and/or any other environmental reports within the National
Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) process, including those recommending mitigation for the project to the
Design Contractor during the 30% design phase. The Design Contractor shall be responsible for
incorporating the requirements from the EA, Draft EIS or EIS and/or other reports into the project’s
design. The Design Contractor shall give special consideration to mitigation measures which affect design
and construction activities, including projection of costs associated with mitigation. While there are
standard mitigation measures (e.g., controlling erosion and sedimentation; preventing excess noise and
air pollution during normal business hours; maintenance of construction vehicles and equipment), special
attention shall be given to case-specific mitigation measures indicated in the report(s).
C. National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA):
1. NEPA Analysis & Categorization: The FRA has defined categories of actions that do not typically
involve significant environmental impacts, known as “Categorical Exclusions” or “CEs”, reference 40
CFR Section 1508.4. The Design Contractor shall determine if the project fits a categorical exclusion
as defined by the FRA, or if an Environmental Assessment (EA) or Environmental Impact Statement
(EIS) shall be prepared in accordance with guidance provided by FRA or other lead federal agency
environmental staff. The Design Contractor shall submit its NEPA Analysis Categorization to Amtrak
for review along with the 15% Design submission
i) CE Categorization: If the Project merits a CE, consult with Amtrak to determine whether
preparation of a CE worksheet is warranted. Amtrak submits most projects for an
“administrative” CE approval without a CE worksheet. Worksheets are typically required when a
project has an adverse effect on historic properties under Section 106, or if there are other
environmental resources that could be affected by the project (e.g. wetlands, air quality, etc.). If
adverse effects are anticipated under Section 106, or effects on other sensitive environmental
resources, include a CE worksheet in the scope of work. If directed by Amtrak, the Design
Contractor under Amtrak’s guidance shall complete the FRA CE Worksheet in accordance with 40
CFR Section 1508.4 and FRA CE guidance document including all required attachments.
ii) EA or EIS Categorization: If the Project merits an EA or EIS, the Design Contractor shall provide
support to others responsible for preparing the NEPA analysis during the Preliminary Design
phases. This includes meetings, responding to requests for information, additional design
analysis, or other tasks. (Note: Preparation of an EA or EIS is considered beyond the scope of this
Project)
2. NEPA Tasks Completion Evidence (Concurrent with the 90% Design Phase): The Design Contractor
shall provide evidence of completion of NEPA tasks, as appropriate (e.g. CE approval documentation,
etc.)
D. Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act: The Design Contractor shall provide services to
support responsibilities for consultation under Section 106.
1. General:
i) Secretary of the Interior’s Standards: If there are historic properties in the Area of Potential
Effect (APE), the Design Contractor shall design the project to meet the Secretary of the Interior’s
(SOI) Standards for the Treatment of Historic Properties to the extent feasible. If not feasible,
consult with Amtrak regarding project alternatives.
ii) Design Contractor’s SOI Qualified Personnel: All work associated with Section 106 Consultation
shall be performed by or at the direction of persons meeting or exceeding the SOI’s Professional
Qualifications Standards in the applicable discipline(s) [e.g. architectural history, archaeology
etc.] The SOI Qualified Personnel shall be considered one of the Design Contractor’s key
personnel.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
2. Section 106 Investigation: The Design Contractor shall perform the Section 106 Investigation tasks
concurrent with the 15% Design Phase.
i) Area of Potential Effect (APE): Prepare a recommended APE; include a narrative description and
justification, and a graphic representation. Include an archaeological APE, if warranted,
reflecting the limits of ground disturbance.
ii) Consulting & Interested Parties Contact Information: Identify potential consulting and interested
parties for the project per 36 CFR 800.2(c).
iii) Identification of Historic Properties: The Design Contractor shall determine whether the subject
property or other resources in the APE is/are already listed in State or National Registers of
Historic Places (NRHP). If the APE contains buildings, structures, or other resources nearing 50
years of age or older*, and the property has not already been determined eligible for or listed in
the NRHP, or determined to be not eligible for the NRHP, provide an assessment of NRHP
eligibility. The Design Contractor may use the appropriate State-specific survey form or Amtrak
Preliminary Historical Evaluation form. (See Appendix G.) (*For short turnaround projects, to be
built the following year, use 49 years; for long-lead projects, use 45 years, or other reasonable
cut-off date appropriate to the project.)
iv) Ground Disturbance Report: The Design Contractor shall determine whether the project is likely
to require ground disturbance. If so, determine whether the ground, including the full depth of
proposed work, was previously disturbed (e.g. installation of utilities, underground storage tanks,
grading, fill, storm water management facilities, or other activities). The Design Contractor shall
submit a report summarizing their findings, and if the project may impact undisturbed soils,
include archaeological investigations per V. A. 1. i.
3. Section 106 Documentation: The Design Contractor shall perform the following Section 106
Documentation tasks concurrent with the 30% Design Phase.
i) Project Review Initiation Form: The Design Contractor shall prepare a project review initiation
form, if required by the State Historic Preservation Office (SHPO) in the state where the project is
located.
ii) Design Project Alternatives: If there are historic properties in the APE, the Design Contractor’s
SOI Qualified Personnel shall coordinate with the Design Contractor’s project design team, if
needed, to identify strategies to meet the Standards. If not feasible, and consult with Amtrak
regarding design project alternatives to avoid or minimize adverse effects.
iii) Consulting Party Outreach: The Design Contractor shall provide support for consulting party
outreach. Tasks include preparation of packages of project materials for consulting party review,
correspondence, meeting (or webinar) materials, managing transmittals and receipt of
comments, or others. If the project has the potential for adverse effects, this task may extend
throughout the design.
iv) Effect Assessment: If there are historic properties present within the APE, including
archaeological resources, the Design Contractor shall assess whether the project will affect or
adversely affect the historic properties per 36 CFR 800.4(d)(1) or 800.5. If the project will have
an adverse effect, the Design Contractor shall consult with Amtrak regarding project alternatives.
If there is not enough detail to provide the assessment concurrent with the 30% Design
submission, include it with the 60% Design submission. Consider opinions from consulting
parities to avoid or minimize adverse effects.
v) Section 106 Documentation: The Design Contractor shall document the results of Section 106
tasks and recommendations from 15% and 30% design using the appropriate letter format as a
guide. (See Appendix Ha - Hc). If appropriate to the project, the Design Contractor may suggest
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
another format (e.g. full report, separate reports per discipline) or submittal sequence, as
appropriate to the project.
4. Completion of Section 106 Tasks: The Design Contractor shall provide evidence of completion of
Section 106 tasks, as appropriate (e.g. SHPO concurrence letter of no adverse effect, etc.).
E. Submission Deliverables:
1. Environmental Permit and Approvals Review: To coincide with the 15% Project Definition Report
submittal.
2. NEPA Analysis Categorization: Concurrent with the 15% Design Phase submittal
3. NEPA Tasks Completion Evidence: Concurrent with the 90% Design Phase
4. Section 106 Investigation: Concurrent with the 15% Design Phase.
5. Section 106 Documentation: Concurrent with the 30% Design Phase.
6. Completion of Section 106 Tasks: As appropriate, but no later than the Bid Submission.
VI. Pre Design: NA
VII. Design
A. Purpose: This section of the Standard Design Practices (SDP) defines specific requirements for submission
deliverables for design phase services for Amtrak Stations and Facilities projects as required by the
Contract and the specifics of the project.
B. Design Submission Deliverables:
1. 15% (Conceptual Design) Submission: The Design Contractor shall provide a 15% Submission to
illustrate the program in diagrammatic layout form and include exterior site requirements and
functional relationships with other Amtrak departments and units as required. The Submission shall
include several schemes or design alternatives for the work and develop evaluation criteria and
provide a recommendation. The 15% Submission shall include:
i) Project Definition Report (PDR): The Design Contractor shall prepare a report indicating project
assumptions and design criteria. The report shall provide complete information in an orderly
format acceptable to Amtrak. It shall include a description of project intent for those elements
that cannot yet be illustrated clearly on drawings. It shall include information from the items
listed below, as well as information generated in previous work tasks if applicable:
a) A definition of all project goals and objectives including design parameters.
b) A narrative and summary of observations from site surveys, geotechnical reports, condition
inspections, load ratings, etc.
c) Description, analysis, evaluation, and recommendations concerning the results of sampling,
testing and monitoring programs.
d) Description, evaluation criteria, comparison analysis of design alternatives developed, and
recommendation of a preferred alternative as applicable to the project.
e) Complete design intent for the recommended mechanical, electrical, plumbing,
data/communications, fire protection and fire alarm systems.
f) Prepare an analysis for the selection and design of the primary architectural, structural,
mechanical and electrical building systems. The analysis shall compare the alternatives
taking into account the aesthetic, initial costs, life cycle costs, energy efficiency, and energy
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
and sustainability considerations. Sustainable design and environmental considerations shall

be categorized by type and quantify potential benefit.
g) Key planning assumptions (service levels, equipment required, fixture types, sustainability,
flexibility, accessibility, security and anti-terrorism, etc.).
h) Code, and Zoning Analyses:
1) Reference applicable Codes, regulations, standards and guidelines.
2) For renovations of existing buildings and sites, review existing conditions to identify all
relevant Code deficiencies and remediation approaches as may be required by specific
provisions of the applicable codes or standards.
3) General overview of requirements and how they will be incorporated into this specific
project, including Amtrak’s IGCC Jurisdictional Requirements and Project Electives. If
required, also include any external reviews.
i) Room Criteria Sheets for each space, defining applicable criteria for all systems, including,
but not limited to, architectural mechanical, electrical, data/communications, fire protection
and fire alarm systems.
j) A constructability review and cost analysis of alternatives, with particular emphasis on the
operational impacts of performing construction during various potential outage windows.
k) Additional information, constraints, or parameters that may have influenced the design.
l) Track Work:
1) Definition of Functional Requirements and feasibility analysis
2) Initial/estimated right of way impacts as well as other potential impacts
3) Site constraints are identified through a rough sketch of geometry (for example
buildings, roadways, catenary poles).
4) Initial site access plan proposed.
5) Any unique considerations for the individual track work are considered.
6) Identification of all safety, health, historic, environmental, aesthetic, and security
requirements.
7) Consider at least three conceptual options before recommending one.
ii) Drawings, Renderings, and/or Models: The Design Contractor shall provide drawings, 3D
renderings and/or or models to illustrate the proposed concepts and alternatives.
iii) Estimate of Construction Cost: Estimate shall be prepared based on historical, local costs for
similar type of projects or work. The Design Contractor shall consider special conditions that may
have significant impacts on the cost of construction. Reasonable contingency factors for design
and construction shall be included.
iv) Estimated Construction Schedule: The Design Contractor shall provide a construction schedule
for the execution of the work and shall consider special conditions that may have significant
impacts on the construction schedule. The Design Contractor shall employ the guidance of a cost
estimating and/or scheduling firm for complex or large projects as outlined in the requirements
within the Scope of Services. The schedule shall incorporate all work from Notice to Proceed
through the end of the construction phase and shall consider applicable lead times for specific
equipment.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
v) Design Contractor shall anticipate a 30 calendar day Amtrak review period for this submission.
2. 30% (Preliminary Design) Submission: After review and approval of the 15% Submission (if
applicable), the Design Contractor shall provide a 30% Submission that shall include all aspects of the
design. The documents shall further the architectural concepts and design treatment and shall
contain sufficient detail and documentation to effectively communicate the design intent to Amtrak
and to those responsible for the preparation of a cost estimate. The 30% Submission shall address
and otherwise incorporate all of the pre-30% Peer Review (if applicable) and Amtrak comments. The
30% Submission shall include:
i) Updated Project Definition Report, including the following additional information:
a) Written responses to Amtrak review comments from all previous submissions.
b) Preliminary Design Calculations for all major systems. Documented verification of available
utility services in adequate size and capacity, including, but not limited to, electricity, natural
gas, water, sanitary sewerage, storm-water, and telecommunications.
c) Specialty Equipment: Provide a written list, by discipline, and manufacturer’s product data,
of specialty equipment to be included in the project. The list shall include, but not be limited
to, eyewash stations, whiteboards, ticket vending machines, display equipment, drop tables,
bridge cranes, and other special items as required. List shall include at a minimum three
manufacturers for each product.
d) Building Materials: Provide Amtrak with comprehensive technical information, including
manufacturer’s product data and specifications, for all proposed materials, with emphasis on
ease of maintenance, meeting the design life requirements, and green building certifications.
ii) e) Amtrak Buy American Act: Provide Amtrak with a list of unmanufactured articles, materials
and supplies mined or produced in the United States; and any manufactured articles, materials
and supplies manufactured in the United States with domestic components exceeding 50% of the
cost of all components whose purchase is estimated to be equal to or greater than $1,000,000.
Assist Amtrak in providing the justification for obtaining waivers for any such items. Drawings -
The 30% Submission shall include the following information:
a) Cover Sheet, including Vicinity Plan, Site Location Plan and Index of Drawings.
b) General Notes
c) Code Review Drawings
1) Reference applicable building codes
2) Indicate whether the building will be provided with sprinkler, standpipe, or other fire
protection systems.
3) Indicate the building construction type.
4) Indicate the building use (in a mixed use building, indicate the different uses).
5) Indicate required fire separations between the mixed uses, if applicable.
6) Indicate new and existing fire ratings around stairs, elevator shafts, mechanical shafts,
corridors, tenant separation walls, etc. and provide general description of fire-rated
construction within a narrative outline in the PDR.
7) Indicate new and existing egress paths, travel distances and remote egress distances.
8) Indicate occupant load calculations for new and existing spaces and required capacity
for egress doors, corridors and stairways.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
9) Provide chart indicating the required census of plumbing fixtures required by code and
the number proposed to be provided.
10) Indicate new and existing fire extinguisher locations.
d) Construction Phasing Plans: When a project must be completed in phases clearly indicate the
following:
1) Construction Phases: Extent and sequencing of work in each phase.
2) Maintenance of Operations: Temporary measures required to maintain operations to
the maximum extent possible and to minimize disruption to adjacent property owners,
if applicable, and pedestrians during construction incorporating criteria established in
the BOD.
e) Construction Staging Plans (developed with assistance from Amtrak) showing the following:
1) Work Limits / Restrictions on Contractor access and use of premises
2) Trackwork to minimize outages, temporary tracks.
f) Site/Civil
1) Site Plan(s): Prepare schematic site plan(s) showing new and existing structures, existing
and preliminary proposed grading, layout of walks, parking lots and driveways,
pavements and curbs, fencing, landscape features, new utilities and utilities requiring
rerouting or other modification.
2) Railroad C&S, ET, and Track: Prepare schematic site plans showing new and existing
structures and equipment. The track layout and design are to be highly developed. The
electric traction and signaling plans are dependent upon this submission of an accurate
final track alignment.
(i) A clear and concise description of the project including a description of the planned
work in a narrative form contained within the PDR.
(ii) Construction phasing plan with proposed outage windows defined for work which
will affect normal train traffic.
(iii) Calculations supporting the basis for the design including assumptions, standards,
specifications, codes and other constraints used to determine the preliminary
selections.
(iv) A design narrative is included describing the design approach and rationale.
(v) The submission demonstrates compliance with relevant standards, specifications,
codes, site (building envelope) and functional requirements.
(vi) All efforts must be taken to comply with Amtrak’s standards and specifications; if
compliance is not possible (or in some cases, not practical) a completed Design
Exception Request with proper supporting background information to justify the
exception must be submitted to the Amtrak Project Manager.
(vii) Site plans illustrating existing site conditions including survey control points,
wetlands, utilities, structures and access roads.
(viii) Finalized horizontal track layout including relevant degree of curvature, spiral
lengths, underbalance, super-elevation, curve limits, jerk rate, and Vmax.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
(ix) Vertical track layout including percent grade, acceleration, curve limits, rate of
change, and relevant infrastructure (stations, turnouts, crossovers, bridges,
crossings).
(x) Identification of any restrictive clearance points.
(xi) Turnout identification including hand, type and number.
g) Demolition
1) For renovations and alterations of existing buildings and sites, provide documentation of
the extent of demolition for all applicable trades, either graphically by indicating blocks
of space to be demolished or inclusion of a narrative that differentiates between
selective demolition and gut demolition.
h) Architectural
1) Prepare schematic floor plans showing all required spaces, walls, door and door swings,
built-in equipment, preliminary locations of exterior window openings and room names
(1/16”=1’-0” min. scale).
2) Prepare schematic roof plans showing anticipated roof structures, equipment and
drainage patterns (1/16”=1’-0” min. scale).
3) Prepare schematic building elevations (1/16”=1’-0” min. scale).
4) Prepare diagrammatic building sections showing preliminary floor-to-floor and ceiling
heights and describing basic interior and exterior wall systems (1/8”=1’-0” min. scale).
i) Structural
1) Establish preliminary structural systems, including foundations, framing systems (floor,
roof and walls), column and/or bearing and shear wall locations.
2) Prepare typical bay drawings of foundation and framing.
3) Provide analysis of proposed building cladding materials effect upon the structural
design.
j) Mechanical
1) Review existing conditions to identify all code deficiencies and approaches by which to
address.
2) Determine type of HVAC systems for existing and new spaces.
3) Determine approximate sizes and locations of mechanical rooms, primary chases and
duct shafts, approximate size and location of major pieces of equipment, such as cooling
tower, rooftop and indoor air handling units, and major duct trunks and piping mains.
4) Indicate the above on schematic plans
k) Electrical
address
2) Establish preliminary size and location of new switch gear, generator, and/or
transformer rooms, electrical closets, control panels not located in electrical closets, and
other equipment that require special construction and space needs.
3) Indicate the above on schematic plans.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
l) Plumbing
1) Review existing condition to identify all code deficiencies and approaches by which to
address. Identify, if providing a greater number of fixates than required by code, is
desirable to a particular use.
2) Assessment of the adequacy of existing fixtures
3) Establish the preliminary quantity and locations of roof drains; floor drains, drinking
fountains/water coolers, water heaters and special equipment
4) Establish locations of primary vertical and horizontal pipe runs;
5) Indicate the above on schematic plans
m) Fire Protection
address
2) Establish preliminary size and location of fire standpipes or other primary sprinkler risers
and other special equipment
3) Indicate the above on schematic fire protection floor plans
n) Any other drawings that the Design Contractor deems necessary to represent the intent of
the project.
iii) Specifications:
a) Table of Contents listing proposed specification sections to be used for project.
b) Prepare Outline or Narrative specifications describing major materials and systems.
iv) Updated Design Estimate of Construction Cost:
v) Updated Design Estimate of Construction Schedule.
3. 60% (Design Development) Submission: After review and approval of the 30% Submission, the Design
Contractor shall provide a 60% submission. The 60% Submission shall incorporate the 30% review
comments provided by the Amtrak. The 60% Submission shall include all information listed in the
30% Submission section as well as the following information:
i) Updated Project Definition Report
ii) Drawings - Drawings at this level should include, at a minimum, the following in addition to what
was provided in the 30% Submission:
a) Cover Sheet
1) Index of Drawings shall indicate the complete set of drawings proposed for the project,
including those that are not included in the 60% submission. Clearly indicate which of
the drawings are included and not included within the set.
b) General Notes
1) Updated and edited for specific project conditions.
c) Updated Code Review Drawings
d) Updated Construction Phasing Plans
1) Milestones: Coordinate the completion of key construction phases and milestone
development with the Construction Schedule.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
e) Updated Construction Staging Plans

f) Site/Civil
1) Property, building and contract limit lines
2) Easements, setbacks, projections dimensioned beyond building line.
3) Ground floor elevations and grades at building.
4) Parking layout plans with proposed locations of curbing and storm water inlets noted.
5) All structures, flagpoles, signs, seating, fountains, play fields, etc.
6) Fences, walls, existing structures, trees, planting, etc.
7) Grading plans, boring locations, datum, and monuments.
g) Railroad: ET, C&S, Track
1) Develop site plans showing locations and property lines, standard details, elevations,
sections.
2) Track centerlines and elevations.
3) All track elements/components are selected, defined, and incorporated into the design
documents.
4) Outline specifications are produced and included.
5) Final roadbed, drainage and fencing design/layout are completed.
6) Clearance issues are fully defined and solutions are incorporated into the design.
7) Proposed grades are finalized, cross-sections and profile drawings are included showing
underground utilities and drainage facilities.
8) Operation and maintenance manuals and training on installed systems are included
where applicable.
9) Specifications for material and equipment testing performed at the construction site or
at an offsite location are defined.
h) Demolition
1) For renovations of existing buildings and sites, provide demolition plans for all
applicable trades with keynotes of typical items to be selectively demolished or with
spaces to be gutted so labeled.
i) Architectural
1) Floor Plans
(i) Dimensions: overall, column centerlines, and other critical dimensions
(ii) Room name, number and finish numbers (with symbol for elevations, if shown)
(iii) Floors: changes in elevation or material, curbs, designation of areas to receive
special patterns and/or finish treatments.
(iv) Walls: interior partition types and typical details including materials fire ratings,
acoustical, etc., movable or folding partitions, louvers, etc.,
(v) Chases and shafts: locations and construction
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
(vi) Ceilings: Changes in ceiling height and skylights shown with dashed lines.
(vii) Doors: arrangement of door swing and door number
(viii) Windows: number for schedule or elevation
(ix) Toilet rooms: fixtures, accessories, partitions, and other equipment, accessible
clearances and clear floor spaces.
(x) Stairs, elevators, escalators, ramps: handrails, number and size of treads and risers,
clear shaft way dimensions.
(xi) Built-in Equipment: counters, cabinets, and layouts of special spaces at appropriate
larger scale
(xii) Miscellaneous: fire protection equipment, expansion and control joint locations,
gratings, drinking fountains, building and wall section symbols, and other special
equipment; label, as appropriate any items shown on the drawings not in the
contract as ‘ NIC. ‘
2) Roof Plan
(i) Drainage: drains, pitch, crickets, valleys, indicate high point by (+) figures relative to
the drains
(ii) Miscellaneous: critical dimensions, canopies, changes in elevation, expansion joints,
scuttles, skylights, mechanical equipment, coping materials, chimney, railings,
ladders, walkways and railings.
3) Exterior Elevations
(i) Materials: all materials, noted and rendered to the extent needed for clarity
(ii) All windows, doors and louvers, including conventional symbols for swing or
operation.
(iii) Dimensions: all floor levels, parapet and canopy heights relative to floor lines or top
of steel elevations, column centerlines
(iv) Finish grades at building, areaways, curbs, stairways, railings, retaining walls
immediately adjacent to the building.
(v) Miscellaneous: expansion and control joints, roof structure, if visible
4) Building Sections
(i) Dimensions: overall, floor-to-floor
(ii) Space identification
(iii) Stair and elevator hoistway sections, as applicable
5) Wall Sections (Typical)
(i) Dimensions: vertical relationship of floor, ceiling, window sills and head, parapet,
floor-to-floor, and top of steel elevations (1/2”=1’-0” min. scale).
(ii) Materials: floors, walls, windows, spandrels, ceilings, sills, mechanical enclosures,
flashing, insulation, soffits, roofing membranes, grades, footing drains, etc.
rendered to the extent needed for clarity
6) Interior Details
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
(i) Interior elevations of important spaces

(ii) Special details: ornamental stairs, acoustical details, etc.
(iii) Reflected ceiling with ceiling heights and finishes indicated, light fixtures, diffusers
and grilles, sprinkler heads detailed to the degree necessary to establish design
intent
7) Furniture layouts
8) Schedules (door/hardware, window, finish, etc.) and details.
j) Structural
1) General
(i) Indicate all loads, soil bearing capacity
(ii) Standard details and general notes edited to suit the specific project.
2) Foundations
(i) Analysis of sub-soil conditions
(ii) Establish preliminary structural system
(iii) Approximate depth to water table if available from a datum.
3) Framing systems (including floor, roof and walls)
(i) Bearing or shear wall locations
(ii) Column locations and configuration
(iii) Size of structural members, which are typical or critical for coordination of
clearances (maximum beam depth, columns), etc.
k) Mechanical
1) General
(i) Standard details and general notes edited to suit the specific project.
2) Floor Plans:
(i) Ductwork - single line, showing location of outlets and return air inlets as well as
VAV boxes and duct heaters
(ii) Location of duct and pipe chases
(iii) Location of radiators, convectors, cabinet unit heaters, unit ventilators, fan coil
units, etc.
(iv) Louvers or grilles in exterior walls
(v) Block layout and dimensions of Boiler Room
(vi) Block layout and dimensions of Mechanical Equipment Rooms
(vii) Clearances required for ductwork in ceiling plenums
(viii) Temporary systems or utilities that need to be installed to maintain operating
continuity
3) Roof Plan:
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
(i) Location of equipment, if applicable: fans, cooling tower, condenser, roof-mounted

equipment, etc.
4) Site Plan:
(i) Location of equipment if applicable: fuel oil tank, cooling tower, condenser, etc.
5) Catalogue cuts of all equipment (i.e. diffusers, grilles, registers, etc.) exposed to view.
l) Electrical / IT and Data / Security
1) General
(i) Standard details and general notes edited for the specific project.
2) Floor Plans:
(i) Lighting
(ii) Location of all receptacles, telephone, cable television and data outlets, clocks,
speakers, display systems, alarm devices, security cameras, and other auxiliary
devices
(iii) Panels, transformers, switchgear, equipment racks, etc.
(iv) Graphic representation of required operating and service clearances for all devices
and equipment
(v) Basic symbol list and fixture schedule
(vi) Temporary systems or utilities that need to be installed to maintain operating
continuity
3) Site Utilities Plan:
(i) Proposed route of electrical, telephone, and data services
(ii) Outdoor lighting, control boxes or other equipment
4) Product literature for all equipment (i.e., lighting futures, emergency lights, fire horns,
etc.)
m) Plumbing
1) General
2) Floor Plans:
(i) Vertical stacks, risers, leaders, floor drains
(ii) Horizontal piping runs
(iii) Water heaters and other equipment
(iv) Temporary systems or utilities that need to be installed to maintain operating
continuity
3) Site Utilities Plan:
(i) Water and gas service, pump houses or pumping stations, as required
(ii) Sanitary sewer or sewage disposal system
(iii) Storm drainage piping and catch basins
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
4) Product literature for all equipment (i.e., plumbing fixtures, faucets, water coolers, hose
bibs, etc.) exposed to view as well as concealed fixture hangers.
n) Fire Protection
1) General
2) Floor Plans:
(i) Head and piping layout
(ii) Fire hose cabinets locations
(iii) Fire extinguisher and cabinet locations
(iv) Temporary systems or utilities that need to be installed to maintain operating
continuity
o) Distribution: Provide riser diagrams.
p) BAS Control and Monitoring: Provide equipment control schematics, points list and
sequence of operations.
q) Any other drawings that the Design Contractor deems necessary to represent the intent of
the project.
iii) Specifications:
a) Table of Contents listing all proposed specification sections to be used for project.
b) Include all specification sections, developed to the extent possible.
c) Amtrak Force’s Labor Clearance: The Design Contractor shall coordinate the summary of
“Work by Owner” paragraph in specification Section 011000 –with Amtrak Force’s Labor
Clearance process, as directed by the Amtrak Project Manager. Additionally, the Design
Contractor shall assist the Amtrak Project Manager in completing the Required Information
for Requesting Labor Clearance form. See Appendix J.
iv) Finish Boards: Two (2) finish boards, mounted on minimum ¼” thick foam core board, showing
the proposed finishes and associated colors that the Design Contractor has selected for the
project to be approved by Amtrak
a) Both finish boards will remain in the possession of Amtrak.
v) Updated Design Estimate of Construction Cost
vi) Updated Design Estimate of Construction Schedule.
vii) The Design Contractor should anticipate a 30 calendar day period for Amtrak review at this
milestone.
4. 90% (Pre-Construction Document) Submission: The Design Contractor shall provide a 90%
Submission. This level of design shall be nearly complete and without ambiguities as to the
requirements of the project including all pertinent details so that the documentation is sufficiently
detailed, coordinated and complete to serve as construction documents. The 90% submission shall
be sufficient to submit for external, constructability and code reviews, as required. Design Contractor
shall fully cooperate in the external, constructability and code review processes, attending any
meetings, if required. Amtrak will provide review comments, including comments from external,
constructability and code reviews if applicable. The 90% Submission shall incorporate all previous
review comments provided by the Amtrak and shall include the following:
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
i) Complete Project Definition Report.

a) IGCC jurisdictional requirements: The Design Contractor shall thoroughly document the
IGCC jurisdictional requirements included in the project documentation, and quantify the
benefits upon project completion.
ii) Complete, coordinated and detailed Drawings for all disciplines, suitable for bidding and
construction.
iii) Completed Construction Phasing Plans: The Design Contractor shall Identify and provide
justification for critical construction phase (critical path) milestones, that upon failure to
complete these milestones could potentially result in monetary loss to Amtrak and be assigned
to Amtrak’s third party General Contractor as liquidated damages. Complete and fully edited
Specifications incorporating any revisions as required by Amtrak Force’s Labor Clearance process
as directed by Amtrak’s Project Manager.
iv) Complete Estimate of Construction Cost: The estimate shall update and complete the effort from
the 60% Submission. The estimate shall be summarized with detailed back-up calculations clearly
cross-referenced to the summary sheets.
v) Updated Construction Schedule. The construction schedule shall update and complete the effort
from the 60% Submission. Construction phasing shall be clearly delineated.
vi) Plan Reviews, Approvals, and Permits: The Design Contractor shall submit the 90% submission to
any regulatory authorities, agencies and jurisdictions from which design approvals if required by
the Scope of Services.
vii) The Design Contractor should anticipate a 30 calendar day period for Amtrak review at this
milestone.
5. 100% (Construction Document) Submission: The Design Contractor shall provide a 100% Submission.
This level of design shall be complete and without ambiguities as to the requirements of the project
including all pertinent details to allow for bidding and construction with no or minimal need for bid
addenda. The Drawings and Specifications shall be complete and ready for packaging as Bid
Documents. The Design Contractor shall consider the Drawings, Specifications, cost estimates,
construction schedule and all other parts of the design documentation to be finished, including
coordination, checking and any other Quality Control or Quality Assurance procedures. Amtrak will
provide final review comments. Construction Packages: When separate contracts are expected to be
advertised for construction, or when a portion of the work is to be performed by Amtrak Forces and a
separate portion by Construction Contractor(s), the Design Contractor shall provide separate and
coordinated Bid and Construction Documents. The 100% Submission shall incorporate the 90% review
comments provided by the Amtrak, and by external, constructability and/or code reviews as
applicable and shall include the following:
i) All of the documents provided in the 90% submission, noted above, revised to incorporate 90%
review comments as required.
ii) Plan Reviews, Approvals, and Permits: The Design Contractor shall provide originals of all
approvals required from regulatory authorities, agencies and jurisdictions, as applicable.
iii) The Design Contractor should anticipate a 30 calendar day period for Amtrak review at this
milestone.
6. Bid Submission: This is the set of Construction documents to be issued for Bid and Construction. The
documents shall incorporate all 100% Construction Documents Submission review comments as
provided by the Amtrak and shall provide adequate information to bid and construct the project. The
Bid Submission shall include all of the documents provided in the 100% submission as well as any
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
other documents that may be required by the Amtrak for a complete bid and construction set. The
Bid Submission shall additionally include the following requirements:
i) Drawings: One (1) full size set of construction drawings on Bond, marked “Issued for Bid”, signed
and sealed by a Professional Engineer, for each specific discipline, and/or Registered Architect,
each licensed in the state where the project is located. If the construction work is to be
performed by Amtrak forces, the drawings shall be marked “Amtrak Forces Work - Issued for
Construction”.
ii) Specifications: One (1) complete project manual, the cover page of which must be signed and
sealed by a Professional Engineer, for each discipline, and/or Registered Architect, licensed in the
state where the project is located. Specifications shall be printed double-sided on 20 lb., 8 ½” x
11” white paper. A cover sheet and Table of Contents shall be included. These pages, and all
sections, shall begin on the front side of the sheet, with blank sheets inserted at the end of odd-
page-length sections as needed for reproduction purposes.
iii) Electronic Media: One (1) copy of a CD-ROM containing electronic files of the Project Definition
Report (PDF), Construction Drawings (PDF and DWG electronic file formats), Specifications (PDF),
Estimate of Construction Cost (PDF) and Design Estimate of Construction Schedule (PDF).
iv) Submittal List: The Design Contactor shall submit to Amtrak a list of all the Construction
Contractor submittals (shop drawings, product data, certifications, etc.) required in the Bid
Documents.
VIII. Post Design: NA
IX. Post Construction: NA
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
00 70 05 – Optional Conditions of the Contract between Amtrak and the Design Contractor
I. General- Optional :
A. Purpose: This section of the Standard Design Practices (SDP) defines optional procedures for the design
and documentation of Amtrak Stations and Facilities projects. These Optional Conditions of the Contract
between Amtrak and the Design Contractor shall be performed by the Design Contractor in addition to
the Standard Conditions, as noted in the specific project’s Scope of Services.
B. Submission Deliverables: The specific requirements for submission deliverables for the optional services
are included under each specific optional service.
II. Project Management - Optional
A. Technical Advisory Committee: Amtrak shall organize a working Technical Advisory Committee (TAC)
comprised of internal and external stakeholders to assist with the planning and development of the
Project. The Design Contractor shall meet with the TAC during the Project at major milestones as defined,
and organized by Amtrak’s Project Manager.
1. Meetings and Presentations:
i) TAC/ Other Stakeholders Meetings: During the data collection phase of the Project, the Design
Contractor shall meet with the TAC, and/or and other stakeholders, as required, to obtain
necessary background information, data collection and programming information. These
meetings shall be arranged and administered by Amtrak’s Project Manager.
ii) Presentations: The Design Contractor shall formally present the design evolution to Amtrak (TAC,
and/or Assistant Vice Presidents/Division Managers) at the 15%, 30% 60% and 90% design phase
submissions that initiates the Amtrak review period. The design submissions (drawings,
specifications, reports, etc.) are to be distributed to Amtrak in preparation for the presentation.
The Design Contractor shall prepare any plans, color renderings with three dimensional views,
Computer Aided Design (CAD) modeling, models, as required to adequately convey the design
development and status. Each presentation shall also an overview of any revisions and/or
emergent issues form the previous submittal. These materials as well as other necessary
presentation materials shall be incorporated in a Power Point presentation format. The Design
Contractor shall work closely with the Amtrak Project Manager in preparing the content of any
presentations. The Design Contractor will be prepared to actively participate at such meetings
and to assist in the presentations.
iii) Meeting Minutes: The Design Contractor shall be responsible for the taking, preparation and
distribution of the minutes of all meetings, and presentations, etc. to Amtrak within five (5)
working days after each meeting.
2. Submission Deliverables:
i) Meeting Minutes: TAC/ Other Stakeholders Meetings and Presentations.
ii) Presentations: Power Point presentations concurrent with the 15%, 30% 60% and 90% design
phase submissions.
B. Monthly Project Reports. The Design Contractor shall submit monthly progress reports separately, in a
time frame coinciding with Design Contractor’s invoices. The reports shall accurately detail the Design
Contractor’s (including all Design Contractor’s Subcontractors) services performed during the month and
include budget and schedule control elements and emphasize key submissions. (Separate summaries
from Design Contractor’s Subcontractors will not be accepted.) The reports shall include, but not be
limited to the following: (See Appendix B).
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
1. Overall Project Schedule: Update of the overall project schedule to illustrate the current status of the
work compared to the approved overall design schedule, and an outline of recommended corrective
action if required to address schedule slippage. The schedule shall show the major task milestones
for the duration of the project.
2. Project Progress Narrative: A narrative of project progress including:
i) Project activities and work products completed during current reporting period.
ii) Anticipated Look-ahead at the activities, milestones, and decisions planned for the next reporting
period.
iii) List of meetings held with file names for recorded minutes.
iv) Unresolved issues and problem areas, responsible party with recommendations for resolution.
v) Estimate to complete based on technical progress and actual expenditures to date.
vi) QA/QC Issues.
3. Project Management Plan: Include:
i) Monthly Progress Reports: Template. (See Appendix B).
i) Monthly Project Reports.
C. Partnering Workshop: The Design Contractor shall hold a half-day long Partnering Workshop with key
members of the Design Contractor’s team including a Certified Professional Facilitator (CPF), Amtrak’s
Project Management staff, Amtrak‘s TAC (if applicable), including key external stakeholders. The
Partnering Workshop is to foster a collaborative environment for all stakeholders to ensure the project’s
success by developing a charter. The charter shall set common objectives for the project that shall guide
all subsequent project efforts and facilitate the decision-making process.
1. Scheduling: The Partnering Workshop shall be scheduled on a date and location approved by the
Amtrak Project Manager. The Design Contractor shall coordinate the attendance of Amtrak and
external stakeholders for participation in the Partnering Workshop.
2. Arrangements: The Design Contractor shall provide support materials and presentations for the
workshop, and arrange all meals/refreshments, facilitator and facility rental adjacent to the Project
site.
i) Partnering Workshop Support Materials and Presentation
ii) Partnering Charter
III. Design Excellence - Optional :
A. Peer Reviews: The Design Contractor shall conduct three (3) peer reviews at the 15%, 30% (Preliminary
Design) and 60% (Final Design) Submissions where the specifics of the design alternatives are evident and
where there are opportunities to make improvements. The Peer Reviews shall be held prior to the
finalization of the Submissions to Amtrak to provide feedback to the Design Contractor. Decisions made
at the early stages of design are key in determining the ultimate success of the project. The peer review
discussions are to focus primarily on design approaches, but also construction challenges, schedule and
budget constraints. Discussions are to critique the design work and to include general design strategies,
urban context, and specific topics such as sustainable design, and specific materials and building systems.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
1. Peer Review Committee: The peer review committee shall consist of three peer professionals to
broaden the spectrum of expertise, to bring new perspectives to the project, and critique the project
with an emphasis on Design Excellence. To avoid any conflict of interest, the peer professionals must
not be affiliated with the Design Contractor’s team. The goal is to choose peers whose insights will
best contribute to the success of the project, who have similar project experience and who are well
respected in their disciplines. The peers to be included the peer review are to encompass the
architecture, transportation planning, and engineering disciplines. Review shall also encompass a
review of the Whole Building Life Cycle Assessment included in the PDR. Amtrak’s Project Manager
and the Design Contractor’s Design Lead shall also participate in the Peer Review Workshop.
2. Peer Review Committee Candidates: Within thirty (30) calendar days of NTP, the Design Contractor is
to recommend a minimum of three peers for the Peer Review Committee for Amtrak’s review and
approval. Upon Amtrak’s approval of the peer review candidates, the Design Contractor is to
schedule the Peer Review to be held as noted above.
3. Peer Review Workshop & Conclusions Report: The peer review workshops shall be held in a location
near the site to facilitate a site visit and shall have significant tack board areas, and capabilities to
conduct synchronous meetings or presentations via the internet. The peer review workshop shall a
day-long and include the following:
i) Site Visit.
ii) Design Presentation by the Design Contractor’s team, not to exceed 1 hour.
iii) Discussion with key members of Amtrak’s project team and/or TAC members to discuss
preliminary recommendations and conclusions, not to exceed 1 hour.
iv) Peer Review Recommendations and Conclusions Report, compiled by the Design Contractor’s
team after the workshop.
4. Presentations. The Design Contractor shall formally present the findings of the Peer Review
Recommendations and Conclusion Report to Amtrak (TAC, and/or Assistant Vice Presidents/Division
Managers) at the 15%, 30% 60% design phase submissions.
5. Submission Deliverables: All comments generated from these procedures are to be implemented in
the next successive submission. The following submittals are required:
i) Peer Review Committee Candidates Recommendation: Within thirty (30) calendar days of the
NTP.
ii) Pre-15% Submission: Peer Review Recommendations and Conclusions Report, and Presentation.
iii) Pre-30% Submission: Peer Review Recommendations and Conclusions Report and Presentation.
iv) Pre-60% Submission: Peer Review Recommendations and Conclusions Report and Presentation.
B. Visualizations:
1. Architectural Renderings: The Design Contractor shall provide 3D computerized photo-realistic
renderings for minimum of 3 exterior views and 3 interior views of the project to illustrate the
finalized design.
2. Architectural Animation: The Design Contractor shall provide an animation of the 3D Model of the
finalized design to provide a walk-through experience from the exterior arrival to the interior major
spaces.
C. Art in Amtrak: Amtrak has designated a percentage of the project budget to integrate public art into
certain station projects to enhance the ridership experience.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
1. Locational Opportunities: At the beginning of 30% (Preliminary Design) phase, the Design Contractor
shall meet with Amtrak to determine possible locations and types of artwork, which could be
incorporated into the project based on its scope. Such meetings shall include Amtrak’s Project
Manager and Amtrak’s Art Advisory Committee. Amtrak will take the conclusions of this meeting and
incorporate them into a national (Optional: regional or local) Call for Artists.
2. Call for Artists: The Call for Artists will be conducted by Amtrak during the beginning of the 60% (Final
Design) phase. The Design Contractor shall attend a meeting with Amtrak to review and comment on
artist proposals submitted in response to the Call for Artists. The final selection of the artist(s) will be
made by an advisory group formed from arts professionals and community representative (optional),
taking into account Amtrak and Design Contractor comments.
3. Artwork Schedule: The design of the artwork shall occur simultaneously with the project's Final
Design phased to maximize the creativity and integration of the art with the station design. The
Design Contractor shall be responsible to coordinate the design and construction documentation of
the project with the artist's design and documentation. This coordination will involve several
meetings among the Design Contractor, the artist(s) and Amtrak. The purpose of these meetings will
be to determine how the artwork will be designed, fabricated, and constructed, and how best to
document the art construction/installation process
4. Artwork Construction Documentation: The Design Contractor and selected Artist(s) will share the
artwork documentation task. The Design Contractor shall be required to document any construction
necessary for the support of the art (e.g.: structural supports, electrical or mechanical services). If the
art is a fabricated piece, which the Artist(s) creates in a studio or erects on the site, the Design
Contractor shall be required to document all the art construction and installation (e.g.: if the art
consists of a tile mural where the Artist(s) only needs to specify the colors and/or arrangement of the
tiles)
5. Artwork Construction/Installation: It is anticipated that the Artwork Construction and/Installation
will occur at the same time as the project construction.
6. Meeting Minutes: The Design Contractor shall be responsible for the taking, preparation and
distribution of the minutes of all meetings, conferences, etc. to Amtrak within five (5) working days
after each meeting.
i) Call for Artists Review Comments
ii) Artwork Design Phase Submission Deliverables, as required, to be included in the following:
a) 60% Submission (if Call for Artists completed at the beginning of the 60% design phase).
b) 90% Submission.
c) 100% Submission.
d) 100% Submission
iii) Meeting Minutes
D. Value Management Review (mandatory for projects over $10M): The Design Contractor shall conduct a
value management review of the 30% (Preliminary Design) and 60% (Design Development) Submissions;
prior to the finalization of the submission and Amtrak’s review. At this stage in the design development,
information on the specific design features, systems, equipment, and material selections should be
sufficiently identified for an effective analysis. The value management process shall analyze changes that
could result in enhanced value either by reducing construction or long-term operation and maintenance
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
costs consistent with the project goals and without compromising the required performance, quality,
reliability, schedule and safety requirements of the project.
1. Value Management Committee (VMC): The VMC shall be multi-disciplined and include
mechanical/plumbing and electrical engineers, and a civil engineer, structural engineer, an architect,
a cost estimator and a construction manager with relevant experience in transit projects. The
participants shall have a minimum of 40 hours of Value Management training and experience in Value
Management workshops, so that efficient use is made of the time allowed for the study. The team
leader shall be a certified Value Engineering Engineer (CVE). To avoid any conflict of interest, the
value management committee participants must not be members of the firms affiliated with the
Design Contractor’s team on this project. Amtrak’s Project Manager shall also participate in the VMC.
2. VMC Candidates: Within thirty (30) calendar days of NTP, the Design Contractor is to recommend the
architectural, engineering and construction management professionals for the VMC for Amtrak’s
review and approval. Upon Amtrak’s approval of the value management committee candidates, the
Design Contractor is to schedule the Value Management Workshop to be held as noted above.
3. Value Management Pre-Workshop: The Design Contractor shall gather pertinent information to
orient the VMC team, and prepare agendas for the workshop and workshop presentation.
Information gathered to include the following: Amtrak Engineering’s design standards, program
requirements, design criteria, alternate designs considered, pertinent regulations and codes, design
drawings, specifications, design, calculations, construction cost estimate.
i) Workshop Information: The Design Consultant’s VMC team leader shall summarize the
information gathered, with copies of drawings and other documents attached and contain
ground rules for the workshop and administrative instructions. The workshop information shall
be distributed to the team members seven (7) calendar days in advance of the Value
Management Workshop.
4. Value Management Workshop: The value management workshop shall be held in Philadelphia, near
Amtrak Engineering’s headquarters, and the location shall have significant tack board areas. The
value management workshop shall be a day-long and include the following:
i) Opening Session: The Design Consultant’s VMC team leader will review the workshop
information, and the ground rules at the start of the value management workshop. The Design
Contractor’s Design Lead will present the project’s design, not to exceed 1 hour in length.
ii) Working Session: The working session will consist of creative, analytical and development phase
to form preliminary recommendations and conclusions for value management comments.
Project information documents are to be marked up to show suggested revision (functional
analyses, design alternative, cost analyses, etc.)
iii) Closing Session: Discussion led by the VEC’s team leader with key members of Design Contractor
including the Design Contractor’s Design Lead and Amtrak’s project management team to discuss
preliminary recommendations and conclusions, not to exceed 1 hour. The Design Contractor
shall assist the VMC by supplying the requested back-up documentation, technical information or
explanations in response to inquiries from the VMC.
5. Value Management Recommendations and Conclusions Report: A Value Management
Recommendations and Conclusions Report shall be compiled by the VMC’s team leader after the
workshop, and submitted directly to Amtrak’s Project Manager who shall review it and provide
comments to the VCE for any modifications prior to issuing the final recommendations to the Design
Contractor’s project manager.
6. Design Contractor’s Response: Upon receipt of the VMC's recommendations, the Design Contractor
shall prepare a response, with Amtrak’s input. The Design Contractor shall review the VMC cost
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
estimates and provide documentation to explain any discrepancies with the Design Contractor's
estimate. Any VMC recommendations accepted by Amtrak shall be incorporated into the design
documents, at no cost to Amtrak, unless the Design Contractor documents that such work constitutes
a material change in scope or direction specifically approved in writing by Amtrak in previous
submissions.
i) VMC Candidates Recommendations: Within thirty (30) calendar days of the NTP.
ii) Workshop Information: Distributed to the team members seven (7) calendar days in advance of
the Value Management Workshop.
iii) Submission, Value Management Recommendations and Conclusions Report
E. Constructability Review. The Design Contractor shall conduct a constructability review of the 90%
(Construction Document) Submission for all contract packages, as applicable. The constructability analysis
shall be conducted prior to the finalization of the submission and Amtrak’s review. At this stage of the
design documentation, information on the specific construction methodologies, phasing and cost
estimates shall be sufficiently developed to allow for an effective review. The constructability review
process shall ensure that the work requirements are clear and that the construction documents are
coordinated to result in reduced potential construction change order impacts affecting project scope,
costs, and schedule. The maintenance of Amtrak operations, and in particular revenue train service, has
the highest priority. Innovative construction methods are to be fully considered where such methods can
significantly reduce costs or minimize impacts to operations. Items to be reviewed and analyzed in the
constructability review shall include, but are not limited to, the following: contractor, subcontractor, DBE
(as applicable) and trades availability; review of work elements accomplished under traffic; construction
procedures which may be adopted; potential claims and/or ambiguities in the contracted responsibilities,
procurement of long lead items; verification of the proposed schedule; and quality control/quality
assurance review of the overall documentation including coordination between disciplines.
1. Constructability Review Committee (CRC): The CRC shall be multi-disciplined and, at minimum,
include a civil engineer, an architect, a cost estimator and a construction manager with extensive
construction experience in transit projects. Dependent upon the particular nature of the project,
additional design disciplines shall be represented on the CBC. The construction manager shall serve
as the team leader. To avoid any conflict of interest, the CRC participants shall not be affiliated with
the Design Contractor’s team. Amtrak’s Project Manager shall also participate in the CRC.
i) CRC Candidates: Within thirty (30) calendar days of NTP, the Design Contractor is to recommend
a minimum of four candidates for the CRC for Amtrak’s review and approval. Upon Amtrak’s
approval of the CRC candidates, the Design Contractor is to schedule the Constructability Review
Workshop to be held as noted above.
2. Constructability Review Workshop: The constructability review workshop shall be held in
Philadelphia, near Amtrak Engineering’s headquarters. All of the submittal estimates, schedules,
Contract Documents, plans, specifications and review comments shall be reviewed as part of the
workshop, and the CRC shall make recommendations for alternate construction phasing or methods,
if advantageous to the overall program. The constructability review workshop shall be a day-long and
include the following:
i) Opening Session: Design Presentation by the Design Contractor’s team led by the Design
Contractor’s Design Lead, not to exceed 1 hour.
ii) Closing Session: Discussion led by the CRC’s team leader with key members of Design Contractor
including the Design Contractor’s Design Lead and Amtrak’s project management team to discuss
preliminary recommendations and conclusions, not to exceed 1 hour. The Design Contractor
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
shall assist the CRC by supplying the requested back-up documentation, technical information or
explanations in response to inquiries from the CRC. (Optional, based on Contract)
iii) Constructability Review Recommendations and Conclusions Report: A Constructability Review
Recommendations and Conclusions Report shall be compiled by the CRC’s team leader after the
workshop, and submitted directly to Amtrak. Submissions of the report elements to the Design
Contractor are to be made at the discretion of the Amtrak Project Manager.
iv) Design Contractor’s Response: Upon receipt of the CRC's recommendations, the Design
Contractor shall prepare a response, with Amtrak’s input. Upon acceptance by Amtrak, the
Design Contractor shall incorporate CRC’s recommendations such as alternate phasing or
construction methods into the construction documents. Any necessary additional design,
drawing, specification, estimate and/or schedule revisions shall be completed by the Design
Contractor at no added cost to Amtrak, and shall be included in the 100% IFB documents.
i) CRC Candidates Recommendations: Within thirty (30) calendar days of the NTP.
ii) 90% Submission, Constructability Review Recommendations and Conclusions Report
F. Plan Code Review:
1. Code Reviewer: The Design Contractor shall procure the services of an International Code Council
(ICC) or another qualified code reviewer, not affiliated with the Design Contractor’s team, to perform
a comprehensive review of all drawings and specifications for all disciplines for compliance with
Amtrak adopted codes at the 90% submission. The Design Contractor is to recommend a qualified
code reviewer candidate for Amtrak’s review and approval at the 60% submission.
2. Plan Code Review Record: The Design Contractor shall submit a Plan Code Review Record of the 90%
submission, which identifies the code sections evaluated and a report identifying the deficiencies
found in the review as well as the resolution. Any necessary additional design, drawing, specification,
estimate and/or schedule revisions noted Plan Review Record shall be completed by the Design
Contractor at no added cost to Amtrak, and included in the 100% Submission documents.
i) Qualified Code Reviewer Candidate, at the 60% submission.
ii) Plan Code Review Record.
G. ADA Regulations Review:
1. ADA Regulations Reviewer: The Design Contractor shall procure the services of an independent
design professional and/or firm with specific expertise and complete knowledge of the current ADA
regulations, not affiliated with the Design Contractor’s team, to review the design for compliance
with ADA regulations. The Design Contractor is to recommend a qualified ADA Regulations reviewer
candidate for Amtrak’s review and approval at the 15% submission
2. ADA Regulations Review: The ADA Regulations Reviewer shall review the design utilizing a checklist
developed as part of Amtrak’s Accessibility Survey Assessment System (ASAS developed by Universal
Designers & Consultants, Inc.) The ADA Regulations Reviewer shall modify the ASAS template to suit
the particular project requirements to verify that the design complies with ADA requirements and
associated Federal guidelines, rules and regulations. This modified ADA checklist is to be developed
and included as part of the 30% Submission and completed during ADA Regulations review at 90%
design submissions for verification of compliance with ADA requirements.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
i) Qualified ADA Regulations Reviewer Candidate, at the 15% submission.

ii) Modified ASAS Checklist per particular project requirements, at the 30% submission
iii) ADA Regulations Review, at the 90% submission.
IV. Existing Conditions Survey - Optional
A. Archive Investigation: The Design Contractor shall initiate the investigation of Amtrak’s archives upon the
initiation of the 15% Design phase.
1. Collection of Existing Documentation: The Design Contractor shall provide professional, technical and
support services to collect existing documentation pertinent to the Project available at Amtrak’s
Archives, if available and/or other locations pertinent to the Project as identified by Amtrak.
2. Amtrak’s Archives: Amtrak’s Archives/Document Control Center is located at 30th Street Station,
Philadelphia, PA. Original construction drawings and some renovation drawings are available in
Amtrak’s Archives/Document Control Center as linen, Mylar, bond paper, microfilm, TIFF files, PDF
files or DWG files. Depending on the Project, there may be other locations where Amtrak files may
be stored.
3. Documents: Documents, electronic information and drawings furnished by Amtrak that illustrate or
describe conditions relevant to the project are the property of Amtrak and shall not be copied and
used for any other project without Amtrak’s written permission. All such documents shall be
returned to Amtrak at the completion of the project.
4. Archive Investigation Report: The Design Contractor shall submit a report summarizing the findings
of their investigation of Amtrak’s archives.
i) Archive Investigation Report.
B. State of Good Repair Assessment: The Design Contractor shall assess the condition, or State of Good
Repair (SOGR), of the stations/facilities identified in the Project to evaluate existing conditions, verify
compliance with current codes, determine if additional invasive investigations are required, establish
priorities, and estimate costs.
1. General: The intent of the state of good repair (SOGR) assessment is to determine the condition of
existing systems or components vs. industry standard expected lifespan. The assessments are not
intended to be detailed engineering assessments requiring destructive testing or dismantling of
components. All readily accessible and observable areas of the stations/facilities shall be evaluated.
The assessment is not to include track, signals, electric traction, and related right-of-way
infrastructure elements.
i) Amtrak Occupied: Some stations/facilities may be shared with other tenants or occupants. The
Design Contractor shall only consider space occupied or controlled by Amtrak. Shared spaces
such as entryways, exterior walkways and toilets etc. shall be included in the scope of the survey
effort.
2. Design Contractor Personnel: The Design Contractor is to provide an experienced inspection team to
perform a detailed conditions survey and assessment of the building facilities. The survey team shall
consist of an architect who can report on the architectural, ADA, exterior, roof and structural aspects
of each building; and engineers who report on the structural, mechanical, plumbing, electrical,
aspects of the buildings facilities. The survey team must be comprised of licensed professional
architects and engineers.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
3. Existing Conditions Documentation: The Design Contractor shall research, obtain and review archival
documentation, drawings, specifications and warranties, and previous SOGR assessments, if
applicable.
i) Existing Documentation: If Amtrak provides archival documentation, the Design Contractor shall
be responsible for obtaining any supplemental survey data necessary to complete the design at
its cost. The Design Contractor assumes full responsibility for the accuracy of data furnished, if
the data are used as a basis for professional judgments or incorporated into the construction
documents. The final survey shall identify the extent and location of all existing roofing features.
4. Assessment Schedule: The Design Contractor with Amtrak Project Manager will arrange and
stations/facilities maintenance and operations personnel to identify access requirements and
establish a schedule for the assessment. Amtrak maintenance personnel will be required to gain
access to non- public back-of-house-spaces where mechanical and electrical equipment is housed and
to other areas of the stations/facilities. The Design Contractor may require multiple visits to the
stations/facilities to assure that adequate time is devoted to assess the conditions. The Design
Contractor shall coordinate the assessments based on the availability of Amtrak personnel to assist
with access.
5. Walk-Through Survey and Report:
i) Kick-Off Meeting: A kick-off meeting will be held on site prior to the start of Walk-Through
Survey as scheduled by the Amtrak Project Manager.
ii) Walk-Through Survey: The Design Contractor shall visually inspect and survey, photographically
document, and identify potential problem areas that require more detailed investigation. The
Design Contractor shall inspect every room and distinct area (stairs, mezzanines, platforms,
equipment areas, etc.) within the stations/facilities, and the roof and exterior features for signs
of physical deterioration and/or need for remediation. See Appendix N – Sample SOGR Walk-
Through Survey Form – Stations, which details the typical stations areas and components to be
typically included in a walk-through survey for a station. The inspection and survey shall include,
but is not limited to, the following elements:
a) Sounding and tapping of surfaces where applicable.
b) Exterior walls, columns and other structural elements for misalignment or bulging. Any
exterior wall found to be out of alignment shall be noted for scanning during future design
efforts using electronic survey methods to provide a recorded baseline that can be used to
monitor further movement.
c) Floors for levelness, and joints between floors, ceilings and walls for movement.
d) Signs of structural deterioration such as buckling, cracks, etc.
e) Plumbing and mechanical conditions for the heating systems and a general inspection of the
heating plant.
f) Plumbing condition for restroom facilities, except passenger restrooms areas specifically
excluded that are under renovation.
g) Local electrical and communications closets conditions recording key panel information to
determine service.
h) Identify conditions that may require environmental mitigation.)
i) Absence of systems, which would be typically found in the railroad environment.
iii) Walk-Through Survey Report: The Design Contractor shall provide a report of the visual
inspection and survey including a brief description, identification of visible and accessible
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
physical and operating deficiencies, anticipated life expectancy, floor plans and/or elevations,
digital photographs. The report is to both describe, and assess the condition of each component,
material or system based on the following rating system.
a) Good: Sound state of repair and proper function.
b) Satisfactory: Minor level of repair required in conjunction with normal maintenance;
acceptable function.
c) Adequate: Minor modifications or repair required to address defective condition or function.
d) Poor: Major repair is required to ensure continued function or performance; may be
detrimental to other components.
e) Very Poor: Component is missing, in failure and/or not functional; replacement or
substantial repair is required.
6. Detailed Assessment and Report:
i) Detailed Assessment: The Design Contractor shall conduct a detailed assessment focused on
problem areas identified during the walk-through survey and visual inspection including. The
detailed assessment may include probes behind wall finishes, ceilings and floors, but is not
intended to include destructive testing or dismantling of components, however, may require the
assistance of Amtrak station maintenance personnel to remove finishes and perform restoration.
The Design Contractor may view hard to access spaces in walls and floors using a pinhole camera
inserted through a single hole drilled through the surface. In locations where cracking or
settlement is found, efforts are to be made to view the condition of the column steel inside the
wall to determine whether there is any sign of joint failure, section loss or other damage to the
structure. The Design Contractor shall include detailed evaluations of the mechanical, electrical,
plumbing and communications systems, if applicable, and an existing utility services inventory to
determine whether they are sized properly for the current demand and the capacity to handle
further development.
ii) Detailed Assessment Report: The Design Contractor shall summarize in a report the findings of
the detailed assessment incorporating additional plans and/or elevations, digital photographs,
and. preliminary sketches of recommended improvements.
7. SOGR Cost Estimate: The Design Contractor is to prepare a of Statement of Probable Costs that
outlines the estimate for each of the elements found to be in need work to bring the facilities to a
state of good repair. The Design Contractor shall group the cost estimate elements by
stations/facility and functional area. The Design Contractor shall also re-aggregate the cost estimate
elements by their SOGR grading so that each category shall receive a summary cost.
i) Estimate Summary: Provide a summary chart of estimate findings by CSI MasterFormat or
UniFormat division numbers, totaled, and with general condition, profit, builders risk insurance,
bonds, estimating contingency, escalation and sub-contractor mark-ups, as applicable. The cost
itemization is to be referenced and appended to the summary sheet. (See Appendix M –
Estimation Summary for format of summary chart.)
i) Walk-Through Survey Report
ii) Detailed Assessment Report:
iii) SOGR Cost Estimate
C. Geotechnical Investigation and Report
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
1. General: The Design Contractor shall conduct a geotechnical investigation and prepare a report
during the 15% Design phase of the project, with the completed report included with the Project
Definition Report submittal.
2. Existing Documentation: Collect and review existing documentation pertinent to the project site
and/or facility’s surface or subsurface conditions, including environmental reports.
3. Aerial Photo Interpretation: Where air photographs are available, the site and surrounding area
terrain may be mapped indicate some or all of the following: general drainage patterns; general
slopes and broad topography; bedrock outcrops, where present; general surficial soil types; poorly
drained or bog areas (peat or muskeg); erosion features; old or potential slope failure areas.
4. Records Search: The geology of the area may be reviewed from known data, either to supplement the
aerial photo interpretation, or to replace it where air photos are not available. All available
physiographical data may be searched and previous site investigation data reviewed along with any
available well water records;
5. Site Reconnaissance: Following aerial photo interpretation and/or records search, the Design
Contractor shall make a site reconnaissance to physically examine land forms, drainage, erosion
features, etc. In addition, hand auger holes or rod soundings should be employed in addition to the
excavation of shallow test pits to confirm the general surficial soil, bedrock and groundwater
conditions, as recommended by the responsible geotechnical engineer.
i) Kick-Off Meeting: A kick-off meeting will be held on site prior to the start of the site
reconnaissance as scheduled by the Amtrak Project Manager.
6. Investigation Report: The Design Contractor shall prepare a report that summarizes the findings of
the geotechnical investigation including a description of the terrain, brief geological history, brief
seismic characteristics, surface, drainage conditions, brief history of difficulties and/or obstructions
encountered during previous explorations on or adjacent to the site, groundwater conditions and
associated design or construction problems. Summary of this report shall be included in the Project
Definition Report.
7. Project’s Soil Investigation Program: Based on the findings of the preliminary Investigation Report
and on knowledge of the intended project, the Design Contractor shall make recommendations for a
soil investigation program for the project: number, location, type, depth of borings and tests to be
performed. These recommendations will serve as the basis for a scope of work for Amtrak to procure
a geotechnical contractor to perform drilling and sampling methods specified for the subsurface
investigation and associated report. Summary of this report shall be included in the Project Definition
Report
8. Geotechnical Analysis and Report
i) General: The Design Contractor shall prepare a geotechnical report and evaluation during the
60% Design phase of the project, and its completion to coincide with the 60% Design submittal.
ii) Geotechnical Analysis: The Design Contractor shall analyze the information developed by the
subsurface investigation, including those aspects of the subsurface condition, which may affect
design and construction of proposed structures.
iii) Geotechnical Evaluation: Based on defined design and engineering requirements of the Project,
the Final Geotechnical Report shall evaluate and recommend for the necessary areas of
consideration including, but not limited to: foundation support of structure and slabs on grade,
management of groundwater, management of stormwater runoff adjacent to the building,
lateral earth pressures for design of walls below grade, soil material and compaction
requirements for site fill, temporary excavation and temporary protection, stability of slopes,
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
seismic activity, frost penetration depth and effect, evaluation of depth of material requiring rock
excavation and methods of removal.
iv) Geotechnical Report: Final Geotechnical Report: The Design Contractor shall submit a report
summarizing the Final Geotechnical Analysis and Evaluation for the project. These design criteria
will be included in the 60% Project Definition Report. Summary of this report shall be included in
the Project Definition Report
9. Verification: The Design Contractor shall be responsible for verifying that the final design takes into
consideration the recommendations contained in the geotechnical report, whether provided by
Amtrak or as part of the services furnished by the Design Contractor. A copy of the report shall be
included in the construction documents for reference only by project bidders.
10. Physical Properties: The Design Contractor will determine the character and physical properties of
soil deposits within the project limits defined on the site survey and evaluate their potential as
foundations for the project’s structure or as material for earthwork construction.
11. Design Contractor Personnel: All work associated with geotechnical investigation shall be performed
by qualified personnel under supervision of Registered Professional Engineers who are licensed to
practice in the state in which the project is located. All reports shall bear the seal of a Registered
Professional Engineer
i) Geotechnical Investigation and Report, Concurrent with the 15% Design Phase.
ii) Geotechnical Analysis and Report: Concurrent with the 60% Design Phase.
D. Roof Inspection and Assessment: The Design Contractor shall review archival documentation, conduct a
comprehensive roof survey, generate background drawings, conduct a roofing inspection and assessment
of the defined roof areas of the Project to identify the existing roofing system and related roofing
components conditions, and prepare a roofing inspection and assessment report.
documentation; conduct a comprehensive roof survey, provide photographical documentation, and
generate CAD drawings to document existing conditions.
i) Archival Documentation: The Design Contactor shall research, obtain and review archival
information, drawings, specifications and warranties, if applicable.
a) Existing Documentation: If Amtrak provides archival documentation, the Design Contractor
shall be responsible for obtaining any supplemental survey data necessary to complete the
design at its cost. The Design Contractor assumes full responsibility for the accuracy of data
furnished, if the data are used as a basis for professional judgments or incorporated into the
construction documents. The final survey shall identify the extent and location of all existing
roofing features.
ii) Roof Survey: The Design Contractor shall survey roof survey the defined roof areas of the Project
to verify, supplant, and expands upon Amtrak’s archival documentation, if available. The roof
survey shall include field measurements of the defined roof areas of the Project, document the
location of all roof penetrations, roof drainage systems, and roof top equipment. The survey
shall also ascertain the existing slope to roof drains for all roof areas. The Design Contractor shall
confirm all existing conditions fully sufficient to create CAD drawings and accurately inform and
facilitate future design work for the project.
iii) Photographical Documentation: The Design Contractor shall provide photographical
documentation for all roof areas of the various key conditions and overview areas of roof areas.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
This documentation shall record symptoms of dysfunction that will inform and direct the roofing
inspection and condition assessment.
iv) CAD Drawings: Based on the archival documentation and/or roof survey, the Design Contractor
shall generate a verified background set of CAD drawings sufficient to be used to create
documentation for the Project. All CAD documentation shall follow Amtrak’s CAD Standards (See
Appendix E).
2. Roofing Inspection, Condition Assessment and Report:
i) On Site Meeting: Prior to the start of the roofing inspection, the Design Contractor shall meet on
site with the Amtrak Project Manager and/or other Amtrak personnel familiar with the history of
the existing roofing systems and other related roof areas and any leaks or other problem areas.
ii) Inspection and Condition Assessment: The Design Contractor shall inspect and assess the defined
roof areas of the Project to identify the existing roofing system and related roofing components
construction and condition. The Design Contractor shall consider the following potential roof
inspection items. The Design Contractor shall identify a final list of items to be considered based
on their experience with roofing projects similar in size, scope and type, and site survey.
a) General: The roofing inspection and condition assessment must be conducted with the
understanding that a roof is not merely a collection of separate elements but a complete
system, from the roof all the way to management of water to the utility. The roofing
inspection and condition assessment must review and address the functionality of the entire
roofing system, not just the component parts.
b) Discovery of Hazardous Materials: The Design Contractor shall note the unexpected
discovery of hazardous materials if encountered during the inspection and condition
assessment, and immediately remove themselves from an unsafe condition in which these
materials could be a contagion. The Design Contractor shall immediately notify the Amtrak
Project Manager to review the discovery. The Amtrak Project Manager will address next
steps on an ad-hoc basis with the Design Contractor.
c) Existing Roofing System Construction and Condition: The Design Contractor shall perform
infrared thermal imaging, roof sample extractions, visual observations and other means
necessary in order to determine the construction and assess the condition of existing roofing
system and substrate condition. The Design Contractor shall confirm or determine the type
of roofing system installed, the roofing materials used (number of plies, the type, thickness,
and attachment method of each layer), insulation, type and condition of the deck, location
and quantity of wet insulation, if applicable.
d) Roofing Materials: The Design Contractor shall investigate and assess the condition of the
roof deck material, expansion joints, flashings, copings, flashing boots, nailing strips, gravel
stopes, parapet walls, copings, masonry caulking and pointing materials, mortar sealants,
water repellants, and adjacent construction etc. as applicable.
e) Fixed Roof Mounted Items: The Design Contractor shall investigate and assess the condition
of all fixed roof mounted items such as hatches, ventilation pipes, covers, guy wires and
anchors, and electrical conduit, etc.
f) Roof Drains: The Design Contractor shall perform a visual inspection of the roof area and
determine the areas, if any, lacking positive drainage. The Design Contractor shall
investigate and assess the condition of all interior/exterior roof drains, and ensure
compliance with all applicable codes in number and size to drain all accumulated water from
the surface of the roof.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
g) Structural Investigation: The Design Contractor shall determine either from the archival
documentation or by taking additional field measurements of the structural components
supporting the existing roofing the allowable loading of the existing deck and structure. The
Design Contractor shall assess if the existing deck and structure can support a new roofing
system and related components.
h) Construction Canopy: If the building is to be occupied during construction, the Design
Contractor shall assess the need for a temporary canopy to prevent roofing materials and
components, construction tools, and equipment, dirt and debris from injuring personnel
using the public access areas of the building.
i) Mechanical Equipment: The Design Contractor shall determine shall investigate all roof top
mechanical equipment and confirm the condition of their curbing and supports. The Design
Contractor shall also document the existing physical and operating condition of the units
including reference photographs.
j) Rooftop Ductwork and Piping: The Design Contractor shall investigate and assess the
condition any existing rooftop ductwork, vents, piping, joints, and supports.
k) Painting: The Design Contractor shall investigate the finishes of all roof mounted mechanical
equipment metal housing, hatches, vents roof structural frames, column supports, anchor
brackets, piping, ladders, and all other metal components and assess if repainting is
required.
l) Fall Protection System: The Design Contractor shall investigate and assess all roof areas for
compliance with OSHA compliant fall protection system to provide a safe means of accessing
all roof areas for routine maintenance and inspections
m) Other Items: The Design Contractor shall investigate any other item not identified above
that is considered part of the roofing system components, etc.
iii) Roofing Inspection Assessment Report, and Presentation:
a) Report, Recommendations and Cost Estimate: The Design Contractor shall prepare a roofing
inspection and assessment report that summarizes the discussions at the on-site meeting, all
findings of the roofing inspection, and condition assessment and recommendations for
repair and/or replacement of any roofing system components. The report shall include the
following:
1) Executive Summary: The report shall include an executive summary of the findings of
the system functionality, roofing inspection, condition assessment.
2) Existing Conditions Documentation Summary: The report shall include a summary of
the archival documentation researched, obtained and reviewed, the survey and
photographic documentation. This summary shall provide an overall assessment of the
entire roof system functionality. This will be an account of visual observations, overall
areas, and local reports of deficiencies with the function of the roof systems.
3) Recommendations: The report shall include a detailed assessment and
recommendations for repairs and replacement for the entire roof system functionality.
4) Cost Estimate: The Design Contractor shall prepare a rough order of magnitude cost
estimate of Statement of Probable Costs that outlines the estimate for each of the
elements found to be in need work to bring the facilities to a state of good repair. The
Statement is to group elements by facility and functional area, and to itemize
construction, soft costs, commissioning and operating costs for building systems using
CSI format to quantify and provide unit prices for each element.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
(i) Estimate Summary: Provide a summary chart of estimate findings by CSI

MasterFormat or UniFormat division numbers, totaled, and with general condition,
profit, builders risk insurance, bonds, estimating contingency, escalation and sub-
contractor mark-ups, as applicable. The cost itemization is to be referenced and
appended to the summary sheet. (See Appendix M – Estimation Summary for
format of summary chart.)
b) Presentation: Prior to the completion of the report and cost estimate, the Design Contractor
shall present the findings of the roof inspection and conditions assessment and
recommendations for repairs and replacement, and order of magnitude estimate to Amtrak
representatives. The report shall incorporate any Amtrak comments and/or discussion from
the presentation.
3. Design Contractor Personnel: The Design Contractor personnel performing the roofing inspection and
assessment and associated report and recommendations must be a member in good standing of
Roofing Consultant Institute (RCI), NCRA National Roofing Contractor Associations or other similar
memberships and have demonstrated experience in a minimum of three projects of comparable size
and complexity completed within the past five years.
i) Photographical Documentation
ii) CAD Drawings
iii) Roofing Inspection Assessment , Recommendations and Cost Estimate Presentation
iv) Roofing Inspection Assessment, Recommendations and Cost Estimate Report
E. Existing Mechanical Equipment/System(s) Inspection, Condition Assessment and Report:
documentation; conduct a comprehensive survey, and generate CAD drawings to document the
existing conditions of the defined mechanical equipment/system(s).
i) Archival Documentation: The Design Contactor shall research, obtain and review archival
information, drawings, specifications and warranties, if applicable, of the existing mechanical
equipment and/or system(s).
a) Existing Documentation: If Amtrak provides archival documentation, the Design Contractor
shall be responsible for obtaining any supplemental survey data necessary to complete the
design at its cost. The Design Contractor assumes full responsibility for the accuracy of data
furnished, if the data are used as a basis for professional judgments or incorporated into the
construction documents. The final survey shall identify the extent and location of all existing
roofing features.
ii) Existing Conditions Survey and Inspection: The Design Contractor shall survey and inspect the
defined mechanical equipment/systems of the Project to verify, supplant, and expands upon
Amtrak’s archival documentation, if available.
a) On Site Meeting: Prior to the start of the mechanical equipment/system(s) survey and
inspection, the Design Contractor shall meet on site with the Amtrak Project Manager
and/or other Amtrak personnel familiar with the history of the defined existing mechanical
equipment/system(s).
b) Tools and Equipment: The Design Contractor shall arrange for the necessary tools and
equipment required for the survey and inspection work.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
iii) Inventory of Existing Equipment: The Design Contractor shall collect mechanical
equipment/system(s) nameplate data, review of system performance, equipment age, condition,
maintenance status and provide a complete inventory of existing mechanical equipment/systems
identifying the model and capabilities of each major component.
iv) Existing System Diagrams: The Design Contractor shall confirm all existing conditions sufficient
to generate a Process Instrumentation Diagram (PID) and Process Flow Diagram (PFD) to
accurately inform and facilitate future design work for the Project.
v) Existing System Control Diagram: The Design Contractor shall review the existing Building
Management System (BMS) and generate the existing control diagram with the existing set-
points and functions.
vi) Existing Conditions System Check: The Design Contractor shall perform a system check to
identify deficiencies or inefficiencies in the existing mechanical equipment system(s). The system
check is to consider optimal noise, temperature, and airflow conditions in the conditioned spaces
of the building.
2. Existing Conditions Assessment and Cost Estimate Report:
i) Existing Conditions Assessment Report: The Design Contractor shall prepare a report that
discusses and summarizes all of the findings of the existing mechanical equipment/system(s)
conditions documentation. The Design Contractor shall also provide an assessment of the
existing mechanical equipment system(s), and recommend modifications, adjustments, and/or
balancing of the systems components to provide optimal noise, temperature, and airflow
conditions in the conditioned spaces of the building and to achieve maximal efficiencies in air
and balance flow. The recommendations shall also consider how to keep the phasing of the
project to maintain operations in the defined building areas.
ii) Cost Estimate: The Design Contractor shall prepare a rough order of magnitude cost estimate of
Statement of Probable Costs that outlines the estimate for each of the elements found to be in
need work to bring the facilities to a state of good repair. The Statement is to group elements
by facility and functional area, and to itemize construction, soft costs, commissioning and
operating costs for building systems using CSI format to quantify and provide unit prices for each
element.
a) Estimate Summary: Provide a summary chart of estimate findings by CSI MasterFormat or
UniFormat division numbers, totaled, and with general condition, profit, builders risk
insurance, bonds, estimating contingency, escalation and sub-contractor mark-ups, as
applicable. The cost itemization is to be referenced and appended to the summary sheet.
(See Appendix M – Estimation Summary for format of summary chart.)
iii) Design Contractor Personnel Qualifications: The Design Contractor personnel performing the
mechanical equipment/system(s) and inspection and assessment and associated report and
recommendations must be professional mechanical engineer.
3. Deliverables:
i) Existing Conditions Assessment and Report.
V. Environmental - Optional
A. Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act:
1. Additional Section 106 Investigation: The Design Contractor shall perform the following Section 106
Investigation tasks concurrent with the 30% Design Phase.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
i) Archaeological Assessment: If the project requires disturbance of soils that are not known to be
previously disturbed, the Design Contractor shall be responsible for preparing an archaeological
assessment of the limits of disturbance. Limits of disturbance shall include construction staging
areas, storm water management locations, and similar related activities. All archaeological
investigations shall be performed by, or at the direction of, persons meeting or exceeding the
Secretary of the Interior’s Professional Qualifications Standards for Archaeology.
2. Additional Section 106 Documentation: The Design Contractor shall perform the following additional
Section 106 Investigation tasks concurrent with the 60% Design Phase. While the Section 106
activities outlined below span the design process through the 60% Submission, completion of Section
106 consultation is desired as early as possible, ideally by the completion of 30% Submission.
i) Resolution of Adverse Effects Documentation: If the project has an adverse effect that cannot be
avoided, Amtrak and its federal partners will consider means of minimizing or mitigating the
adverse effect. The Design Contractor shall assist Amtrak by preparing analyses, additional
documentation, presentations, meeting/webinar materials, Memorandum of Agreement (MOA)
and other tasks, if required. The Design Contractor must include commitments made in the
executed MOA related to design elements in the design documents, where appropriate, and in
the construction estimates and schedules.
i) Archaeological Assessment, during 30% design phase.
ii) Consulting Party Outreach Support, as required.
iii) Resolution of Adverse Effects Documentation, as required during 60% design phase
B. Section 4(f) of the U.S. Department of Transportation Act: The Design Contractor shall perform the
Section 4(f) tasks concurrent with the 30% Design Phase.
1. Design Project Alternatives: The Design Contractor shall research whether the project involves the
use of a protected resource as defined under Section 4(f) USDOT (now codified in Title 49 USC 303).
If the project involves one or more of these protected resources the Design Contractor shall provide
an alternatives analysis or other documentation for the purposes of compliance with this Act. (See
Division 01, 01 41 19, Section III.) Determine whether an exemption from 4(f) applies per FRA
guidance regarding FAST Act implementation.
i) Alternatives Analysis, at the 30% Design Phase.
C. Environmental Investigation:
1. Preliminary Environmental Investigation: The Design Contractor shall perform the Preliminary
Environmental Investigation tasks concurrent with the 30% Design Phase.
i) Environmental Review Form: The Design Contractor shall complete Amtrak’s Environmental
Review Form and submit the form to Amtrak along with the 30% Design submission. The review
form includes a detailed description of the activity or project scope. (See Appendix I.).
2. Final Environmental Investigation: The Design Contractor shall perform the Final Environmental
Investigation tasks concurrent with the 60% Design Phase.
i) Environmental Checklist: The Design Contractor will coordinate with Amtrak to complete
Amtrak’s Environmental Checklist. (See Appendix J for a typical checklist). Amtrak will determine
the appropriate level of environmental documentation for the project based on the
Environmental Checklist. This checklist will be completed at the start of the 60% Design phase.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
ii) Wetland Delineation and Other Specialty Investigations: The Design Contractor shall be
responsible for delineating the full extent of any wetlands on the project site. Likewise, the
Design Contractor shall perform appropriate threatened and endangered species inventories,
parkland inventories, archaeological investigations, and other analyses to support NEPA
documentation and Section 106 analysis.
iii) National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System: National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
System (NPDES) regulations require that a permit be obtained for any point source discharge of
pollutants into the waters of the United States. The definition of “pollutants” is quite broad.
Construction shall be performed in accordance with 40 CFR 122-124. Under this regulation, an
NPDES or SPDES permit is required for construction disturbing one (1) or more acres (considered
an “industrial” activity). Most states have been delegated the authority to administer these
permits. The Design Contractor will investigate the need for such permits and prepare relevant
applications.
iv) Asbestos or Lead-based Paint Survey: The Design Contractor shall conduct an asbestos or lead-
based paint survey of an existing building or structure to determine if asbestos or lead-based
paint must be abated to safely construct the project. Any survey work shall be performed by a
properly certified professional (certification requirements vary based on states and
municipalities). If asbestos or lead based paint is detected, an abatement plan should be
developed for Amtrak’s review and eventual inclusion into construction specifications.
v) Soil or Groundwater Investigation: The Design Contractor shall conduct soil or groundwater
investigation. Data collected during this investigation may be used to develop construction
health and safety procedures and to arrange for disposal or reuse of excess soil, develop
dewatering treatment process, or obtain environmental agency approval for the construction
project. Soil and groundwater investigations should be conducted by a qualified person as
qualifications vary state by state. Laboratory reports should provide QA/QC data acceptable for
submission to the applicable state agency.
i) Environmental Review Form, at the 30% Design submission.
ii) Environmental Checklist at the start of the 60% Design phase.
iii) Wetland Delineation and Other Specialty Investigations, at the 60% Design submission.
iv) National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System, at the 60% Design submission.
v) Asbestos or Lead-based Paint Survey, at the 60% Design submission.
vi) Soil or Groundwater Investigation, at the 60% Design submission.
VI. Pre Design– Optional
A. Programming: The Design Contractor will consult with Amtrak, research applicable criteria and define a
program to account for all of Amtrak’s current and future space needs for the project, including support
areas. The Design Contractor is to compile all existing needs for the project to support current operation,
future space needs to provide for future operations.
1. Background Information:
i) Existing Documentation: The Design Contractor shall review existing documentation for the
Project as compiled by Amtrak Project Manager, including, but not limited to the following:
a) Existing Facilities Documents: Available reports on the existing facilities, construction
documents, previous inventory or programming documents, master plans and other relevant
programming documents.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
b) Existing Planning Standards/Guidelines: Amtrak planning standards and guidelines.

c) Service Plans: Amtrak’s current and future service plans.
ii) Existing Space Inventory: The Design Contractor shall prepare an inventory and written or
graphic illustration of all existing spaces, equipment and furnishing, including use designation,
overall square footage, and any special requirements.
a) Initial Inventory: Based on the existing documents compiled by Amtrak prepare an inventory
of the existing space utilization, identifying space requirements and relationships for,
furniture, equipment, operating procedures, security requirements and communications..
b) Walkthrough: Review this inventory in a site survey walk-through accompanied as
appropriate Amtrak personnel, if required, and document any changes or discrepancies.
Identify traffic and circulation patterns, use levels and general adequacy of spaces to
accommodate the users.
c) Finalized Existing Space Inventory: Prepare written description and graphic and update the
inventory to represent current allocations.
iii) Applicable Codes and Standards Review and Report: The Design Contractor shall determine and
identify if there are any applicable codes, or policy standards that may affect the programming
decisions or minimum areas for various functions. The Design Contractor shall summarize
findings in a report.
iv) User Group Interviews: The Design Contractor shall conduct interviews with Amtrak’s user group
representatives, which are currently housed or anticipated to be housed in the areas affected by
the Project. The Amtrak Project Manager will identify the specific user groups to participate, but
not limited to, the following: Transportation Business Line, Business Development, Engineering,
Strategic Planning, Government Affairs, Legal, Marketing and Sales, Information and Technology,
and Amtrak Police Department.
a) Work Plan: The Design Contractor shall establish a work plan and a draft schedule for the
user group interviews along with the Amtrak Project Manager.
1) Gathered Data: Determine the types of data that could impact the design of the facility,
and to be gathered.
2) User Group Inventories: Develop a summary sheet of the user group’s finalized
inventory for discussion at the interview.
3) Questionnaires and Surveys: Develop questionnaires and surveys to be distributed to
the user group representatives in advance of the interview.
4) Interview Worksheet: Develop a worksheet to be used during the interview process.
Submit worksheet to the Amtrak Project Manager for review in advance of scheduling
interviews.
b) Schedule Interviews: The Design Contractor shall coordinate and finalize the interview
schedule to suit the availability of Amtrak’s key user group members.
c) User Group Representatives: The Design Contractor shall recommend to the Amtrak Project
Manager any additional user group representatives, beyond those identified at the project
start, if any, that would be beneficial to include in the interviews.
d) Meeting Minutes and/or Worksheets: The Design Contractor shall collate the results of the
surveys and questionnaires. The Design Contractor shall prepare meeting minutes and/or
completed worksheets that document the discussions for each user group.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
v) Benchmarking Assessment:
a) Identify Locations: The Design Contractor, in consultation with the Amtrak Project Manager,
facilities and operations of a similar nature in complexity to be visited and observed, and/or
analyzed by the Design Contractor for purposes of evaluation and comparison.
b) Site Visits and/or Analysis: The Design Contractor shall coordinate and conduct with the
user group participants site visits to the selected locations. For locations to be analyzed
only, the Design Contractor shall prepare a presentation of the specific facilities and
operations attributes.
c) Assessment Report: The Design Contractor shall summarize the findings of the site visits in
an assessment report that identifies similarities and differences between these locations and
the current facility.
vi) Background Information Report and Presentation: The Design Contractor will prepare a summary
report and a Power Point presentation of information gathered from Existing Documentation,
Existing Space Inventory, Applicable Codes and Standards Review, User Group Interviews,
Benchmarking Assessment tasks.
2. User Group Workshop: The Design Contractor shall facilitate a ½ day workshop with key user group
representatives to present information gathered from Existing Documentation, Existing Space
Inventory, User Group Interviews, Benchmarking Assessment tasks using the presentation developed
in Background Information task. The User Group Workshop shall consider and discuss design and
planning issuers, including future growth and expansion projections, and endeavor to achieve a
consensus as to which values, goals, fact, needs and ideas should influence the design of the Project.
i) Certified Professional Facilitator: The Design Contractor shall provide a Certified Professional
Facilitator (CPF) to conduct the workshop.
ii) Scheduling: The workshop shall be scheduled on a date approved by the Amtrak Project
Manager. The Design Contractor shall coordinate the attendance of Amtrak’s user group
representatives. The user group participants will be determined by the Amtrak Project Manager.
iii) Arrangements: The Design Contractor shall arrange for all support materials, meals/refreshments
for the workshop. Amtrak will provide the meeting location.
iv) User Group Workshop Report: The Design Contractor shall prepare and provide a written report
of the discussions held, recommendations made at the User Group Workshop.
3. Data Analysis: Based on the background information gathered and the findings of the User Group
Workshop, the Design Contractor shall develop performance and design criteria for current and
future needs for the Project.
i) Preliminary Space Needs: The Design Contractor shall make a preliminary determination of space
needs including special requirements, space relationships, “tare” space, including consideration
of special requirements, such as ambient environment, safety and security, furnishing, flexibility
and site information, where appropriate. Tare space is the area needed for circulation, walls,
mechanical, electrical and telephone equipment, wall thickness, and public toilets.
ii) Programming Issues: The Design Contractor shall identify any major unresolved programming
issues and propose preliminary options or strategies for their resolution, and discuss these with
Amtrak’s Project Manager and other Amtrak representatives, if required.
iii) Programming Issues Solutions: Based on discussions with Amtrak, the Design Contractor shall
make recommendations for solution(s) to the unresolved programming issues for approval by
Amtrak’s Project Manager and other Amtrak representatives, if required prior to preparation of
the Design Contractor’s initial report.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
iv) Presentation and Initial Report:

a) Initial Report: The Design Contractor shall prepare an initial report of its findings and analysis
of the programming requirements. The Design Contractor shall meet with Amtrak’s Project
Manager and other Amtrak representatives to agree on the form of the presentation
appropriate to the needs of the Amtrak and the project.
b) Presentation: The Design Contractor shall present its initial report of the programming
report to the key User Group Representatives, or as otherwise directed by Amtrak’s Project
Manager.
4. Development of Final Program of Project Requirements:
i) Programming Standards: The Design Contractor shall recommend programming standards or
incorporate Amtrak Standards such as area allowances, space allocation, travel distances, and
furniture and equipment requirements. The Design Contractor shall establish general space
quality standards for the project related to such elements as lighting levels, equipment
performance, acoustical requirements, security and aesthetics in compliance with Amtrak’s
guidelines.
ii) Quantitative Space Requirements: The Design Contractor shall quantify the specific space
requirements by:
a) Identifying required spaces;
b) Establishing sizes and relationships;
c) Establishing space efficiency factors (ratio of net square footage to gross square footage),
and;
d) Documenting particular space requirements such as special HVAC, plumbing, power, lighting,
acoustical, furnishings, equipment or security needs.
iii) Final Program Document: The Design Contractor shall prepare a final program document
detailing all item identified in above sections incorporating written and graphic materials that
include, but are not limited to, the following:
a) An executive summary;
b) Documentation of the methodology used to develop the program;
c) Value and goal statements;
d) Relevant facts upon which the program was based;
e) Conclusion derived from data analysis;
f) Relationship diagrams;
g) Flow diagrams;
h) Matrices identifying space allocations and relationships;
i) Space listing by function and size, and;
j) Space program sheets including standard requirements and special HVAC, plumbing, power,
lighting, acoustical, furnishings, equipment or security needs.
k) Budgetary Costs: The Design Contractor shall estimate total project costs using cost per
square foot amounts for types of space for construction and include budget line items for
design, furniture and equipment, soft costs, etc. (per Appendix M, Overall Project Budget
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
worksheet). The Design Contractor shall provide a preliminary opinion of the program with
respect to the Amtrak’s stated budget objectives.
i) Finalized Existing Space Inventory
ii) Background Information Report
iii) Background Information t Presentation
iv) User Group Workshop Report
v) Presentation and Initial Report
vi) Final Program Document
VII. Design - Optional
A. Architectural Interior Design: The Design Contractor shall provide architectural interior design services to
analyze Amtrak’s needs and goals, formulate design concepts, oversee the interior design process,
prepare construction documentation, collaborate with the base building Architects/Engineers (if
applicable).
1. 15% Conceptual Design Phase:
i) Information Gathering: The Design Contractor shall meet with base building Architects/Engineers
(if applicable) and Amtrak user group representatives, as determined by the Amtrak Project
Manager, to confirm and generate programming information. This programming information
shall be the basis of the design as it progresses. The programming information shall consist of
the following quantitative and qualitative issues:
a) Quantitative Issues
1) General Workspace types, sizes and quantities (headcount).
2) Specialty Workspace types i.e.; Bench style, individual cocoon style or club chair
w/tablet spaces.
3) General Conferencing types, sizes and quantities.
4) Specialty conferencing types i.e.; open collaborative areas, one-on-one spaces,
Breakroom/Pantry gathering areas.
5) Training types, sizes and quantities
6) Reception area: Furniture, receptionist seating, waiting area, coat closets and other
support functions.
7) Breakroom/Pantry sizes. Verify functions i.e.; small Pantry, Breakroom with seating,
Cooking requirements (if any), Major equipment needs, etc.
8) File room and Storage room types, sizes and quantities.
9) IT rooms/closets such as MDF’s or IDF’s.
10) Miscellaneous spaces such as Locker rooms, supplemental mechanical and electrical
rooms, Secure rooms, canine facilities and other Support spaces as outlined by the
Amtrak representatives and base building Architects/Engineers.
11) Adjacency requirements – primary, secondary and tertiary.
b) Qualitative Issues
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
1) Current design strategies in place that may inform the interior design.
2) Clients vision of space that supports corporate vision.
3) Clients vision of space that addresses internal message to employees.
4) Market trends that may inform the interior design.
ii) Design Strategy Session: The Design Contractor shall hold a design strategy session with Amtrak
to provide a frame of reference from which the team shall make a multitude of individual
decisions that inform the design process as a complete concept. These decisions shall range
from the establishment of image projection, the use of color, light and materials, and the
development of an effective method of presentation.
a) Design Strategy Presentation: The Design Contractor shall create a presentation that is to
review a series of design elements and various interior environments which illustrate
different aesthetic approaches to support the clients design objectives.
b) Design Strategy Workbook: The Design Contractor shall document the teams approved
direction into a single workbook that will graphically inform the Design Contractor’s design
strategy going forward during the ongoing design process.
c) Meeting Minutes: The Design Contractor shall be responsible for the taking, preparation and
distribution of the minutes of all meetings, conferences, etc. to Amtrak within five (5)
working days after each meeting.
iii) Core Guidelines and Program Report:
a) Core Guidelines: The Design Contractor shall develop core guidelines which respond to both
Amtrak’s needs and the demands and constraints of the existing building, (if applicable). The
Design Contractor shall review the items and issues including, but not limited to the
following:
1) Degree and nature of flexibility.
2) Ease of management and maintenance of spaces.
3) Security.
4) Privacy and visibility issues.
5) Distribution of communications and services.
6) Lighting issues and constraints.
7) Acoustical considerations.
8) Technology integration.
9) Environmental policies and issues.
10) Food service objectives.
b) Program Report: The Design Contractor shall analyze Information gathered to date and
compile into a consistent and workable format that can be updated so that is current and
usable during all phases of the project process. Contents of the program report document
are to include, but are not limited to the following:
1) Summary of Core Guidelines
2) Space profiles.
3) Personnel listings with growth projections.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
4) Support space sizes, requirements and growth projections.

5) Ancillary function sizes and requirements.
6) Matrix of adjacency requirements.
7) Annotated plans and axonometrics of space standards for workspaces.
8) Schedule of equipment requirements with sizes and specifications.
iv) Conceptual Design Presentation: The Design Contractor shall conduct a final Conceptual design
presentation to Amtrak Engineering and Project Stakeholders for their review, as directed by the
Amtrak Project Manager. The Design Contractor shall record the discussion at the presentation
in meeting minutes.
v) Estimate of Construction Schedule: The Design Contractor shall develop a conceptual design level
construction schedule estimate.
vi) Estimate of Construction Budget: The Design Contractor shall develop a conceptual design level
construction budget estimate.
vii) 15% (Conceptual Design) Phase Submission Deliverables: In addition to Standard Services 15%
Design Phase Submission Deliverables (if applicable)
a) Design Strategy
1) Presentation
2) Workbook
3) Meeting Minutes
b) Program Report
c) Conceptual Design Presentation and Meeting Minutes
d) Estimate of Construction Schedule
e) Estimate of Construction Budget
f) 15% Design Amtrak Review Comment Responses
2. 30% (Preliminary Design) Phase:
i) Space Plan Schematic Design: Utilizing CAD backgrounds furnished by the base building
Architect/Engineer (if applicable) or by the Amtrak Project Manager, the Design Contractor shall
develop three (3) alternate Space Plans indicating specific architectural interior design concepts,
and direction for design treatment of the project. These design options shall be presented
utilizing floor plans, elevations, sketches and other diagrammatic materials as required to
support the strategies for the aesthetic concepts developed.
a) Sub-consultant Coordination: The Design Contractor shall coordinate the schematic level
development of information by the Design Contractor’s sub-contractors as applicable
including but not limited to the following: lighting, information technology, furniture dealers,
and base building Architects/Engineers (if applicable).
ii) Palette Boards: The Design Contractor shall develop three (3) finish palette options, on boards,
which address flooring, vertical surfaces, furniture and any special design considerations.
iii) Updated Program Report: The Design Contractor shall update the Program Report to reflect any
additional information.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
iv) Preliminary Design Presentation: The Design Contractor shall conduct a final Schematic Design
presentation to Amtrak Engineering and Project Stakeholders for their review, as directed by the
Amtrak Project Manager. The Design Contractor shall record the discussion at the presentation
in meeting minutes.
v) Outline Specifications: The Design Contractor shall prepare outline specifications encompassing
the design development.
vi) Updated Estimate of Construction Schedule: The Design Contractor shall update the conceptual
design level construction schedule estimate to reflect the design development.
vii) Updated Estimate of Construction Budget: The Design Contractor shall develop a preliminary
design level construction budget estimate to reflect the design development.
viii) 30% (Preliminary Design) Phase Submission Deliverables: In addition to Standard Services 30%
Design Phase Submission Deliverables (if applicable).
a) Space Plan Preliminary Design (3 alternatives).
b) Palette boards (3 iterations).
c) Preliminary Design Presentation and Meeting Minutes.
d) Updated Program Report
e) Outline Specifications
f) Updated Construction Schedule Estimate.
g) Updated Construction Budget Estimate.
h) 30% Design Amtrak Review Comment Responses.
3. 60% (Design Development) Phase:
i) Design Development Documentation: The Design Contractor shall generate floor plans,
elevations, sketches, renderings and other diagrammatic materials as required to support the
design development of for the aesthetic concepts, and building technology.
a) Sub-consultant Coordination: The Design Contractor shall coordinate the design
development information by the Design Contractor’s sub-contractors as applicable including
but not limited to the following: lighting, information technology, furniture dealers, and base
building Architects/Engineers (if applicable).
b) Preliminary Reflected Ceiling Plans: The Design Contractor shall develop preliminary
reflected ceiling plans indicating architectural elements i.e.; columns and partitions,
proposed lighting fixtures, ceiling materials and patterns and any height variations.
ii) Final Furniture and Finish Palettes: The Design Contractor shall finalize the finish palette, on
boards, for all interior finishes, and the furniture and furniture finish selections for all
freestanding items.
iii) Updated Program Report: The Design Contractor shall update the Program Report to reflect any
additional information.
iv) Design Development Presentation: The Design Contractor shall conduct a final Design
Development presentation to Amtrak Engineering and Project Stakeholders for their review, as
directed by the Amtrak Project Manager. The Design Contractor shall record the discussion at
the presentation in meeting minutes.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
v) Specifications: The Design Contractor shall prepare specifications encompassing the design
development.
vi) Updated Estimate of Construction Schedule: The Design Contractor shall update the schematic
design level construction schedule estimate to reflect the design development.
vii) Updated Estimate of Construction Budget: The Design Contractor shall develop a schematic
viii) 60% Submission Deliverables: In addition to Standard Services 60% Design Phase Submission
Deliverables (if applicable)
a) Design Development Documentation
b) Final Furniture and Finish Palettes
c) Updated Program Report.
d) Design Development Presentation and Meeting Minutes.
e) Design Development Specifications
f) Updated Construction Schedule Estimate
g) Updated Construction Budget Estimate
h) 60% Amtrak Review Comment Responses
4. 90% (Pre-Construction Document) Phase:
i) Pre-Construction Documentation: The Design Contractor shall provide 90% pre construction
documents. This level of design shall be nearly complete and without ambiguities as to the
requirements of the project including all pertinent details so that the documentation is
sufficiently detailed, coordinated. The pre-construction documents shall be sufficient to submit
for external, constructability and code reviews, as required. The Design Contractor shall fully
cooperate in the external, constructability and code review processes, attending any meetings, if
required. Amtrak will provide review comments, including comments from external,
constructability and code reviews if applicable. The construction documents shall include the
following:
a) Complete Construction Drawings: Complete set of construction drawings. Coordinated
(including the Design Contractor’s sub-contractors as applicable) and detailed for all
disciplines, suitable for bidding and construction. The construction drawings shall include
the following:
1) Selective Demolition and Temporary Protection plan illustrating components to
removed, saved and/or protected.
2) Construction plans showing layout and dimensions of partitions and items of built-in
construction.
3) Reflected ceiling plans showing standard and special ceiling treatments and lighting
coordinated with applicable engineering elements, such as sprinkler heads, exit signs,
sensors and HVAC diffusers.
4) Power and signal plans showing electrical outlet locations and any special height
requirements and tele/data outlet locations and IDF room requirements.
5) Finish plans with symbols and legends showing materials, colors and their locations
throughout the space.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
6) Enlarged plans as required to add clarity to special architectural articulations and/or

plan level clarifications.
7) Elevations, sections and details for special conditions.
8) Notes, legends and schedules as required.
b) Complete Specifications: Fully edited specifications coordinated with the Construction
Drawings.
ii) Building Code Analysis: The Design Contractor shall prepare a building code analysis and indicate
construction types and life safety and egress requirements, and all other applicable codes for the
project.
iii) Complete Program Report.
iv) Complete Estimate of Construction Cost: The estimate shall update and complete the effort from
the 60% Submission. The estimate shall be summarized with detailed back-up calculations clearly
cross-referenced to the summary sheets.
v) Complete Construction Schedule. The construction schedule shall be updated and complete the
effort from the 60% Submission. Construction phasing shall be clearly delineated.
vi) Plan Reviews, Approvals, and Permits: The Design Contractor shall submit the 90% submission to
any regulatory authorities, agencies and jurisdictions from which design approvals if required by
the Scope of Services.
vii) Review Comments: Upon receipt of Amtrak’s review comments, the Design Contractor shall
address questions/comments on the form and return to Amtrak Project Manager for review. The
Design Contractor shall incorporate these comments into the design package prior to the 100%
Design Development submission. The Design Contractor should anticipate a 30 calendar day
period for Amtrak review at this milestone.
viii) 90% Design Phase Submission Deliverables: In addition to Standard Services 90% Design Phase
Submission Deliverables (if applicable)
a) Construction Documentation:
1) Construction Drawings
2) Complete Specifications
b) Complete Program Report
c) Complete Estimate of Construction Cost
d) Plan Reviews, Approvals, and Permits
e) 90% Amtrak Review Comment Responses
5. 100% (Construction Document) Phase:
i) 100% Documentation: The Design Contractor shall provide 100% complete construction
documents. This level of design shall be complete and without ambiguities as to the
requirements of the project including all pertinent details to allow for bidding and construction
with no or minimal need for bid addenda. The Construction Drawings and Specifications shall be
complete and ready for packaging as Bid Documents. The Design Contractor shall consider the
Drawings, Specifications, cost estimates, construction schedule and all other parts of the design
documentation to be finished, including coordination, checking and any other Quality Control or
Quality Assurance procedures. Amtrak will provide final review comments. Construction
Packages: When separate contracts are expected to be advertised for construction, or when a
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
portion of the work is to be performed by Amtrak Forces and a separate portion by Construction
Contractor(s), the Design Contractor shall provide separate and coordinated Bid and
Construction Documents. The 100% Submission shall incorporate the 90% review comments
provided by the Amtrak, and by external, constructability and/or code reviews as applicable and
shall include the following:
ii) Plan Reviews, Approvals, and Permits: The Design Contractor shall provide originals of all
approvals required from regulatory authorities, agencies and jurisdictions, as applicable.
iii) Review Comments: Upon receipt of Amtrak’s review comments, the Design Contractor shall
address questions/comments on the form and return to Amtrak Project Manager for review. The
Design Contractor shall incorporate these comments into the design package prior to the 100%
Design Development submission. The Design Contractor should anticipate a 30 calendar day
period for Amtrak review at this milestone.
iv) 100% Submission Deliverables: All of the documents provided in the 90% submission, noted
above, revised to incorporate 90% review comments as required.
a) 100% Documentation:
1) 100% Construction Drawings
2) 100% Complete Specifications
b) Complete Program Report
c) Complete Estimate of Construction Cost
d) Originals Plan Reviews, Approvals, and Permits:
e) 100% Amtrak Review Comment Responses
6. Bid Submission Phase:
i) Bid Submission Construction Documentation: The Design Contractor shall provide Bid Submission
Construction Documents and shall provide adequate information to bid and construct the
project. The Bid Submission Construction Documents shall be issued for Bid and Construction.
The Bid Submission shall include all of the documents provided in the 100% submission as well as
any other documents that may be required by the Amtrak for a complete bid and construction
set. The Bid Submission shall additionally include the following requirements:
a) Submittal List: The Design Contactor shall submit to Amtrak a list of all the Construction
Contractor submittals (shop drawings, product data, certifications, etc.) required in the Bid
Documents.
ii) Bid Submission Design Phase Submission Deliverables: All of the documents provided in the 100%
submission, noted above, revised to incorporate 100% review comments as required.
a) Bid Submission Construction Documentation:
1) Bid Submission Construction Drawings Construction Drawings: One (1) full size set of
construction drawings on Bond, marked “Issued for Bid”, signed and sealed by a
Professional Engineer, for each specific discipline, and/or Registered Architect, each
licensed in the state where the project is located. If the construction work is to be
performed by Amtrak forces, the drawings shall be marked “Amtrak Forces Work -
Issued for Construction”
2) Bid Submission Construction Specifications: One (1) complete project manual, the cover
page of which must be signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer, for each discipline,
and/or Registered Architect, licensed in the state where the project is located.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
Specifications shall be printed double-sided on 20 lb., 8 ½” x 11” white paper. A cover

sheet and Table of Contents shall be included. These pages, and all sections, shall begin
on the front side of the sheet, with blank sheets inserted at the end of odd-page-length
sections as needed for reproduction purposes.
3) Printed Copies: The Design Contractor shall reproduce up to 5 sets of the Bid Submission
Construction Drawings and Specifications for distribution to bidders, as required.
b) Electronic Media: One (1) copy of a CD-ROM containing electronic files of the Program
Report, Bid Submission Construction Drawings (PDF and DWG electronic file formats) and
Specifications (PDF), Complete Estimate of Construction Cost (PDF) and Complete Design
Estimate of Construction Schedule (PDF), Scanned Originals Plan Reviews, Approvals, and
Permits, and 100% Amtrak Review Comment Responses.
B. Station Platform Snow Melting Design: The Design Contractor shall provide complete engineering/design
services, including architectural, structural, civil, mechanical, electrical, controls and plumbing; to analyze,
optimize, prepare construction documentation for an approved lower life-cycle cost, energy efficient,
slab-embedded heated-platform snow melting system. The Design Contractor shall refer to and become
familiar with: 1) ASHRAE Applications Handbook, Chapter 51 “Snow Melting and Freeze Protection” and
references cited therein; 2) ASHRAE Research Report 926-RP Development of Snow Melting Load Design
Algorithms and Data for Locations Around the World (1999). The Design Contractor shall perform this
task phases in addition to and coordinated with the Standard Services.
1. 15% (Conceptual Design) Submission:
i) Information Gathering: The Design Contractor shall meet with base project Architects/Engineers
(if applicable) and Amtrak user group representatives, as determined by the Amtrak Project
Manager, to confirm and generate criteria which will be used for the basis of design as it
progresses. The criteria shall include the following qualitative and quantitative issues:
a) Qualitative issues:
1) Current state-of-the-art design strategies.
2) Available sources of energy.
3) Availability of local personnel for supervision and maintenance.
4) Review of current local snow removal plan.
5) Local climatic conditions.
6) Control strategies.
b) Quantitative issues:
1) Area(s) to be included in the snow melting system.
2) Cost of energy from each of the available sources.
3) Distance, and connection cost to public utilities.
4) Cost of operation and maintenance for each of the considered energy systems.
5) Local long-term climatic data.
ii) Design Strategy Session: The Design Contractor shall hold a design strategy session with Amtrak
to provide a frame of reference from which the team shall make a multitude of individual
decisions that forms the design process.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
a) Design Strategy Presentation: The Design Contractor shall create a presentation that is to
review a series of options that should be investigated, which will support Amtrak’s desire for
a practical snow melting system that optimizes a balance of lower capital cost with lower
operating and maintenance cost.
b) Design Strategy Meeting Minutes: The Design Contractor shall be responsible for the taking,
preparation and distribution of the minutes of all meetings, conferences, etc. to Amtrak
within five (5) working days after each meeting.
iii) Project Definition Report (PDR): The Design Contractor shall analyze Information gathered to
date and compile into a PDR report. This report shall include as a minimum:
a) Long-term local climatic data.
b) Available energy sources; current and projected future costs.
c) Proposed snow removal plan.
d) Control strategy.
e) Operation and maintenance strategy.
f) Size of platform and auxiliary areas to be included.
g) Recommended systems that could be analyzed.
h) Discussion of pros and cons for each recommended system.
i) Ranking of recommended systems.
iv) PDR Presentation: The Design Contractor shall conduct a Basis of Design presentation to Amtrak
Engineering and Project Stakeholders for their review, as directed by the Amtrak Project
Manager. The Design Contractor shall record the discussion at the presentation in meeting
minutes.
v) Estimate of Construction Schedule: The Design Contractor shall develop a budget level
construction schedule estimate.
vi) Estimate of Construction Budget: The Design Contractor shall develop a budget level
construction budget estimate.
vii) 15% (Conceptual Design) Submission Deliverables: in addition to Standard Services 15% Design
Phase Submission Deliverables:
a) Design Strategy Meeting Minutes.
b) PDR Report.
c) PDR Design Meeting Minutes.
d) 15% Construction Schedule Estimate.
e) 15% Construction Cost Estimate.
f) 15% Design Amtrak Review Comment Responses.
viii) 30% (Preliminary Design) Submission:
a) Life Cycle Analysis: The Design Contractor shall analyze systems directed by Amtrak
(maximum three) selected or modified from those recommended in the 15% BOD Report.
The analysis shall be based on a comparison of (projected) annual operating & maintenance
costs, and first (construction) cost to provide a recommended system based on lowest 20-
year life cycle cost.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
b) Analysis Presentation: The Design Contractor shall conduct a presentation of their analysis
methodology and results to Amtrak Engineering and Project Stakeholders for their review, as
directed by the Amtrak Project Manager. The Design Contractor shall record the discussion
at the presentation in meeting minutes.
c) Outline Specifications: The Design Contractor shall prepare a proposed outline of
specifications that will be used for design development.
d) Updated BOD: The Design Contractor shall update the BOD Report to include the Life Cycle
Analysis.
e) Updated Estimate of Construction Schedule: The Design Contractor shall update the
preliminary design level construction schedule estimate to reflect the design development.
f) Updated Estimate of Construction Budget: The Design Contractor shall develop a preliminary
g) Analysis Calculations: The Design Contractor shall present all calculations used for the life
cycle analysis; organized in logical steps, citing all sources of information used and declaring
all assumptions.
h) Review Comments: Upon receipt of Amtrak’s review comments, the Design Contractor shall
address questions/comments on the form and return to Amtrak Project Manager for review.
i) 30% Design Submission Deliverables: In addition to Standard Services 30% Design Phase
Submission Deliverables
1) Life Cycle Analysis Report
2) Analysis Presentation and Meeting Minutes.
3) Outline specifications.
4) Updated BOD Report.
5) Updated Construction Schedule Estimate.
6) Updated Construction Budget Estimate.
7) Final analysis calculations.
8) 30% Design Amtrak Review Comment Responses.
ix) 60% (Design Development) Submission:
a) Design Development: Amtrak will direct the Design Contractor to proceed with design of one
snow melting system, selected or modified from the 30% recommended system. The Design
Contractor’s work shall include plans, elevations, details, sections, schematic diagrams,
schedules, and specifications; sequence of operation narrative, control diagram and
complete calculations as required to support the design development of the snow melting
system. The Design Contractor shall coordinate the design development information with
the base project.
b) Maintenance Report: The Design Contractor shall prepare a letter report advising periodic
maintenance tasks required to keep the system operational and in a state of good repair
over a 20-year life cycle.
c) Updated PDR Report: The Design Contractor shall update the PDR Report to reflect the
selected system and additional information.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
d) Design Development Presentation: The Design Contractor shall conduct a final Design
Development presentation to Amtrak Engineering and Project Stakeholders for their review,
as directed by the Amtrak Project Manager. The Design Contractor shall record the
discussion at the presentation in meeting minutes.
e) Specifications: The Design Contractor shall prepare specifications encompassing the design
development.
f) Updated Construction Schedule: The Design Contractor shall update the preliminary design
level construction schedule to reflect the design development.
g) Updated Construction Estimate: The Design Contractor shall update the preliminary design
level construction schedule to reflect the design development.
h) Estimate of Annual Operating Cost: The Design Contractor shall develop an estimate of
annual cost to operate and maintain the snow melting system in present dollars.
Maintenance cost shall be consistent with the Maintenance Report.
i) Design Development Calculations: The Design Contractor shall present calculations used for
the design development; organized in logical steps, citing all sources of information and
declaring all assumptions.
j) Review Comments: Upon receipt of Amtrak’s review comments, the Design Contractor shall
address questions/comments on the form and return to Amtrak Project Manager for review.
The Design Contractor shall incorporate these comments into the design package prior to
the 90% submission.
k) 60% Design Submission Deliverables: In addition to Standard Services 60% Design Phase
Submission Deliverables
1) 60% Design Documentation.
2) Maintenance Report:
3) Updated BOD
4) Design Development Presentation Meeting Minutes.
5) Updated Specifications
6) Updated Construction Estimate
7) Calculations
8) 60% Amtrak Review Comment Responses.
C. 90% (Pre-Construction Document) Submission:
D. 100% (Construction Document) Submission:
E. Bid Submission:
F. Security / Anti-Terrorism
1. Threat and Vulnerability Assessment: The Design Contractor shall identify the sources and types of
threats and vulnerabilities for the project and prepare a Threat and Vulnerability Assessment (TVA).
The TVA shall identify current areas of exposure and any past security incidents in order to identify
potential vulnerabilities; interview employees and other key individuals for critical insights about
security incidents, policies, and procedures; provide a gap analysis to isolate areas where the security
program does not meet industry best practices, make recommendations to mitigate any areas of
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
vulnerability to reduce security risks. The TVA develops the programmatic security requirements for
the project.
2. Security and Safety Report: The Design Contractor shall recommend physical design and operational
strategies for security and safety such as CCTV surveillance, access control to site/facility(ies) and to
security sensitive locations within the facility(ies), perimeter protection, blast mitigation, vandalism
mitigation and others. The report will also include prioritized list of recommendations based on
cost/benefit analysis.
i) Threat and Vulnerability Assessment, at the 30% Design submission
ii) Security and Safety Report, at the 30% Design submission
G. Pedestrian Flow Analysis and Modeling: The Design Contractor shall assess the current and projected
pedestrian flow characteristics within and around the Project, based on Amtrak’s current and forecasted)
growth in intercity rail service for targeted year (10 years out), respectively.
1. Pedestrian Flow Analysis: The Design Contractor shall conduct fieldwork and assess current
pedestrian and bicycle access/egress conditions at and around the Project including typical travel
paths, volumes, baggage, travel group characteristics, demographics and trip purpose by time of day.
The Design Contractor shall identify problem areas including chokepoints, passenger accommodation
weaknesses (crowding, clarity, comfort, services, etc.). The Design Contractor shall assess the
movement of passengers on platforms, in the concourse and any connecting corridors; and evaluate
walking paths, waiting/queuing conditions, vertical circulation, platform conditions and access/egress
conditions. The Design Consultant shall summarize the findings and make recommendations for
improved pedestrian access conditions in and around the Project’s environs, and develop pedestrian
information as an input to the pedestrian flow model.
2. Current and Forecasted Growth Pedestrian Flow Model: The Design Contractor shall develop a
pedestrian flow model utilizing specialized modeling software (Legion or comparable) to illustrate
current conditions and model future circulation improvements for the three (3) design alternatives
identified for targeted year (10 years out) growth.
3. Deliverables:
i) Pedestrian Flow Analysis, twenty-eight (28) calendar days prior to the 15% Design submission
ii) Pedestrian Flow Model: Current and Forecasted Growth for Design Alternatives: concurrent with
the 15% Design submission
VIII. Post Design Phase - Optional
A. Bid Assistance
1. Bidders List: The Design Contractor shall prepare a bidder’s list identifying the names of a minimum
of seven (7) potential construction contractors from whom bids may be solicited. The potential
contractors listed shall be technically pre-qualitied by the Design Contractor and have demonstrated
experience on a minimum of three (3) projects similar in scope and complexity to the Project.
2. Confidentiality Agreement: The Design Contractor must sign a Confidentiality Agreement with
Amtrak.
3. Pre-Proposal / Pre-Bid Meeting: Attend the pre-proposal or pre-bid meeting and the pre-bid site visit,
if held. Answer technical questions submitted by prospective bidders after the meeting, in writing, as
requested by Amtrak.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
4. Response to Requests for Interpretation (RFIs) during Bidding Period: Respond, through Amtrak, to
RFIs from bidders (construction contractors) during the Advertisement for Construction or bidding
period.
5. Bid Document, Addenda during Bidding Period: Assist Amtrak in preparing addenda and responses
and/or clarifications to Construction Contractor’s inquiries, supplementary design documentation in
the form of sketches or re-issued drawings or amended Specifications text, if required, and cost
estimates in writing within FIVE (5) calendar days of the request.
6. Bid Assistance: Assist Amtrak in technical review of bids or proposals from construction contractors.
The technical review shall include an analysis of current market conditions, comparison with Design
Contractor’s estimate, and any other potential concerns Amtrak should consider prior to awarding
any contracts. Provide recommendations as to the fairness and reasonableness of price and the
technical responsiveness of the bid(s) to Amtrak within 5 calendar days of bid opening date, or within
the time frame established by the Amtrak Project Manager.
7. Conformed Contract Documents: Upon award of the Construction Contract, the Design Contractor
shall modify the technical Bid Submission documents to incorporate all addenda to produce
conformed Contract Documents. The fully conformed set shall be submitted to Amtrak at least 5
days prior to the contract(s) award. Amtrak may request the Design Contractor to incorporate any
additional changes that the Construction Contractor may require after their review of the conformed
Contract Documents.
i) Pre-Proposal / Pre-Bid Meeting.
ii) Response to Requests for Interpretation (RFIs) during Bidding Period.
iii) Bid Document Addenda during Bidding Period.
iv) Bid Assistance during Bidding Period.
B. Construction Phase Services (CPS):
1. The Design Contractor shall provide the following technical support services during the construction
phase of the project, known as Construction Phase Services (CPS).
i) Timeliness: The Design Contractor shall ensure that construction phase services are performed in
an expeditious and timely manner to prevent any delays to the Contractor's performance of the
construction work. The Design Contractor shall be liable for damages for Construction Contractor
claim(s) or delays, due to the Design Contractor’s untimely performance or non-performance of
required construction support services.
ii) Technical Support: The number of meetings, site visits, submittal and RFI reviews, technical
support and clarifications, change order support, and site visits shall not be limited except as
indicated below, or by the Period of Performance.
2. Meetings: As needed, the Design Contractor shall attend the pre-construction and bi-weekly job
progress meetings held at the construction site office or where requested, and assist Amtrak in
resolving design-related technical issues that arise.
3. Submittal Review: Review and respond to Construction Contractor submittals, shop drawings and
samples, including substitutions, for conformity with the contract documents within fifteen (15)
calendar days of receipt. If the submittal is indicated to be resubmitted or rejected, specific reasons
must be clearly stated in the submittal review returned to the Construction Contractor. Review and
respond to re-submittals within seven (7) calendar days of receipt. Maintain separate records of time
spent for each resubmittal and substitution.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
i) Statused: The results of review of submittals will be statused as follows: No Exceptions Taken,
Proceed as Noted, Dot not Proceed – Revise and Resubmit, Rejected, Not Applicable.
ii) Statused Rejected: Submittals shall only be rejected if the proposed product, system or
equipment is clearly not in conformance with the Specifications or other project requirements.
The Design Contractor shall identify the specific provisions in the Construction Documents that
have not been satisfied for any rejected submittal.
iii) Mock-ups: Where the Construction Documents require mock-ups, or where Amtrak has
requested the Construction Contractor to construct or install a mock-up, the Design Contractor
shall inspect, provide comments, and approve the mock-up when demonstrated to be in
compliance with the contract documents.
4. Request for Interpretation (RFIs), Technical Support and Design Clarifications: The Design Contractor
shall provide technical support to Amtrak during construction on questions relating to the design.
When the Construction Contractor requests clarification, the Design Contractor shall prepare a
response for Amtrak review, prepare necessary clarification sketches and provide a written
interpretation required during construction to clarify the intent of the contract documents or to
address unforeseen conditions encountered during the course of construction. Responses to RFIs
shall be prepared expeditiously and submit to Amtrak so as not to delay the contractor's construction
schedule, and no later than five (5) calendar days after the receipt of the request from Amtrak. If
differences of opinion exist between Amtrak and the Construction Contractor, the Design Contractor
shall provide interpretation of the design documents to Amtrak.
5. Change Order Support: The Design Contractor shall assist Amtrak in the preparation of
documentation for change orders related to unforeseen conditions or changes requested by Amtrak.
6. Errors and Omissions: Errors and Omissions are defined as those changes that result from
ambiguities, errors, or omissions in the design, and shall be determined by the Amtrak Project
Manager. The Design Contractor shall prepare change order information as required to resolve Errors
and Omissions within 10 calendar days or as necessary to support the construction schedule. The
Design Contractor shall prepare change order information at no cost to Amtrak.
7. Site Visits: The Design Contractor shall visit the site bi-weekly, and at the request of Amtrak to resolve
specific problems that arise during construction, and to review critical design elements during and
upon completion of such elements as required in the Contract Documents. The Design Contractor
shall provide supplemental written and graphic documentation to resolve any constructability issues
in the Contract Documents at no cost to Amtrak.
i) Site Visit Reports: The Design Contractor shall observe the construction and report to Amtrak on
the progress of the work and its general conformance to the contract documents. The Design
Contractor shall file a written report that may include observations, sketches, and other
supporting information documenting any items that are not in conformance to the Contract
Documents.
8. Non-Conformance Reports (NCR’s): The Design Contractor shall assist Amtrak in the investigation and
review of Construction Contractor proposed corrective action for construction work that does not
conform to the Contract Documents and/or approved submittals.
9. Special Inspections: The Design Contractor shall be responsible for the “Special inspections Program,”
described in the prevailing Building Code, if applicable, for the inspection of structurally significant
building components and associated reports.
10. Testing: The Design Contractor shall review the results of material and equipment testing required of
the Construction Contractor by Amtrak's construction contract. Recommend acceptance or rejection
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
of construction material, installation and/or equipment that has been tested. Provide
recommendations to Amtrak for corrective action, if possible, in case of deficient results.
11. Final Acceptance, Inspection and Testing: The Design Contractor shall provide multi-discipline field
representation for final inspection, testing and acceptance of systems, and provide associated
reports.
12. Factory Tests: When requested by Amtrak, the Design Contractor shall witness factory tests of
products to be incorporated in the construction work, and provide written reports
13. Substantial Completion: The Design Contractor shall participate in the review of the “substantially
complete Work of the Construction Contractor, and provide a punch list of items that are deficient in
workmanship or do not otherwise meet the requirements of the Construction Documents or
approved submittals. The punch list shall include references to the applicable drawing and
specification sections. The Design Contractor shall review the work of the Construction Contractor
when the punch list items have been addressed and recommend final acceptance of the work to
Amtrak.
14. As-Built Drawings: The Design Contractor shall review the Construction Contractor’s as-built drawings
for conformance with final shop drawings; with changes initiated by RFIs, supplemental design,
change orders; and observed field conditions.
15. Record Drawings: The Design Contractor shall prepare reproducible record drawings showing on-site
changes the Construction Contractor noted in the as-built drawings and other Contract Documents.
16. Operation and Maintenance (O&M) Manuals: Where applicable and requested by Amtrak, the Design
Contractor shall review the contractor’s O&M manuals for conformance with the requirements set
forth in the Contract Documents.
i) Meetings: During construction period bi-weekly, as needed.
ii) Submittal Review: During construction period as needed.
iii) Request for Interpretation (RFIs), Technical Support and Design Clarifications: During
construction period as needed.
iv) Change Order Support: During construction period as needed.
v) Site Visits and Site Visit Reports: During construction period bi-weekly.
vi) Non-Conformance Reports (NCR’s) Investigation and Review: During construction period as
needed.
vii) Special Inspections Reports: During construction period as needed.
viii) Testing Results Review and Recommendations: During construction period as needed to comply
with code.
ix) Final Acceptance, Inspection and Testing Participation and Reports: During construction period as
needed.
x) Factory Tests, Witness and Reports: During construction period as needed.
xi) Substantial Completion, Review and Punch List: When the construction work is substantially
complete, and when punch list items have been addressed by the Construction Contractor.
xii) As-Built Drawings, Review: Upon delivery from the Construction Contractor.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
xiii) Record Drawings: After receipt and review of As-Built Drawings from the Construction
Contractor.
xiv) Operation and Maintenance (O&M) Manuals, Review: As applicable and when requested by
Amtrak.
C. Commissioning:
1. Commissioning. The scope of commissioning services and documentation provided shall be
coordinated with the complexity of the designed systems.
2. Preliminary Commissioning Plan and Report: The Design Contractor shall review the Preliminary
Commissioning Plan prepared by Amtrak or Amtrak’s Commissioning Contractor to ensure that the
Project Definition Report’s design intent for the Project’s systems have been incorporated and
provide a review report. The Commissioning Plan shall be in conformance with the latest issue of
ASHRAE Commissioning Standards and Guidelines. The Design Contractor shall review the
Preliminary Commissioning Plan and provide input to Amtrak or Amtrak’s Commissioning Agent
concurrent with Amtrak’s 15% Design Submission review period.
3. Final Commissioning Plan Review and Report: The Design Contractor shall review Amtrak’s or
Amtrak’s Commission Agent’s Final Commissioning Report for compliance with Project Definition
Report, Commissioning Plan and Commissioning specification(s).Commissioning Agent Amtrak will
engage a third party Commissioning Agent under a separate contract that will plan, schedule, and
coordinate the commissioning team to implement the commissioning process. The Design Contractor
shall review the Preliminary Commissioning Plan and provide input to Amtrak or Amtrak’s
Commissioning Agent, concurrent with Amtrak’s 90% Design Submission review period.
i) Preliminary Commissioning Plan Review and Report: Concurrent with the 15% Design phase.
ii) Final Commissioning Plan Review and Report: Concurrent with the 90% Design phase.
D. Facility Inspection and Maintenance Plan, and Estimate:
1. Facility Inspection and Maintenance Plan: The Design Contractor shall provide an inventory of
buildings, building systems, equipment and other related assets included in the project. The Design
Contractor shall define the requirements for planning, scheduling, and executing a facility inspection
and maintenance plan for the building systems and associated equipment, as well as roads and
ground maintenance included in the project. Based on Original Equipment Manufacturer
recommended maintenance schedule, the Design Contractor shall develop a facility inspection and
maintenance plan for implementation by the facility management and maintenance staff utilizing
operations and maintenance manuals provided by the construction contractor and
equipment/building systems suppliers. The plan shall also include inspections required by local
ordinances and mandates. The plan shall include procedures for preventive maintenance and repairs
as well as a list of spare parts, components with anticipated lead times and costs, and recommended
cleaning agents, lubricants, filters and other disposable media to be kept on hand. The plan shall
define the useful life of the major building systems and equipment.
2. Facility Inspection and Maintenance Plan Estimate: The Design Contractor shall provide a rough order
magnitude (ROM) cost estimate for executing the Facility Inspection and Maintenance Plan. The
ROM estimate shall be on an annual basis and include milestones for major maintenance items that
should be addressed on a three to five-year basis.
3. Deliverables:
a. Facility Inspection and Maintenance Plan
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
b. Facility Inspection and Maintenance Plan Estimate

B. Warranty Inspections Schedule: Utilizing the warranty documents submitted by the Construction
Contractor, the Design Contractor shall provide a summary of all of the product, system and equipment
warranties included in the submittal package in an orderly sequence (CSI format) based on the table of
contents of Project Manual. The summary shall also include a schedule for inspections based upon the
expiration dates for the warranty periods. The schedule shall also include a summary of products,
systems or equipment to be included in the one year warranty construction contractor’s inspection for
defects. The one year warranty inspections shall occur no later than 1 month prior to the expiration of
one year warranty period from the date of Substantial Completion for the Project.
1. Deliverables
a. Warranty Inspections Schedule
IX. Post Construction – Optional

A. Warranty Inspections and Reports: Utilizing the Warranty Inspection Schedule, the Design Contractor shall
conduct a one-year warranty inspection to identify construction contractor’s one year warranty and
additional products, systems and equipment warranties for defects. The Design Contractor shall provide
multi-discipline field representation for the Warranty Inspections. The Design Contractor shall provide a
written report(s) of warranty deficiencies and cite applicable sections of warranty documentation, no
later than one year prior to the expiration of the warranty period.
1. One Year Warranty Inspections and Reports: The one year warranty inspections shall occur no later
than 1 month prior to the expiration of one year warranty period from the date of Substantial
Completion for the Project.
2. Additional Warranty Inspections and Reports: The additional warranty inspections shall occur no later
than 1 month prior to the expiration of warranty period(s) as provided for in the contract documents.
B. Deliverables:
1. One Year Warranty Inspections Report
2. Additional Warranty Inspections Reports
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 10 00 – Summary
I. Purpose: The purpose of this and the following Divisions is to establish standard design criteria that should be
used as a reference for Amtrak’s Design Contractors in the preparation of design and construction documents
Amtrak stations and allied facilities. The information provided is intended to represent minimum
requirements. The Design Contractor shall also use current industry standards and practices for any portion of
the design that may not be addressed by the applicable codes and these guidelines.
II. Acknowledgment: The Design Contractor for Amtrak shall acknowledge receipt, use, and compliance with this
document and Amtrak Standard Details, including any applicable revision dates, on the construction
documents.
III. Guideline: The specification sections included in this document are only intended to serve as a guideline for
the creation of drawings and specifications by the Design Contractor. These guidelines do not represent any
complete section nor do they represent a complete list of all specification sections that may be required for
the project, but rather provide information that Amtrak believes should be incorporated into the construction
documents, as applicable. The Design Contractor for Amtrak shall be responsible for the creation of the
complete set of drawings and project manual that are specific to the project for which they have been
contracted.
A. Amtrak Division 1 Specification: The Design Contractor shall also include the standard Amtrak Division 1
specifications, edited to suit the specific site and project within their specifications or project manual.
IV. Variation or Deviation: Occasionally, a variation or deviation from the Standard Design Practices may be in the
best interest of Amtrak. Requests by the Design Contractor to use new or non-standard products or
techniques will be evaluated and must be approved by the Amtrak Project Manager.
A. New Product: Use of a new product, equipment or system at a specific facility does not mean its use will
be automatically approved in other applications. An unspecified testing or observation period may be
employed for new products.
B. Rationale: A Design Contractor who desires to use a new or non-standard product or technique on a
project shall a provide the Amtrak Project Manager with a written narrative that presents a clear and
concise rationale for the variation from the standard as well as any supporting material from the
manufacturer and third party organizations to support the request for deviation from the Amtrak
standards.
01 10 00 – Regulatory Requirements
01 41 13 – Codes
I. State and Local Codes
A. Exempt: National Railroad Passenger Corporation (Amtrak) is exempt from State and local building,
zoning, subdivision and similar laws, including those requiring permits and approvals as provided for in
the Rail Passenger Service Act, 49 U.S.C. §24902(j). This exemption pertains to any construction or
improvement undertaken by or for the benefit of Amtrak.
B. Authority Having Jurisdiction: Amtrak is its own Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) for new construction
or improvement work, and as such building permits need not be obtained. Specifically, Amtrak’s Deputy
Chief Engineer Structures has designated as Amtrak’s AHJ.
1. Washington Union Station (WAS): WAS is the one exception to this AHJ arrangement where the
Federal Railroad Administration (FRA) is the designated AHJ. For the historic head-house, retail
concourse and the Claytor concourse “south of the wall”. Amtrak retains AHJ role at all ground points
“north of the wall” to include track and platforms, west yard structures and the block.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
C. State and Local Codes Recognized: Amtrak recognizes that the national building codes are typically the
foundation of state and local building codes, and that state and local codes represent important regional
interests and conditions. Amtrak’s policy is to comply with state and local building codes, unless a waiver
is granted by Amtrak’s designated AHJ.
D. AHJ’s Final Authority: Amtrak’s designated AHJ has the final authority to accept or reject any particular
provisions of state and local codes and/or directives from state and local government officials.
E. Recommendations from State/Local Code Officials: The Design Contractor, at its option, may elect to
solicit recommendations from state and local building code officials but Amtrak shall not reimburse any
expenses associated with applying for plan reviews or permits. If the Design Contractor contacts any state
or local code official, the Design Contractor is responsible for notifying those officials that Amtrak is
exempt from state and local zoning and building permit requirements. The design contractor shall
provide written records of any discussions or correspondence with state and local code officials.
II. Code Review Services
A. The Design Contractor is responsible for a complete and thorough building code analysis as a part of its
basic services.
B. If included under Optional Conditions of the Contract, the Design Contractor may procure a qualified code
reviewer to perform the code analysis.
C. As the AHJ, Amtrak has the final authority to accept or reject any recommendation from the Design
Contractor a third party Code reviewer.
III. Compliance with State Codes
A. The Design Contractor shall employ design professionals (registered architect and professional engineers)
responsible for all disciplines required for the project that are licensed to practice in the state in which the
project is located..
IV. Amtrak Adopted Codes and Standards:
A. In addition to voluntary compliance with state and local building codes Amtrak has adopted the technical
requirements of the nationally recognized codes and standards referenced below for all design and
construction work performed on all Amtrak stations and facilities. The technical requirements of these
codes and standards are supplemented by mandates of Federal laws, regulations and executive orders.
The latest edition of these codes and standards, in effect at the time of the design contract award, shall
be used throughout the design and construction of the project.
B. Buildings and platforms adjacent to, above, or below a building and/or covered by a canopy.
1. International Code Council (ICC) Family of Codes: available through http://www.iccsafe.org
i) International Building Code (IBC)
ii) International Existing Building Code
iii) International Plumbing Code
iv) International Mechanical Code
v) International Energy Conservation Code
vi) International Green Construction Code (IGCC):
vii) Other ICC codes may be used or referenced depending on specific site or building conditions
2. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), National Electric Code (NEC) (70): available through
http://ww.nfpa.org
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
i) NFPA 130: Amtrak adopts NFPA 130 for platforms and associated connected spaces extending
from the platform to the public way. For stations that contain areas beyond the passenger
platform and connected spaces, these areas may be defined as the public way, whereupon the
means of egress shall comply with IBC Chapter 10. Amtrak can provide additional guidance and
interpretation on application of the adoption of NFPA 130 upon request on a specific project
basis.
3. National Standards: Organizations producing voluntary national standards are recognized by Amtrak
in various chapters of Amtrak Policy EP4000, including but not limited to, those referenced below.
Consistent with Amtrak’s policy to comply with nationally recognized standards to the extent
practicable, these standards shall be employed as indicated in EP4000. The latest edition of the
nationally recognized standards herein, in effect at the time of the design contract award, shall be
employed during the design and construction of the project.
i) ACI: American Concrete Institute
ii) AISC: American Institute of Steel Construction
iii) ANSI: American National Standards Institute
iv) AREMA: American Railway Engineering and Maintenance of Way Association, Manual for Railway
Engineering
v) ASHRAE: American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers
vi) ASME: American Society of Mechanical Engineers
vii) ASTM: American Society for Testing and Materials
viii) CSI: Construction Specifications Institute
ix) FM: Factory Mutual
x) IEEE: Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
xi) IES: Illuminating Engineering Society
xii) NFPA: National Fire Protection Association
xiii) NRCA: National Roofing Contractors’ Association
xiv) OSHA: Occupational Safety and Health Administration
xv) SMACNA: Sheet Metal and Air conditioning Contractor’s National Association;
4. Amtrak Engineering Practices (EP): Various Amtrak Engineering departments have created EPs,
standards and/or specifications for specific disciplines (Track, Electric Traction (ET), Communication &
Signals (C&S), Structures. These EPs will be made available by the Amtrak Project Manager, as
appropriate to suit the scope of the project.
C. Enclosed Station Platforms and Built-Over Tunnels: Reference Amtrak Engineering Policy EP4006. Amtrak
Project Manager reserves the right to grant deviations to the requirements in EP 4006 on a project
specific basis.
1. Same as Section A. 1., 3. -4. noted above.
2. Local Codes
i) For non-public Enclosed Station Platforms areas (ancillary spaces)
ii) For non-public Built-Over Tunnel s areas
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
3. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Fire and Life Safety Code (130): available through
http://ww.nfpa.org. Amtrak adopts NFPA 130 for platforms and associated connected spaces
extending from the platform to the public way. For stations that contain areas beyond the passenger
platform and connected spaces, these areas may be defined as the public way, whereupon the means
of egress shall comply with IBC Chapter 10. Amtrak can provide additional guidance and
interpretation on application of the adoption of NFPA 130 upon request on a specific project basis.
D. Platforms NOT adjacent to, above, or below a building, or covered by a canopy.
1. The most current revision of the Amtrak Standard Platform Egress SP8150 drawing for guidance.
E. Accessibility Standards:
1. Non-Public Transportation Facilities: The Americans with Disabilities Act (“ADA”) standards are issued
by the Department of Justice (DOJ) and the Department of Transportation (DOT that apply to station
and facilities for new construction and alterations. DOJ’s standards apply to all facilities covered by
the ADA, except public transportation facilities (see D.2. below), which are subject to DOT’s
standards. DOJ’s ADA Standards (2010) can be found at:
http://www.ada.gov/2010ADAstandards_index.htm
2. Public Transportation Facilities: All spaces used by Amtrak passengers, as well as access to and from
those spaces, public rights of way (PROW), parking lots, platforms, and other related locations shall
comply with the ADA Standards for Transportation Facilities, effective 11/29/2006 (2006 DOTAS).
The 2006 DOTAS can be found at: http://www.access-board.gov/ada-aba/ada-standards-dot.cfm
F. Energy and Sustainable Design:
1. ICC International Green Construction Code (IGCC): All new and extensively renovated sites and
buildings must comply with the mandatory provisions of the most current IGCC.
2. Jurisdictional Requirements and Project Electives: The IGCC provisions establish minimum standards
and objectives that can be increased through the selection of “Jurisdictional Requirements” and
“Project Electives.” (See Appendix K.)
01 41 19 – Rules and Regulations

I. General: Most Amtrak projects are funded, in whole or in part, by the Federal Railroad Administration (FRA).
Accordingly, the Design Contractor must prepare the construction documents for the Project to comply fully
with current federal policy requirements, including all changes and amendments. Federal regulations are
found typically, but not exclusively, in the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR). The following rules and
regulations are key in developing Amtrak facility and stations and do not represent a complete listing of rules
and regulations requirements.
II. National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA):
A. General: The NEPA process requires consideration of the physical environment for any project that uses
federal funding or requires federal permits. To fulfill NEPA requirements, Amtrak must assess the effects
of the project on the natural and human environment to aid in selecting the “least damaging practicable
alternative”. NEPA requires transportation agencies to consider potential impacts to the social and
natural environment. The NEPA statute and implementing regulations set forth a process to evaluate
potential impacts as well as requirements for documentation of decisions resulting from that process.
B. NEPA Categorization: Amtrak, in consultation with the FRA, will determine the categorization of the
project under National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) regulations. This determination will result in
either a Categorical Exclusion (CE), the preparation of an Environmental Assessment (EA), or an
Environmental Impact Statement (EIS), each with separate requirements. The extent of the NEPA analysis
required for a particular project depends on the expected magnitude of the impacts from that project.
The significance of an impact is determined by both the intensity and context of the impact.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
C. Other Applicable Environmental Laws: Within the NEPA process, compliance with other applicable
environmental laws and regulations is required including those related to historic preservation and
protection of public lands.
III. Section 4(f) of the U.S. Department of Transportation Act: Section 4(f) requires that the Secretary of
Transportation approve any transportation program or project (other than any project for a park road or
parkway under Section 204 of Title 23) that requires the use of publicly owned land of a public park, recreation
area, or wildlife and waterfowl refuge of national, state, or local significance, or land of a historic site of
national, state, or local significance (as determined by the federal, state, or local officials having jurisdiction
over the park, area, refuge, or site).
IV. Section 106:
A. General: Some buildings, and bridges, and other structures owned or used by Amtrak are historically
significant. Occasionally, work on a non-historic structure may affect an historic property when it is in
proximity or within sight of a historic building or site. Certain scenic views, especially those of historic
battlefields or view corridors to major landmarks, are also protected under applicable law.
B. Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act: Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation
Act (NHPA) of 1966 applies to projects when there is any type of federal involvement in the project
(funding, permitting, licensing, etc.). The implementing regulations (36 CFR 800) define processes for
identifying significant historic properties and provides a process to consult with State Historic
Preservation Offices (SHPOs) and others regarding the identification of historic properties, assessments of
whether a project will adversely affect historic properties and, if so, identify ways to avoid, minimize, or
mitigate adverse effects.
1. Local Historical Commissions or Boards: Amtrak may consult with local historical commissions or
boards that locally regulate historic resources as part of Section 106 consultation at its discretion or
at the direction of the lead federal agency for the project. Examples of such agencies include the
Philadelphia Historical Commission, New York City Landmarks Commission, and similar municipal
bodies. Public involvement may be required to complete Section 106 consultation, depending on the
nature and complexity of the project.
2. Adverse Effect: If the effect is adverse, a Memorandum of Agreement, (MOA) must be drafted, and
the mitigation measures included in the MOA must be completed.
V. Environmental Investigation:
A. National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES): NPDES regulations require that a permit be
obtained for any point source discharge of pollutants into the waters of the United States. The definition
of “pollutants” is quite broad. Construction shall be performed in accordance with 40 CFR 122-124.
Under this regulation, an NPDES or SPDES permit is required for construction disturbing one (1) or more
acres (considered an “industrial” activity). Most states have been delegated the authority to administer
these permits.
B. Lead based Paint: Paint must be tested for lead content when alteration or demolitions require the
sanding, burning, welding, or scraping of painted surfaces. Lead-based paint controls must be
implemented in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.62.
C. Asbestos: Demolition of existing structures containing asbestos must follow EPA and OSHA regulations
and any applicable state asbestos regulations.
VI. Amtrak Buy American Act: Amtrak is subject to domestic buying requirements in accordance with the Amtrak
Buy American Act, 49 U.S.C. § 24305(f). Amtrak shall only buy unmanufactured articles, materials and supplies
mined or produced in the United States; and any manufactured articles, materials and supplies manufactured
in the United States with domestic components exceeding 50% of the cost of all components. This applies to
purchase of articles, material, or supplies of $1,000,000 or more unless a waiver is obtained.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
01 41 26 – Permits
I. Exempt: As noted in Section 01 41 13 – Codes, Amtrak is exempt from State and local building, zoning,
subdivision and similar laws, including those requiring permits and approvals.
II. Voluntarily Obtain Permits: Amtrak may voluntarily elect to obtain building, environmental, historic or similar
permits or to comply with the associated regulations in select circumstances. Such determinations will be
made by the Amtrak Project Manager on a case by case basis after consultation with Amtrak’s Law
Department.
III. Elevator and Escalator Inspections: Elevator and Escalator Inspections by State Authorities on property where
Amtrak is the Authority having jurisdiction will not be permitted.
01 60 00 – Product Requirements
I. Specifications for system manufacturers and materials shall be non-proprietary, unless specifically approved
by Amtrak. Where possible, specifications shall not be "performance" based, but instead shall provide at least
three (3) acceptable manufacturers and shall provide specific and comparable products, by name, for each
specified manufacturer along with an indication of which product is intended to serve as the Project Definition
Report (PDR).
A. Project Definition Report must be approved by Amtrak in advance.
B. Single-source specifications with provisions for "or equivalents" are not acceptable, unless authorized in
writing by Amtrak.
C. Since multiple manufacturers are to be included in the Specifications, and the manufacturer’s typical
installation details may vary, it is the responsibility of the Design Contractor to select the methods of
construction judged to be in the best interest of Amtrak, and provide construction documents that reflect
those methods as the minimum acceptable project standard, consistent with the Project Definition Report
designation.
D. See Amtrak Division 1 specifications for additional information.
01 74 19 – Construction Waste Management and Disposal

I. Performance Goals
A. Amtrak requires the recycling of non-hazardous demolition and construction materials and other waste
generated on the construction site, in order to divert as much material as possible from the waste stream,
to promote responsible use of resources and to conserve energy.
B. Recycling shall be required on both renovation and new construction projects.
C. Comply with the requirements of the Amtrak adopted sections of the ICC International Green
Construction Code.
01 81 00 – Facility Performance Requirements

I. General
A. The purpose of the following performance requirements and assembly descriptions is to establish
standard design criteria that should be used as a reference for the Architect (or Engineer) of Record’s
preparing construction documents for Amtrak stations and associated facilities.
B. The information in this section is general in nature. See the following sections of this document for
specific system and assembly requirements.
C. The designer shall also use current industry standards and practices for any portion of the design that is
not addressed by the applicable codes and these guidelines.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
01 81 10 – Structural Performance Requirements

I. General
A. The information provided is a minimum requirement from Amtrak. It does not relieve the Design
Contractor from designing the structural system in compliance with all applicable codes and industry
standards.
B. Coordinate selection of the appropriate structural system to coordinate with the architectural design’s
goals and project intent. Unless approval is obtained from the Amtrak Project Manager, the structural
systems will be limited to following:
II. Buildings
A. Foundation system
1. Reinforced, cast in place concrete footings with concrete piers.
2. Reinforced, cast in place concrete continuous footings with cast in place concrete or solid masonry
block or hollow masonry blocks - grouted solid, strip/wall foundations.
3. Reinforced concrete mat.
4. Drilled piers with reinforced cast in place concrete.
5. Driven steel, treated timber, concrete filled steel pipe, driven grout pile, or pre-cast concrete piles
with reinforced, cast-in-place concrete pile caps with grade beams.
B. Superstructure
1. Structural steel.
2. Reinforced cast in place concrete.
3. Pre-cast concrete.
4. Reinforced masonry.
5. Cold formed light gage structural steel sections can be employed as truss members of gabled roof or
sloped roofs with a minimum 4:12 pitch.
6. Timber building systems may only be used with the written approval of the Amtrak Project Manager.
7. Pre-engineered building systems may only be used with the approval from the Amtrak Project
Manager.
C. Floor Systems
1. Slab on grade shall be a minimum of 4” thick cast-in-place concrete with the required steel
reinforcing bar or welded wire fabric reinforcing as determined in the slab design.
i) Include vapor barriers as may be required by Amtrak Environmental.
ii) Include vapor barriers as required for floor finishes and floor covering.
2. Elevated floors shall be reinforced cast-in-place concrete, pre-cast plank or composite cast in place
concrete/steel deck systems. Note: Composite slabs that are reinforced by the composite deck are
not to be used outdoors without the written permission of the Amtrak Project Manager.
3. Fiber reinforcing will not be allowed as structural reinforcing of any floor system.
4. Fire ratings of all floor systems must meet the requirements of the applicable local Code and the IBC
as well as the referenced testing agency.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
D. Roof Systems
1. Light gage cold formed metal decking.
2. Cast-in-place concrete.
4. Insulated metal roof panels.
E. Curtain Wall Systems – Selection of the system to support the building cladding and components shall be
based on the most effective system that works in conjunction with the building facade. Design of the
system shall take into account all vertical and horizontal loading on the cladding or component.
1. Cold formed light gage structural steel sections.
2. Masonry.
3. Steel framing.
III. Platforms
A. Foundation system: The foundation system selected to support the platform shall be chosen based on
ease of construction, suitability for the existing soil conditions and minimal impact to train operations
during construction. Foundations systems shall be evaluated in the priority listed below. Primarily, slab-
on-grade and shallow at grade systems have priority over deep foundation systems. If expansive soils are
experienced on-site, options to replace expansive soils to allow for at grade systems shall be considered
first. Other considerations to be used in foundation selection shall be, but not limited to, differential
settlement, vibratory loading, shifting or moving sols, expansive soils etc.
1. Slab-on-ground – precast mats
2. Slab-on-grade – cast-in-place concrete.
3. Helical pile - precast concrete caps.
4. Helical pile - cast-in-place concrete caps.
5. . Others, i.e. micro piles.
B. Platform structure: Ideally, the platform structure shall be incorporated in to the foundation system
where possible for combined at-grade systems. For pile supported systems, the following shall be
considered:
1. Pre-cast concrete. Pre-cast planks shall be solid.
2. Reinforced, cast-in-place concrete.
IV. Canopies
A. Foundation system
1. Reinforced, cast-in-place concrete footings with concrete piers.
2. Drilled piers with reinforced, cast-in-place concrete.
3. Driven steel or concrete piles with cast-in-place concrete pile caps.
B. Superstructure
1. Steel.
2. Reinforced, cast-in-place concrete.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
C. Roof System
1. Light gage metal decking.
2. Cast-in-place concrete.
V. Design of Structural System
A. Design of the structural system must be in accordance with the local building code’s site-specific
requirements for snow, ice, wind, frost depth and seismic zone or the following Amtrak minimum design
loads requirements, whichever is greater:
B. Dead Load
1. Dead load shall include the weight of the structural system being used, weight of exterior wall façade,
interior walls, flooring and ceiling and mechanical and electrical equipment.
C. Live Loads
1. Floor Live Load:
i) Minimum uniformly distributed live loads and minimum concentrated live loads in accordance
with local building code.
ii) Railroad Equipment - Cooper E-80, maximum speed of 10 mph, unless written permission is given
by the Amtrak Project Manager to reduce loads.
iii) Fork Truck Loading: Site specific, refer to Amtrak Project Manager for guidance.
iv) Passenger waiting area – 100 psf
v) Baggage storage areas – 150 psf
vi) Train platform – 150 psf
a) Verify platform live load requirements at locations where there are freight activities and/or
at platforms that are required to support heavy equipment.
2. No live load reduction will be allowed for any portion of the structural design.
D. Roof Live Load: Per local code requirements for but not limited to snow, ice, drifting, and ponding with a
minimum of 30 psf.
E. Wind Loads:
1. Design of main wind force resisting system per local code requirement with a minimum:
i) Walls - Minimum 20 psf for windward walls and 10 psf for leeward walls. (Assume internal
pressure act on all surfaces and thus cancel out, unless openings dictate otherwise)
ii) Roofs – Minimum 30 psf for corner and overhangs, 25 psf for eave areas, and 15psf for interior
areas.
2. Design of building cladding and component system per local code with a minimum:
i) For walls – 30 psf for the internal zone, 35 psf for the edge zones and 40 psf for the corner zones.
ii) For roof panels – 35 psf for the internal zone, 45 psf for the edge zones and overhangs and 60 psf
for the corner zones.
3. Uplift pressure due to wind without gravity live loads must be analyzed.
F. Earthquake Loads:
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
1. Per local code requirements.

G. Deflection Criteria
1. Submit for approval by the Amtrak Project Manager, due to its subjectivity.
H. Structural Analysis Requirements
1. The Design Contractor shall analyze the main structural components with all combination of loads
required by code.
2. Foundation design shall support all loading conditions and shall be in conformance with the
geotechnical capacity of the soil at the location of construction. Design shall be in accordance with
the site-specific geotechnical recommendations and site-specific requirements including frost depth
and seismic zone.
VI. Documentation Requirements
A. The Design Contractor shall include on the drawings the following information in tabular form: Dead,
Live, Roof, Wind, Earthquake loads; identify the code or standard from which the loads was derived.
Include wind loads for cladding and roofing design for all portions of the building in tabular form.
B. The Design Contractor shall include on the drawing maximum design loads at all connection points and at
the top of foundations.
C. The construction documents shall include all member sizes, required reinforcing, connection details and
material specifications.
01 81 13 – Sustainable Design Requirements

I. See Amtrak adopted requirements with the ICC International Green Construction Code in Section 01 41 13
Codes.
01 83 17 – Exterior Enclosure Assemblies

I. General
A. The information in this section is general in nature. See the following sections of this document for
II. Exterior Wall Construction
A. Unless approval is obtained from the Amtrak Project Manager, the exterior wall construction shall be
limited to the following:
1. Masonry cavity wall construction (masonry veneer on masonry backup)
2. Metal siding on masonry or cold formed metal framing backup.
3. Mineral-fiber cement siding on masonry or cold formed metal framing backup (Facilities only).
III. Roof and Floor Construction
A. See 01 81 10 Structural Performance Requirements.
01 83 20 – Roofing Assemblies
I. General
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
B. All roofing shall comply with the current version of the NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual and the
SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual.
C. Roof insulation, overlay boards and fasteners/adhesive are to be considered components of a total roof
system assembly, and must be included in a "total system" warranty/guaranty issued by the roofing
system manufacturer and installer. In addition, insulation, overlay boards, and fasteners/adhesive must
be specifically listed as a component of a Factory Mutual (FM) tested and approved roof system assembly
in the latest edition of the FM Approval Guide for Building Materials or other written approval or
acceptance from Factory Mutual.
D. Regardless of the roofing system selected, all roofs shall be one of the following, depending on the
climate conditions:
1. Energy Star Certified Cool Roof
2. Vegetated roof
3. Paved with high SRI pavers
4. Covered by photovoltaic or solar hot water panels with all required associated systems.
II. Roofing system selection
A. Unless approval is obtained from the Amtrak Project Manager, the roofing systems will be limited to
following:
1. Roofs with a slope of 2:12 or greater shall be metal as per section 07 41 13 Metal Roof Panels
2. Roofs with a slope less than or equal to 2:12 shall be a membrane roofing system as per section 07 50
00 Membrane Roofing
i) Low-slope roof systems shall be designed with 1/4" per foot (min.) slope to drains, but not
greater than the recommended limits of the specified system.
ii) Provide walkway protection pads leading from roof access points to and/or around all
serviceable mechanical equipment and appurtenances for all membrane roofing
3. Other systems shall only be allowed where the specified system must match an existing roof, or is
subject to historic commission approval.
III. Warrantees and Maintenance:
A. The entire roofing system is to be covered by the manufacturer’s warranty including, without limit, the
insulation and any recovery board, the roofing material, the flashings, gutter assemblies, any through-
penetration systems or fabrications, equipment mounting curbs or saddles, etc.
B. A minimum 20-year manufacturer’s warranty shall be specified in the construction documents for roofing
system. The roof membrane manufacturer shall provide a full 20-year labor and materials “no dollar
limit” guarantee starting from the date of Substantial Completion. The guarantee shall be a total system,
term type, without deductibles or limitations on coverage amount.
C. The construction documents shall also require a 4-year waterproof guarantee covering all work related to
the roof performed by the Contractor and/or its Installer for the project starting from the date of
Substantial Completion. The guarantee shall require at least two inspections by the contractor: the first, 2
years following the Substantial Completion date, and the second at 4 years following the Substantial
Completion date, prior to the end of the guarantee term.
01 84 14 – Interior Construction Assemblies

I. General
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
II. Materials
A. Interior Wall Construction
1. Masonry
2. Metal stud and gypsum board construction
B. Ceilings
1. As indicated in the finish schedule, 01 84 20 Interior Finishes
C. Floors
1. As indicated in the Structural Performance Requirements 01 81 10
III. Installation
A. Walls enclosing secured areas shall be continuous from the floor to the underside of the structure above
1. Ticket Offices and associated back-of-house spaces.
2. Baggage Rooms.
3. Telecommunications and Server Rooms.
4. Amtrak Police Offices and Security Rooms.
01 84 20 – Interior Finishes
I. General
B. Coordinate finish selections with the appropriate substrate system selected for the project.
C. Finishes are project specific and should be determined within the context of the building design, and with
the approval of the Amtrak Project Manager, but where feasible, finishes should be selected from the
finish schedule below.
1. Other finishes shall be allowed where the finishes are intended to match the existing, are subject to
historic commission approval, or for first class lounges or similar spaces.
2. Additional trim, including, but not limited to wainscoting shall be permitted where that trim is
intended to complement the style of the station or where required to match existing.
II. Finish Schedule
A. Finishes are listed for the typical spaces in station and facility buildings in the order of Amtrak preference.
Unless approval is obtained from Amtrak’s Project Manager, the finish systems should be limited to the
following:
B. Vestibule
1. Floors
i) Entrance floor mat and frame
ii) Terrazzo
iii) Porcelain tile
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
iv) Resilient tile (Facilities only)

2. Base
i) Compatible with floor finish
a) Where possible, use coved base to match the floor finish
3. Walls
i) Masonry
ii) Painted gypsum board. All gypsum board below 8’-0” above the finish floor shall be covered with
a durable material such as ceramic tile or shall be abuse-resistant gypsum board.
4. Ceiling
i) Painted gypsum board
ii) Suspended metal grid and acoustical ceiling panels.
C. Waiting Room
1. Floors
i) Terrazzo
ii) Porcelain tile
iii) Resilient tile
2. Base
3. Walls
i) Masonry
ii) Painted gypsum wallboard. All gypsum board below 8’-0” above the finish floor shall be covered
with a durable material such as ceramic tile or shall be abuse-resistant gypsum board.
4. Ceiling
i) Painted gypsum wallboard
ii) Suspended metal grid and acoustic ceiling panels.
D. Ticket Office and other Amtrak back-of-house spaces
1. Floors
i) Terrazzo
ii) Porcelain tile
iii) Resilient tile
iv) Broadloom carpet or carpet tile.
2. Base
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
3. Walls
i) Masonry
with a durable material such as ceramic tile or shall be abuse-resistant gypsum board.
4. Ceiling
i) Painted gypsum wallboard (required if it is not possible to construct walls to underside of
structure)
E. Amtrak Offices
1. Floors
i) Carpet Tile
ii) Resilient tile
2. Base
3. Walls
ii) Masonry
4. Ceiling
i) Suspended metal grid and acoustic ceiling panels.
ii) Painted gypsum wallboard (required if it is not possible to construct walls to underside of
structure)
F. Baggage Rooms
1. Floors
i) Sealed concrete
ii) Resilient tile
2. Base
i) Resilient base
3. Walls
i) Masonry
with a durable material such as medium density overlay plywood.
4. Ceiling
i) Exposed structure (if this meets code requirements)
ii) Painted gypsum wallboard (required if it is not possible to construct walls to underside of
structure)
G. Toilet Rooms
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
1. Floors
i) Terrazzo
ii) Seamless and slip resistant epoxy troweled mortar floor as per 09 67 23 Resinous Flooring
iii) Porcelain Tile (large format)
2. Base
i) Form coved base with floor finish to minimum 6” above top of finished floor
3. Walls
i) Solid surface panels
ii) Porcelain tile (large format)
iii) Ceramic tile
4. Ceiling
H. Janitor’s Closet
1. Floors
i) Sealed concrete
ii) Resilient tile
iii) Seamless and slip resistant epoxy troweled mortar floor as per 09 67 23 Resinous Flooring
2. Base
i) Resilient base
3. Walls
i) Masonry
ii) Painted gypsum board. All gypsum board below 8’-0” above the finish floor shall be covered with
a durable material such as ceramic tile.
4. Ceiling
5. Accessories
i) Install stainless steel or solid surface panels at walls around service sink that are subject to water
exposure as required by code.
I. Storage Rooms
1. Floors
i) Sealed concrete
ii) Resilient tile
2. Base
i) Resilient base
3. Walls
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
i) Masonry
ii) Painted gypsum board
4. Ceiling
J. ClubAcela, Metropolitan, or similar first class lounges and their accessory spaces
1. There is no standard for finishes for these types of spaces, but all finishes should be high quality and
durability, suitable for the installation, as approved by the Amtrak Project Manager.
K. Shops:
1. Floors
i) High performance coatings
ii) Sealed concrete
2. Base
i) Form cove base with floor finish to min. 6”above top of finished floor
3. Walls
i) Masonry, at minimum 4” AFF
4. Ceiling
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
DIVISION 03 – CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

03 01 30 – Maintenance of Cast-in-Place Concrete
I. General
A. Where existing concrete has shifted out of alignment, sunk, or heaved and has resulted in an uneven
walking surface or an unsafe condition for pedestrians and vehicles, cut and/or grind concrete to create a
smooth and safe ADA compliant surface using equipment and materials specifically designed to make
concrete repairs.
B. Where concrete has deteriorated and needs to be patched, provide concrete repair materials and
methods for resurfacing, and crack infill and patching as per the written instructions of the repair material
manufacturer.
1. Acceptable concrete repair material manufacturers
i) Sika AG
ii) W.R. Grace & Co.
iii) BASF Corporation
iv) Euclid Chemical Company
v) Documentation
C. The Design Contractor shall prepare drawings documenting the different deficient conditions that require
repair and the material and methods to be used at each condition.
D. The Contractor and representative from the grinding equipment operators and/or repair material
manufacturer shall review the documents and verify all conditions in the field and confirm the proposed
repair materials and methods or propose others based upon field conditions.
II. Accessories
A. Crack stitching steel reinforcement shall be stainless steel.
B. Where concrete has been ground, apply concrete sealer to the affected area to protect the newly
exposed surface.
III. Installation
A. Concrete repair work shall be performed by contractors trained and certified to use the necessary
equipment and by the repair material manufacturer for the type of repair work required.
B. All deteriorated materials requiring replacement shall be removed by saw cutting. Cut lines shall be
straight and shall be parallel to the existing construction edges or joints to the maximum extent possible.
Once all deteriorated materials have been removed, clean and prepare the existing sound surface as per
concrete repair manufacturer’s written directions.
C. Install patch and repair materials only after the surface has been prepared and environmental conditions
are as required by the manufacturer.
D. Cast In Place concrete exposed to public view shall be specified as graffiti resistant, such that graffiti can
be resisted or removed either by graffiti coating, glazing, or other method, and presented to the Amtrak
Project Manager for review for appropriateness.
IV. Finish
A. Match adjacent existing concrete color, finish and texture
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
1. Where is not feasible to match the existing adjacent materials, notify the Amtrak Project Manager in
writing with an explanation why the repair materials cannot match the existing and describe what
methods will be used to minimize differences in the adjacent finishes.
V. Field Quality Control
A. Engage a qualified testing agency to test materials and perform installation inspections.
03 30 00 – Cast-In-Place Concrete
I. General
A. Strength – minimum 4000 psi @ 28 days.
B. Water/Cement Ratio – maximum .45.
C. Concrete shall contain silica fume and other additives as needed in accordance with ACI 318.
D. All concrete work shall comply with the requirements of the latest edition of the ACI building code (ACI
318), ACI detailing manual (ACI 315), and the specifications for structural concrete for buildings (ACI 301).
II. Requirements
A. Reinforcing steel detailing to be in accordance with ACI 315.
B. Reinforcing steel shall conform to ASTM A615 grade 60 and shall be epoxy coated in accordance with
ASTM A775, if exposed to the elements.
1. Lap all bars a minimum of 48 bar diameters
C. WWF shall comply with ASTM A185 and shall be epoxy coated in accordance with ASTM A884 type 1
coating, if exposed to the elements.
1. Lap all WWF a minimum of 6 inches.
III. Admixtures
A. Provide only the following admixtures. No other admixtures will be accepted without the approval of the
Amtrak Project Manager
1. Concrete exposed to the ground or weather shall be air entrained between 4-5% as determined by
ASTM C-231 or C-173.
2. Silica Fume
3. High-range water-reducing admixture (super plasticizer) which conforms to ASTM C-494, type F or G
and contain no more than 0.1 percent chloride ions.
4. Where the use of other concrete admixtures is requested by the Design Contractor, provide the
following information to the Project Manager:
i) Benefits to using admixture
ii) Potential negative effects, as well as their contributions to workability, durability and adjustment
of set time.
a) Long-term test data supporting benefits and negative effects of admixture.
iii) Effects of the admixture on the total chloride content of the concrete so that the limits
prescribed by ACI 318, are not exceeded
IV. Finish
A. Walls : Remove form ties and patch
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
B. Floors: Wood float finish

C. Exterior Paving: Broom Finish
V. Accessories
A. Expansion joint filler: Use preformed strips, non-extruding and resilient bituminous type.
B. At interior locations, unless site conditions require additional protection, provide polyethylene sheet 8 mil
thickness vapor barrier membrane below slabs-on-grade. Overlap seams a minimum of 12” and seal all
seams, edges, and penetrations.
C. Provide sleeves in footings and walls for passage of piping, electrical conduit and other utilities
VI. Curing
A. All concrete shall be protected and cured in strict accordance with ACI 318
VII. Concrete Sealing
A. Seal concrete surfaces where shown on the drawings and at all interior locations where no additional
finish is scheduled.
03 40 00 – Precast Concrete
I. Strength – minimum 5000 psi
II. Design in accordance with ACI 318 and PCI MNL-120
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
DIVISION 04 – MASONRY
04 20 00 – Unit Masonry
I. General
A. All masonry work shall be in accordance with Amtrak adopted codes and other applicable references,
including the BIA and NTMA technical notes.
B. Coordinate masonry with all trades requiring items to be built-in.
C. Particular care is to be taken in designing interfaces of masonry anchors and waterproofing membrane
and in placement of through-wall flashings that are designed to transport any water that penetrates the
system’s cavity out to the exterior.
D. Mockup
1. Mockups are to be built to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and
execution.
2. Minimum 4 ft. long by 3 ft. high, showing the proposed color range, texture, bond, mortar, flashing,
weeps, drainage mats, damp or waterproofing, and workmanship of each type of masonry
construction including conditions at windows and doors, base of wall, parapets, and inside and
outside corners, as advised and approved by the Amtrak Project Manager.
3. Erect mockups. Architect/Engineer must approve prior to installation of materials.
4. Use mockup as standard of comparison for all masonry work built of same material.
5. Do not destroy or move mockup until work is completed and accepted. Completed mockups may be
incorporated into the Work with the prior approval of the Amtrak Project Manager.
II. Masonry Wall Construction
A. Repair of existing masonry or new masonry construction to match existing.
1. Research, select and specify masonry units and mortar to match the existing. Contract documents
must indicate the specific manufacturer and brick module designation for the matching brick.
2. See section 04 90 00 MASONRY RESTORATION AND CLEANING for additional notes on repair of
existing masonry walls.
B. Exterior masonry walls enclosing conditioned spaces, shall be masonry cavity wall construction
1. Masonry cavity walls shall include the following components
i) Exterior Masonry Veneer
a) Masonry veneer as selected by Design Contractor for the particular project, see below for
masonry unit specifications.
ii) Adjustable Masonry Veneer Anchors
iii) Air Space
a) Provide minimum 1 ½” clear airspace, continuous for the entire height of the wall above
grade.
b) To prevent blockage of weeps and mortar bridging of cavities, open cavity spaces are to be
filled with continuous inorganic cavity drainage mat from all thru-wall flashings to
approximately 10" above the weeps or continuous within the cavity.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
c) All hollow masonry units and wall cavities shall be grouted solid below the level of exterior
grade.
iv) Vents and Weeps
a) Weeps and vents shall be spaced no more than 2'-0" o.c., horizontally.
b) The Design Contractor is to specify water-testing of the weep systems during construction at
approximately four-foot vertical intervals.
v) Continuous Rigid Insulation
vi) Continuous Air Barrier
vii) Thru-Wall flashing
a) Thru-wall flashing shall be provided at tops and bases of all cavity walls, and at all
interruptions in the wall cavity such as doors, windows, louvers and other openings.
b) All thru-wall flashing shall be metal as per section 07 62 00 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim
viii) Masonry backup, sized to accommodate the span of the wall.
ix) Interior finish
a) Finished masonry or painted gypsum board on metal furring as per specific project.
III. Mortar and Grout
A. Mortar shall conform to ASTM C270
1. Structural Mortar
i) Mortar for walls below the ground shall be type M.
ii) All other structural mortar shall be type S.
2. Veneer Masonry Mortar
i) Type N
3. Mortar for repointing or in historic masonry walls
i) See notes in section 04 90 00 MASONRY RESTORATION AND CLEANING
4. All mortar shall be mixed from Portland cement, lime, sand and potable water only. No “masonry
cement” or “mortar cement” products will be accepted.
5. All mortar ingredients shall be proportioned according to volume with a cubic foot mixing box in
amounts specified in the local building code.
B. Grout shall be high slump mix conforming to ASTM C476 with a minimum compressive strength of 3000
psi and installed in accordance with ACI-531 for high or low lift procedures.
C. Do not use admixtures, including but not limited to air-entraining agents, accelerators, retarders, water
repellents, antifreeze compounds, or any other type of admixture unless otherwise indicated.
D. Pigments may be added to mortar to obtain colored mortars, provided that they are produced specifically
for use in mortar mixes and they can be demonstrated to have been successfully employed for this
purpose. All colored mortars must be pre-approved by the Amtrak Project Manager.
E. Tool all exposed joints with a concave jointer.
F. Cut joints flush or rake where masonry walls will receive plaster or another direct applied finish.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
IV. Reinforcement
A. All running bond masonry walls are to have horizontal reinforcing at every other course. Where masonry
is laid in other than running bond, horizontal joint reinforcement is to be provided at every horizontal
joint. Provide fabricated corner sections at all corners.
B. All structural reinforcement shall conform to ASTM A615 grade 60 and shall be epoxy coated according to
ASTM A775.
V. Accessories
A. Flashing
1. All flashing shall be sheet metal, see 07 62 00 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim.
B. Weeps and Vents
1. Woven Plastic Mesh Weep Vents the full height and width of head joint.
2. Color to match the mortar or clear weep vents shall be provided.
C. Cavity Drainage Mat
1. Drainage mat full depth of cavity and 10 inches high with dovetail shaped notches that prevent mesh
from being clogged with mortar droppings.
D. Lintels
1. Loose lintels shall comply with Metal Fabrications 05 50 00.
E. Veneer Anchors
1. Provide stainless steel adjustable masonry veneer anchors that allow vertical adjustment but resist
tension and compression forces perpendicular to the plane of wall
2. The adjustable masonry veneer anchors shall be designed for the specific use and design loads.
i) Where required, provide seismic-resistant adjustable masonry veneer anchors
3. Adjustable masonry veneer anchors for stone veneers shall be fabricated with tabs or dowels
designed to engage kerfs or holes in stone trim units and holes for fasteners or post-installed anchor
bolts for fastening to substrates or framing.
F. Compressible filler
1. Premolded compressible filler strips shall comply with ASTM D 1056, Grade 2A1. The premolded
compressible filler strips shall be compressible up to 35 percent of width and thickness indicated for
the project. The premolded compressible filler strip shall be formulated from neoprene.
VI. Installation
A. Use full sized units without cutting wherever possible. Where cutting is required, saw cut and provide
clean, sharp, unchipped edges. Conceal cut edges where possible.
B. Layout walls in advance for accurate spacing of bond patterns with uniform joint thicknesses and for
accurate location of openings, movement control joints, returns, and offsets. Avoid using less than half-
sized units wherever possible.
C. Coursing shall be coordinated with windows and door heads so that fractions of courses are avoided at
openings.
D. Unless required to comply with recommendations by historic commissions, all masonry shall be laid in
standard running bond, unless approved otherwise by the Amtrak Project Manager.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
E. Remove and replace masonry units that are loose, damaged, or do not match the adjacent quality of
work. Install new units to match the adjacent with fresh mortar pointed to eliminate evidence of
replacement.
F. Placement of reinforcement, veneer anchors, flashing, and similar items to be built into masonry systems
are to be coordinated by the system installers.
G. Cavity walls shall be designed so that all components including the air space, air/vapor barrier, flashing,
cavity drainage mat, weeps and vents and all other elements work in an integrated fashion to allow free
drainage of water through the cavity, out of the weeps and away from the structure as well as allowing
the movement of air through weeps and vents to allow drying of the cavity. Locate weeps in conjunction
with through-wall flashing at lintels, sills, relieving angles and a minimum of 8” above finish grade at the
bottom of the wall; vents should be positioned near the top of the cavity wall, above the highest
flashing/weep location.
VII. Cleaning and Protection
A. Clean and protect brick masonry according to BIA technical notes.
B. Clean and protect concrete masonry according to NTMA technical notes.
C. See section 04 90 00 MASONRY RESTORATION AND CLEANING for additional notes on cleaning.
D. Masonry exposed to public view shall be specified as graffiti resistant, such that graffiti can be resisted or
removed either by graffiti coating, glazing, or other method, and presented to the Amtrak Project
Manager for review for appropriateness. For existing historically significant brick masonry, SHPO approval
will be required.
04 21 13 – Brick Masonry
I. All Brick shall be grade SW, type FBX as per ASTM C216
A. Hollow brick shall comply with ASTM C 652, Class H40V (void areas between 25 and 40 percent of gross
cross-sectional area) as a minimum
B. Provide solid units without cores or frogs at ends of sills, caps, or in other locations which exposes the top
or bottom surface.
C. Provide special shapes at all curves, angles other than 90 degrees, and for applications where shapes
produced by sawing would result in sawed surfaces being exposed to view.
04 22 00 – Concrete Unit Masonry

I. Concrete Masonry
A. Common concrete masonry units shall be type N-1 conforming to ASTM C90 with a minimum compressive
strength of 1900psi.
B. Laid up masonry design f’m is 1350psi.
II. Concrete Facing Brick:
A. Concrete face brick shall comply with ASTM C 1634
III. Finish
A. Exposed common CMU shall be painted in occupied spaces.
04 40 00 – Stone Assemblies
I. Stone shall be used as a veneer only, see Unit Masonry for cavity wall and masonry backup wall information as
well as all information on general masonry construction.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
II. All anchors, mortars, grouts, sealants, flashings, weeps and vents, and other accessories shall be approved by
the manufacturers and the stone suppliers as appropriate to the specified materials, details, and proposed
conditions.
A. All stone anchors, shelf angles, fasteners, and other support members for stone veneers shall be stainless
steel.
III. Products:
A. Granite :
1. Shall comply as a minimum with ASTM C 615.
2. Comply with recommendations in NBGQA's "Specifications for Architectural Granite."
B. Limestone:
2. Comply with recommendations in ILI's "Indiana Limestone Handbook."
C. Quartz-based stone:
D. Slate:
1. Comply with ASTM C 629, Classification I Exterior.
E. Travertine:
1. Comply with ASTM C 1527, Classification I Exterior.
F. Other Stone:
1. Provide as a minimum with the followings:
i) Maximum Absorption per ASTM C 97: 3 percent.
ii) Minimum Compressive Strength per ASTM C 170. 7500 psi.
04 72 00 – Cast Stone Masonry

I. Cast Stone shall be defined as highly refined architectural concrete product.
A. Standards:
1. Comply with requirements of Cast Stone Institute Technical Manual.
2. ASTM C 1364.
B. Casting Method: Vibrant Dry Tamp.
C. Compressive Strength, ASTM C 1194: 6,500 psi minimum at 28 days.
D. Absorption, ASTM C 642 or C 1195: 6 percent maximum at 28 days.
E. Surface Texture: Fine grained texture, similar to natural stone.
1. No bugholes, air voids, or other surface blemishes.
II. Cleaner: general-purpose cleaner expressly approved for intended use by cast stone manufacturer and
expressly approved by cleaner manufacturer for use on Cast Stone and adjacent masonry materials for
removing mortar and grout stains, efflorescence, and other construction stains from new masonry surfaces
without discoloring or damaging masonry surfaces.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
III. Water Repellant

A. Apply water repellant for weatherproofing cast stone approved by and in accordance with manufacturer's
written instructions after pointing, patching, cleaning, and inspection are completed.
04 90 00 – Masonry Restoration and Cleaning

I. General
A. Before undertaking repair, restoration or cleaning of masonry, investigate the specific materials and
techniques used in the original construction. Proposed processes, replacement materials and techniques
shall be compatible with existing materials. Historically significant structures, including properties listed
on the National Register of Historic Buildings, shall comply with the Secretary of the Interior's Standards
for Rehabilitation, as applicable to masonry cleaning and restoration.
B. Identify and correct underlying problems such as structural issues and water intrusion into the wall at
roofs and junctures with other systems before proceeding with repairs to masonry.
C. Firms performing masonry cleaning and restoration work shall have a minimum of 5 years of documented
experience in masonry cleaning and restoration.
II. Masonry Cleaning
A. Tests of proposed cleaning methods and materials shall be conducted on limited areas of the materials to
be cleaned and observed for both immediate and long term effects before proceeding.
B. Cleaning of masonry shall be by the gentlest method possible. All cleaning materials shall be thoroughly
rinsed off of masonry at completion of washing. Water or liquid chemical solutions shall not be used when
there is a possibility of freezing temperatures.
1. Natural bristle brushes and low pressure water.
2. Diluted detergents may be used, subject to testing.
3. Proprietary masonry cleaners may be used, subject to testing
i) Use only cleaners expressly approved in writing by cleaner, unit masonry and mortar
manufactures.
4. Steam Cleaning
i) Apply at low pressures not exceeding 80 psi.
ii) Remove softened dirt with wood scrapers, brushes, or cold water wash.
5. Dry ice blasting may be used, subject to testing
6. Sandblasting and high-pressure power-washing (greater than 150-200 psi) of masonry are prohibited.
III. Masonry Restoration/Repair
A. Modern mortars are stronger and harder than older mortars. The use of modern mortars to re-point
existing walls that employed softer mortar can damage masonry. The properties of the existing mortar
must be ascertained so that the new mortar can match the existing for color, texture, hardness, strength
and composition.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
DIVISION 05 – METALS
05 12 00 – Structural Steel Framing
I. Materials
A. Rolled wide flange sections shall conform to ASTM A992 Grade 50.
B. All other rolled sections shall conform to ASTM A36.
C. Rectangular hollow sections shall conform to ASTM A500 Grade B Fy – 46ksi.
D. Hollow pipe sections shall conform to ASTM A53 Type E.
E. Welding rods shall be E70XX.
F. Steel joists shall be designed in accordance with the Steel Joist Institute for Series K, LH, DLH, G joists and
girders.
II. Accessories
A. Bolts shall be minimum ¾” diameter ASTM A325. All bolted connections shall be full depth of the section
web.
III. Finishes
A. All steel that will be exposed to the environmental elements shall be hot-dipped galvanized with a
minimum of 4 mil thickness in accordance with ASTM A123 prior to painting.
B. All interior steel shall have a shop coat of rust inhibitive paint
1. Coordinate the selection of structural steel primers with the types of applied fireproofing proposed.
Some fireproofing materials and systems are not compatible with primed steel or require additional
steps be taken to ensure adhesion of the fireproofing.
05 31 00 – Steel Decking
I. Materials
A. Roof deck shall be minimum 1 ½” deep, 18 gage (.0474 inches), metal deck that complies with the design
properties of Type B metal deck as manufactured by United Steel Deck.
B. Steel composite floor deck shall be a minimum 18 gage (.0474 inches), composite metal deck that
complies with the design properties of Lok-Floor deck as manufactured by United Steel Deck.
II. Finishes
A. Steel roof deck shall be hot dipped galvanized with a G90 coating in accordance to ASTM A653.
B. Steel composite floor deck and cold formed steel trusses shall be hot dipped galvanized with a G60
coating in accordance to ASTM A653.
05 40 00 – Cold-Formed Metal Framing

I. General
A. Cold-formed metal framing includes non-load-bearing interior and exterior metal wall studs, curtain wall
or veneer support, and roof trusses.
II. Materials
A. C-Stud section only conforming to AISI standards with a minimum 1 5/8” flange and 4” web and minimum
16 gage (.0625 inches) steel thickness.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
III. Structural design

A. Design of cold-formed metal framing must take into account all axial and lateral loading imposed on the
system, and details must accommodate movement in the primary structural system, avoiding unintended
load transfer to non-loadbearing studs. Lateral deflection must be within limits appropriate for the
proposed cladding materials.
1. See 01 81 10 Structural Performance Requirements for additional information.
B. Design steel in accordance with AISI NASPEC
C. Submit signed and sealed shop drawings and calculations for record.
IV. Finish
A. All cold-formed metal framing shall be galvanized to inhibit corrosion. A minimum G60 coating is required;
B. As per BIA provide G90 for masonry veneer/steel stud backup applications.
V. Installation
A. Installation to be in strict accordance with shop drawings and manufacturer's recommendations. Brace all
walls during erection as per manufacturer's recommendations.
B. All welds are to be by a certified welder.
05 50 00 – Metal Fabrications
I. General
A. All exterior metal fabrications shall be hot dip galvanized as per ASTM A123 and prime painted, after
fabrication, ready for field finishing. Holes and other modifications shall be completed prior to hot-dip
galvanizing.
05 52 00 – Metal Railings
I. Materials
A. All metal pipe railings and components shall be fully welded steel or stainless steel
1. Stainless steel railings shall be Type 316 at all exterior locations; Type 304 shall be acceptable at
interior installations where not subject to exposure to deicing chemicals.
II. Finish (other than stainless steel)
A. All steel railing components and hardware exposed to the weather or in moisture prone locations shall be
hot-dip galvanized to 5 mil: per ASTM A123. Prime and paint galvanized components as per the coating
manufacturer’s recommendations.
B. Steel railing components and hardware at other locations shall be primed and painted.
III. Installation
A. Railing and components shall be installed as per details on Contract Documents, approved shop drawings
and as per manufacturer's written instructions and specifications.
B. To the greatest extent feasible, employ only concealed fasteners for railing attachments to other
materials.
C. Railing supports or posts shall be set using non-shrink, non-metallic grout that is premixed, factory-
packaged, non-staining, non-corrosive, and non-gaseous. Special care shall be taken to avoid the use of
setting materials which will deteriorate or fail in the presence of moisture, or which are incompatible with
the railing or surrounding materials.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
D. When railings are proposed at the roof, explore methods of mounting the railings that do not require
penetration of roof membranes, copings and other roof components.
05 53 00 – Metal Gratings
I. Reserved
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
DIVISION 06 – WOODS AND PLASTICS

06 10 00 – Rough Carpentry
I. Materials
A. All wood in contact with masonry or concrete, exposed to the weather, or within 8” of grade shall be
preservative pressure-treated or a naturally rot resistant species of wood
B. Lumber for miscellaneous uses: Unless otherwise indicated, use standard grade lumber for support of
other work, including bucks, nailers, blocking, furring, grounds, fire blocking, stripping and similar
members.
1. Fire-resistant wood grounds, furring, blocking, nailers, etc. to be used in non-combustible
construction.
C. All plywood shall be exterior rated or marine grade
II. Accessories
A. Fasteners and anchors:
1. All connectors, nails, lag bolts, thru-bolts being used in contact with alkaline copper quaternary (ACQ)
treated lumber are to be Type 304 stainless steel or Type 316 stainless steel.
III. Installation
A. Provide fire blocking and draft stopping at all concealed joist, rafter, stud, and similar cavities in
combustible framing as required by local building codes.
IV. Accessory/equipment support
A. Where accessories, fixtures, equipment, or any other components are to be installed and supported at
stud walls, provide continuous 5/8” exterior rated plywood backup behind gypsum board and/or tile
backer board or as required by manufacturer of component to be installed.
06 13 23 – Heavy Timber Construction

I. Materials
A. Structural timber shall have the have the following properties as minimums, Fb = 850 psi, Fv = 75 psi, E =
1300 ksi.
B. Glued laminated members shall conform to AITC 117-84 and shall have the following properties as
minimums, Fb = 2200 psi, Fv = 165 psi, E = 1500 ksi.
C. Parallam beams shall have the following properties as minimums, Fb = 2900 psi, Fv = 290 psi, E = 2000 ksi.
II. Installation
A. Installation to be in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
06 40 23 – Interior Architectural Woodwork

I. General
A. Fabricate and install all millwork in accordance with Premium Grade quality as specified in AWI Quality
Standards Illustrated (QSI), current edition
II. Execution
A. Examination
1. Verify all on-site dimensions.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
2. Verify adequacy of backing and support framing.

3. Verify mechanical, electrical, and building items affecting work of this section are in place and ready
to receive this work.
B. Installation
1. Install additional support as per section 06 10 00 ROUGH CARPENTRY
2. Set and secure materials and components in place, plumb and level.
3. Countertops are to be scribed to fit to ensure no gaps remain.
C. Adjusting and Cleaning
1. Adjust moving or operating parts to function smoothly and correctly
2. Clean cabinets and leave in perfect working order with all doors, shelves and drawers aligned and
plumb
III. Ticket Window Millwork
A. General:
1. Provide built-in cabinets, counters, and accommodate the equipment of the ticket agents as indicated
in the Station Program and Planning: Standards and Guidelines, as specified herein and as needed for
a complete and proper installation.
2. Cabinets
i) Core
a) Plywood
b) Moisture-resistant MDF made from wood, straw, or other rapidly renewable fibers
acceptable to veneer or laminate manufacturer
ii) Veneer
a) Wood veneer
b) Plastic Laminate
iii) Edge banding to be hardwood, minimum of ¼” thick
3. Countertops:
i) Solid Surfacing:
a) A durable solid surface material is the preferred countertop material.
b) Solid surface materials shall have an edge depth of not less than 1-1/4”
c) All solid surface seams shall be located at inconspicuous locations and shall be fully adhered
or welded as per manufacturer instructions.
ii) Stainless Steel:
a) Countertops shall be fabricated of 16 gauge type 304 stainless steel and shall be installed
over solid substrate for additional strength and sound deadening.
b) Counter edges shall be rolled or marine edge continuous with the surface.
c) When a backsplash is included in the design, the backsplash shall be integral with the
counter surface
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
d) Stainless Steel surfaces shall NOT be polished, but shall have a satin or other pattered finish
e) All seams and corners shall be welded, ground, and polished.
iii) Plastic laminate:
a) Plastic laminate shall not be used for countertops.
iv) Wood:
a) Wood shall only be used where required to meet historic commission requirements or
where intended to match existing construction.
b) Where it is determined that a wood countertop shall be used, the wood species and finish
shall be a durable hardwood suitable for use as a countertop and, in cases where intended
to match existing construction, of a similar species with matching grain.
4. Ticket Window Opening
i) For security, the window should be allowed to be open when the station is staffed or open and
closed and locked when the waiting room and station are closed or during special circumstances.
ii) A sliding glass panel system shall be utilized. The glass should be minimum 1/4” single pane
tempered glass. Sliding hardware shall be commercial grade utilizing sealed ball bearings for
smooth operation.
iii) Where historic requirements or other site constraints preclude the use of sliding glass windows,
a roll-down grille or fixed open grille may be utilized to secure the area.
iv) In some station locations, a bullet-resistant transaction window and enclosure may be required.
The Amtrak Project Manager will coordinate enclosure protection requirements with Amtrak
Police and/or the Emergency Management Corporate Security (EMCS) department and provide it
to the Design Contractor.
a) Bullet-resistant glazing shall be minimum Class 3 as per UL standard 752
b) At ticket counters, or similar assemblies, where bullet-resistant glazing is employed, the wall
surface below the countertop should be outfitted with bullet-resistant fiberglass panels that
comply with the requirements of UL 752 or with the associated level of protection to match
the level of protection provided by the glazing. The panel joints are to be reinforced with
matching material of the same thickness, overlapping with the adjoining panels, as required
to maintain the bullet resistance of the assembly.
5. Baggage Door
i) Where baggage checking is available at the station, provide a baggage door as per the standard
details, notes listed below, and Division 8 of this document.
a) Opening shall be 36” clear in width and height minimum
b) Stainless steel door with 2" matching frame; door to swing in towards agent.
c) Hardware to include magnetic hold open and lock function on agent side of counter.
6. Data and Electrical Outlets
i) Provide data and electrical outlets for each ticket agent position. Verify requirements with
Amtrak Information Technologies. See Station Program and Planning: Standards and Guidelines
for general locations.
7. Equipment
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
i) Computers, printers, monitors and cable connections will be supplied by Amtrak. See Station
Program and Planning: Standards and Guidelines for general locations and space requirements.
ii) Baggage Scale
a) Where baggage checking is available at the station, provide a baggage scale as per Section
11 20 00 COMMERCIAL EQUIPMENT
iii) Security Panic Button
a) Include a security/panic button as part of the ticket counter design to notify local authorities
to dispatch police immediately to the location.
1) Coordinate with Amtrak Police and/or local law enforcement for connectivity
requirements
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
DIVISION 07 – THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION

07 0 00 – Thermal and Moisture Protection
I. General
A. All buildings and structures for human and equipment occupation shall be impervious to water infiltration
from ALL surfaces.
1. Where existing buildings are to be renovated, and it is not feasible to provide a complete
waterproofing system below grade, provisions shall be made to direct all infiltrating water to an
interior drainage and discharge system.
07 10 00 – Moisture Protection
I. Below Grade Applications
A. Exterior Applied Waterproofing: Provide exterior applied waterproofing at foundation walls where there
are any spaces below finished grade or in slab-on-grade locations where the geotechnical report indicates
a high potential risk for water infiltration.
1. All components of the waterproofing system shall be obtained from a single source.
2. Preparation of the substrate and installation of the waterproofing shall be by installers approved and
certified by the manufacturer.
3. Protect waterproofing or dampproofing systems with insulation and/or drainage and protection
board as per manufacturer’s requirements and Section 07 21 00 Thermal Insulation.
4. Installation Testing:
i) All waterproofing shall be tested before the foundation walls are backfilled or otherwise covered.
Testing shall be as per manufacturer’s requirements to obtain the warranty.
ii) Waterproofing shall be inspected by the manufacturer’s on-site representative before and after
testing and prior to backfill operations.
5. Warranty: All waterproofing installations shall be furnished with a 15-year warranty.
B. Dampproofing: Dampproofing shall only be allowed at foundation walls below grade if there are no
spaces below finished grade and a geotechnical report indicates that there is minimal risk for ground
water infiltration at the building.
1. Asphalt dampproofing shall be cut-back asphalt complying with ASTM D 4479, Type I. Acceptable
alternative is asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1227, Type III or IV if it is acceptable to the
designer of record as equivalent.
C. When recommended by the project’s geotechnical or civil engineer, or where the water table is known or
suspected to be near the level of the lowest floor, provide underslab waterproofing.
1. Underslab waterproofing shall connect to, be compatible with, and form a continuous waterproof
barrier with the waterproof system employed at the walls.
D. Where recommended by the project’s geotechnical engineer of civil engineer, provide a foundation
drainage system that prevents hydrostatic pressure as per section 33 46 13 Foundation Drainage.
1. Connect foundation drainage piping to the site’s stormwater management system.
2. Provide additional drainage as may be required by actual site conditions.
II. Above-Grade Applications
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
A. Materials
1. For walls above grade, Amtrak prefers a fluid-applied membrane air/vapor and liquid moisture barrier
and shall comply with the following criteria:
i) Exceeds Air Barrier Association of America (ABAA) Section 07262 requirements for fluid-applied
air barriers.
ii) Exceeds ABAA maximum air permeance requirements when tested in accordance with ASTM E
2178.
iii) Exceeds ABAA maximum assembly air leakage requirements when tested in accordance with
ASTM E 2357
2. The product shall be seal-sealing.
3. The fluid-applied membrane shall have a V.O.C. content of 0.0 g/L and shall produce no harmful
odors.
4. All components of the waterproofing system including flashing shall be obtained from a single source
B. Installation
1. Preparation and installation shall by a contractor that has experience with the specified product and
is approved and/or certified by the manufacturer to install the material.
2. All preparation, installation, and protection shall be in strict accordance with the manufacturer’s
written instructions.
C. Warranty
1. Furnish manufacturer’s 5 year warranty.
07 21 00 – Thermal Insulation
I. General
A. Insulation values shall meet or exceed those required by Amtrak adopted codes
B. Provide exterior continuous insulation at all exterior wall and roof surfaces to prevent thermal bridging.
II. Materials:
A. Rigid Insulation
1. Extruded Polystyrene
2. Polyisocyanurate
B. Foamed-in-place insulation
1. General Cavity Insulation
i) Water blown, two part, closed cell, soy based, polyurethane foam
2. Small gaps around windows, doors, and other components where high pressure expansion may affect
the operation of components.
i) Low Pressure One-Component Closed Cell Polyurethane Foam Insulation
C. Glass-Fiber Blanket Insulation (Batt Insulation)
1. Batt insulation shall only be used as thermal insulation in renovations where use of other insulation is
not feasible or advisable.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
2. Facing: Unfaced
3. Thickness : Provide the maximum thickness of insulation within cavities without compressing the
insulation
D. Primary and Secondary Insulation: Installations in colder climates may warrant the use of a primary
method of insulation supplemented by a secondary.
III. Accessories
A. Vapor Retarders
1. Polyethylene Vapor Retarders: ASTM D 4397, 6 mils thick, with maximum permeance rating of 0.13
perm.
2. Vapor-Retarder Tape: Pressure-sensitive tape of type recommended by vapor-retarder manufacturer
for sealing joints and penetrations in vapor retarder.
B. Eave Ventilation Troughs: Preformed, rigid fiberboard or plastic sheets designed and sized to fit between
roof framing members and to provide cross ventilation between insulated attic spaces and vented eaves.
IV. Installation
A. Rigid Insulation
1. Bond units to substrate with adhesive or use mechanical anchorage to provide permanent placement
and support of units.
2. Seal joints between foam-plastic insulation units by applying adhesive, mastic, or sealant to edges of
each unit to form a tight seal as units are shoved into place. Fill voids in completed installation with
adhesive, mastic, or sealant as recommended by insulation manufacturer.
B. Foamed-in-Place Insulation
1. Foamed-in-place insulation must be installed by certified installers who have successfully completed
a manufacturer approved training program and have installed the product in at least 3 other
locations.
2. Fill all voids, crevices and building cavities at exterior envelope unless specifically noted otherwise
3. Completely fill all voids, shim spaces, and other small gaps with low pressure expanding foam
insulation.
4. Install and trim foam in strict accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions.
C. Batt Insulation
1. Do not compact or compress insulation in cavities.
2. Insulation to be cut neatly and installed around and behind outlet boxes.
3. Insulation to be split and installed both behind and in front of electrical wires that intrude into stud
wall cavity.
4. Insure there are no gaps between framing and insulation.
5. Completely fill all voids, shim spaces, and other small gaps with low pressure expanding foam
insulation.
6. Baffles to be installed at all eaves to insure adequate airflow.
7. Install vapor barriers on the conditioned side of the insulation in cold regions of the country; delete
vapor retarders in hot and humid regions.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
i) Verify selection and placement of vapor retarders with manufacturers in coordination with wall
construction, cladding and geographic location.
ii) Tape joints and ruptures in vapor retarder, and seal each continuous area of insulation to
surrounding construction to ensure airtight installation.
8. Protect installed insulation and vapor retarders from damage due to harmful weather exposures,
physical abuse, and other causes. Provide temporary coverings or enclosures where insulation is
subject to abuse and cannot be concealed and protected by permanent construction immediately
after installation.
07 24 00 – Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems (EIFS)

I. EIFS systems should be limited to use in mechanical penthouses or facilities. When required, only the
"hardcoat" systems defined as Class PM, Type A, polymer modified protective finish coating, externally
reinforced as developed by the Exterior Insulation Manufacturers Association (EIMA) may be used. Such
systems require mechanical fastening of extruded polystyrene insulation and reinforcing mesh, and rigid
acrylic modified cement plaster finish.
A. The EIFS system shall be completely drainable and shall be installed over a waterproof membrane.
B. Pay special attention to locations of crack control joints and details of flashing and sealing at penetrations
to insure a properly designed and watertight installation.
07 24 23 – Direct Applied Exterior Finish Systems (DEFS)

I. General
A. Direct applied exterior finish system (DEFS), synthetic stucco may be used at exterior soffits where
cement plaster may otherwise be employed as a finish.
B. DEFS may be used to create a seamless finish within high-humidity areas at the building interior such as
shower or adjacent locker rooms.
II. Installation
A. Provide control joints and other accessories as per the manufacturer’s instructions.
B. Follow the system manufacturer’s instructions for detailing at penetrations and at the perimeter.
C. Install DEFS over either cement board or exterior glass mat-faced gypsum sheathing board
D. When installed at a soffit, the enclosed space above the soffit should be properly ventilated with metal
vents at the soffit perimeter and there should be control joints placed as per the manufacturer’s
instructions.
07 27 00 – Air Barriers
I. General
A. Install a continuous air barrier system at all new construction and major renovations.
1. The air barrier system shall be a complete assembly consisting of all materials and components and
installed as per ASTM E 2357
2. Amtrak prefers fluid applied systems, but will allow other systems when appropriate.
3. All components of the air barrier system shall be obtained from a single source
B. The air barrier system shall be joined in an airtight and flexible manner to the air barrier of the adjacent
systems to allow for the relative movement of systems. Specific considerations should be given to the
connections between the following systems:
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
1. Foundation and walls

2. Walls and windows or doors
3. Different wall systems
4. Wall and roof
5. Wall and roof over conditioned space
6. Walls, floor, and roof across construction, control, and expansion joints
7. Walls, floor, and roof to all penetrations
8. Walls, floor, and roof to all flashings
C. The substrate shall be prepared and the air barrier system installed in strict accordance with the
manufacturer’s written instructions.
D. The air barrier system shall be installed by a contractor licensed by the Air Barrier Association of America
(ABAA).
E. The air barrier system shall be tested as part of the envelope commissioning process before and after any
siding or veneer is installed.
07 31 13 – Asphalt Shingles
I. General
A. The use of asphalt shingles should be limited to projects that are existing and/or historic and where the
new roof surfaces are intended to match the existing or replace the existing “in-kind”.
B. Asphalt shingle roofs should have slopes no less than a 4:12 pitch, or as required by the roofing
manufacturer to obtain the warranty required by 01 83 20 Roofing Assemblies.
II. Materials
A. The shingle roof shall be a glass-fiber-reinforced asphalt shingle roof system. This roof system shall be
applicable to the location and climate chosen to be used. Glass-fiber-reinforced asphalt shingle roof
systems shall comply with ASTM D 3462. The glass-fiber-reinforced asphalt shingle roof system shall be
laminated, multi-ply overlay construction, glass-fiber reinforced, mineral-granule surfaced, and self-
sealing.
B. All shingle roof systems granules shall be algae resistant. Color and blends of the glass-fiber-reinforced
asphalt shingle roof system shall match the existing in kind as best as possible and the style of the
building. Glass-fiber-reinforced asphalt shingle roof system laminated and three-tab strips must comply
with UL 2218, Class IV.
III. Underlayment
A. 30 lb. asphalt saturated roofing felt or high performance synthetic underlayment approved by the roofing
manufacturer.
B. Ice & Water Shield, as manufactured by GCP Applied Technologies, or similar waterproofing membrane,
at roof edges & penetrations.
IV. Accessories
A. Ridge vents shall be manufacturer’s rigid section high-density polypropylene or other UV-stabilized plastic
ridge vent with nonwoven geotextile filter strips and external deflector baffles for use under ridge
shingles.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
B. Sealants for shingle roof system shall be JS-2: urethane self leveling paving sealant; traffic bearing, 2 part,
movement capability plus/minus 25 percent. ASTM C920, Type M, Grade P, Class 25-minumum.
V. Installation
A. Install roofing and all components in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Provide metal flashings and drip edges as per section 07 62 00 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim at all valleys,
roof to wall connections, changes in slope, at all locations indicated or required by the roofing
manufacturer and at all locations indicated in the NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual and the
SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual.
VI. Warranty
A. Warranty shall not be less than what is required by section 01 83 20 Roofing Performance Requirements.
07 31 29 – Wood Shingles and Shakes

I. General
A. The use of wood shingles and shakes should be limited to projects that are existing and/or historic and
where the new roof surfaces are intended to match the existing or replace the existing “in-kind”.
B. Wood roofs should have slopes no less than a 4:12 pitch
II. Materials
A. Wood shingles and shakes shall be clear, premium grade, heart cedar
III. Underlayment
A. Drainage and Ventilation Underlayment.
B. 30 lb. asphalt saturated roofing felt or high performance synthetic underlayment.
C. Ice & Water Shield, as manufactured by GCP Applied Technologies, or similar waterproofing membrane,
at roof edges & penetrations.
IV. Accessories
A. Nails: Standard round wire shingle type, hot dipped zinc coated steel or stainless steel of sufficient length
to penetrate roof sheathing.
V. Installation
A. Shingles to be spaced 1/4" apart.
B. Shakes to be spaced 1/2" apart.
C. Double first course with drip edge of 1 inch.
D. Joints spaced minimum of 1-1/2" from adjacent course.
VI. Warranty
A. Warranty shall not be less than what is required by section 01 83 20 Roofing Assemblies.
07 37 00 – Underlayment
I. Examination
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with installer present, for compliance with requirements for
installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of work.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
B. Examine sheathing to verify that joints are supported by framing and blocking or metal clips and that
installation is within flatness tolerances, substrate is sound, dry, smooth, clean, sloped for drainage, and
completely anchored; and that provision has been made for flashings and penetrations through roofing.
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
II. Self Adhering Sheet Underlayment (Ice and Water Shield)
A. Material:
1. Self-Adhering Sheet Underlayment, Granular Surfaced: ASTM D 1970, minimum of 55 mils thick;
glass-fiber-mat-reinforced, SBS-modified asphalt; mineral-granule surfaced; with release-paper
backing; cold applied. Provide primer for adjoining concrete or masonry surfaces to receive
underlayment.
B. Installation:
1. Install self-adhering sheet underlayment, wrinkle free, on substrate. Comply with low-temperature
installation restrictions of underlayment manufacturer if applicable. Install at locations required by
the roofing manufacturer and all locations indicated in the NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual
and the SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual. Lap in direction to shed water not less than 3-
1/2 inches. Lap ends not less than 6 inches staggered 24 inches between courses. Roll laps with
roller. Cover underlayment within seven days
III. Felt
A. Material:
1. 30# asphalt-saturated organic felt that meets or exceeds the minimum physical property values listed
in ASTM D 226, Type II, non-perforated.
B. Installation:
1. Single-Layer Felt Underlayment: Install single layer of roof felt underlayment on substrate
perpendicular to slope in parallel courses. Lap sides a minimum of 2 inches over underlying course.
Lap ends a minimum of 4 inches. Stagger end laps between succeeding courses at least 72 inches.
Fasten with felt underlayment nails.
2. Double-Layer Felt Underlayment: Install double layers of felt underlayment on substrate
perpendicular to slope in parallel courses. Install a 19-inch wide starter course at eaves or base of
wall and completely cover with full-width second course. Install succeeding courses lapping previous
courses 19 inches in shingle fashion. Lap ends a minimum of 6 inches. Stagger end laps between
succeeding courses at least 72 inches. Fasten with felt underlayment nails.
IV. Synthetic High Performance Underlayment
A. May be used when the roofing manufacturer has approved the material and installation method in
writing.
B. Install in strict compliance with the underlayment and roofing manufacturer’s written instructions.
V. Drainage and Ventilation Underlayment
A. Material: non-woven plastic mesh ventilating underlayment
B. Installation:
1. Install horizontally over surface to receive siding or roofing in parallel courses, butting edges and ends
to form a continuous layer, and fasten to substrate.
VI. Slip Sheet
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
A. Red rosin paper or other type of slip sheet that is approved in writing by the roofing or sheet metal
manufacturer for the specific application. Install as per the NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual and
the SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual.
07 41 13 – Metal Roof Panels

I. General
A. Fabricate sheet metal roofing and accessories to comply with the design, details, dimensions, metal and
all recommendations in the NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual and SMACNA "Architectural Sheet
Metal Manual"
II. Materials
A. Metal roof panels vary in configuration, including seam style and height, pan stiffening, metal type, and
metal thickness. During the design phase, it is the responsibility of the Design Contractor to confirm that
potential metal roof panels can be installed in accordance with the details developed using NRCA and
SMACNA.
B. Underlayment
1. Slip sheet between metal and underlayment.
C. Ice & Water Shield, as manufactured by GCP Applied Technologies, or similar waterproofing membrane,
at roof edges hips, valleys and penetrations.
1. Double layer 30 lb. asphalt saturated roofing felt or synthetic high performance underlayment when
approved by the metal roof manufacturer.
D. Accessories
1. All roof penetrations shall be protected with metal flashings to match the roofing material.
2. All metal roof systems shall incorporate snow guards at all roof eaves.
i) The selection of the type of snow guard accessories, mounting locations and the appropriate
anchorage details are a function of the slope of the roof and the local climate conditions and
should be coordinated with the snow guard manufacturer and anticipated design conditions.
ii) To the greatest extent feasible, snow guards shall be mounted in to avoid penetration of the
metal panels; where anchorage to the structural substrate is required, all penetrations shall be
sealed as per the metal roofing system manufacturer’s instructions.
III. Installation
A. Installation shall be in strict accordance with the NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual and SMACNA
"Architectural Sheet Metal Manual"
B. Touch-up: Only minor scratches and abrasions shall be allowed to be touched up. Any other damaged
materials shall be replaced.
IV. Warranty
A. In addition to the warranty required by section 01 83 20 Roofing Assemblies, the metal roofing
manufacturer shall provide a twenty (20) year guarantee on all metal finishes.
07 46 00 – Siding
I. General
A. Where feasible, all siding systems shall be designed as a rain screen with an air/drainage space behind the
siding, vents at the top and weeps at the bottom.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
II. Materials
A. See the following sections for siding that is acceptable to Amtrak. Other systems require approval by the
III. Accessories
A. Flashing: flashing complying with Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim".
IV. Installation
A. Comply with details and siding manufacturer's written installation instructions applicable to products and
applications indicated unless more stringent requirements apply.
B. Prior to the installation of siding, examine the integrity of the air barrier and/or underlayment. Siding or
veneer installed without Design Contractor’s site visit and approval will be rejected.
07 46 10 – Metal Siding
I. General
A. Metal siding system shall include all panels, attachment system components, miscellaneous metal
framing, and all accessories necessary for a complete weather tight wall system.
1. All siding system components and accessories, shall be obtained from a single source and single
manufacturer.
II. Materials
A. Metal siding shall be concealed-fastener type with lapped-seams.
III. Underlayment
A. Slip sheet, if metal is in direct contact with barrier.
B. Continuous Rigid Insulation.
C. Air barrier.
IV. Accessories
A. The wall panel system shall include all accessories and components required for weather tight system
with a finished appearance, including but not limited to trim, copings, fasciae, mullions, sills, corner units,
clips, flashings, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips, and similar items. All exposed and semi-exposed
components shall match material and finish of metal wall panels.
B. Provide closure strips where necessary to ensure weather tight construction. Closure strips shall be
closed-cell, expanded cellular, rubber or cross linked, polyolefin-foam or closed-cell laminated
polyethylene; with minimum thickness, flexible closure strips; cut or pre-molded to match metal wall
panel profile.
V. Installation
A. Factory-formed metal siding systems shall be designed to be field assembled by lapping and
interconnecting side edges of adjacent panels. The factory-formed metal panels shall be mechanically
attached through panels to supports using concealed fasteners in side laps.
B. Metal siding shall be coordinated with flashings and other adjoining construction installations in order to
ensure proper sequencing and building water tightness.
VI. Warranty
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
A. The standard form of a warranty for metal siding systems shall require the manufacturer to replace siding
and other components of the system that fail in materials or workmanship within the warranty period.
The period of the warranty is a minimum of 15 years. The warranty for metal siding systems shall
encompass the color-fastness and fading-resistance of the finish. The minimum requirement is that after
a year of cleaning with products recommended by the siding manufacturer if more than 4 Hunter color-
difference units occur, as measured according to ASTM D 2244, the system must be fully replaced.
07 46 23 – Wood Siding
I. General
A. The use of wood siding should be limited to projects that are existing and/or historic and where the new
wall surfaces are intended to match the existing or replace the existing “in-kind”.
II. Materials
A. Wood siding shall be clear, premium grade, heart cedar.
III. Underlayment
A. Drainage and ventilation underlayment.
B. Continuous rigid insulation.
C. Air barrier.
IV. Accessories
A. Nails: Standard round wire shingle type, hot dipped zinc coated steel, or stainless steel of sufficient length
to penetrate sheathing and studs.
V. Installation
A. Prime all sides of wood siding after final cutting.
B. Double or triple shingles at foundation.
C. Shingles to be spaced 1/8" - 1/4" apart.
D. Joints to be minimum 1-1/2" from joints of adjacent course.
E. Exposure to match existing
F. Corner treatment to match existing
07 46 33 – Plastic Siding
I. Vinyl Siding Wall, Trim, and Soffit Systems:
A. Vinyl products are not acceptable.
07 46 46 – Mineral-Fiber Cement Siding

I. Materials
A. Fiber Cement siding, panels shall be Type A, Grade II as per ASTM C 1186.
1. The fiber cement shall be non-combustible as per ASTM E 136 and have a flame-spread index of 25 or
less when tested according to ASTM E 84.
2. Fiber cement siding shall be installed as part of a ventilated and drainable rain screen system over a
waterproof barrier.
II. Accessories
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
A. Use accessories as provided by or as recommended by the manufacturer for the specific installation.
1. Where feasible, fasteners and accessories shall be stainless steel and concealed.
B. Install metal flashing as per section 07 62 00 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim.
III. Finish:
A. All fiber cement shall be factory primed by the manufacturer.
B. In addition to factory priming, where feasible all fiber cement shall be factory finished otherwise final
finish shall be as per section 09 91 00 Painting.
IV. Installation:
A. Installation shall be as per the manufacturer’s written instructions.
B. All cut surfaces shall be straight and smooth and shall be finished with the manufacturer provided primer
and finish touch up paint.
V. Warranty:
A. The Standard form of a warranty for fiber wall systems shall be in which the manufacturer agrees to
replace sidings and soffits that fail in materials or workmanship within the warranty period. The period of
the warranty is a minimum of 50 years preferred.
07 50 00 – Membrane Roofing
I. Materials
A. Membrane roofing shall be one of the following systems (not listed in order of preference):
1. 07 52 00 Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing
2. 07 53 23 Ethylene-Propylene-Diene-Monomer (EPDM) Roofing
3. 07 55 63 Vegetated Protected Membrane Roofing
II. Accessories
A. Cover Board
1. Where approved by the membrane manufacturer and appropriate to the application, use a
polyisocyanurate cover board to increase the overall roof insulation value and protect the underlying
roof insulation.
B. Vegetated Protected Membrane Roofing
1. Supply and install engineered soil mix
2. Supply plants as recommended by the manufacturer for the geographic location and specific
application.
i) Plantings shall be installed as densely spread cuttings or pre-grown trays.
III. Installation
A. Install roofing membrane and all flashings in strict accordance with the drawings and with the
manufacturer’s instructions and details.
B. Substrate: Provide smooth substrate surface of material approved by membrane manufacturer.
1. Preparation and installation shall by a contractor that has experience with the specified product and
is approved and certified by the manufacturer.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
2. All preparation, installation, and protection shall be in strict accordance with the manufacturer’s
3. Test membrane as per manufacturer’s recommendations.
IV. Warranty
A. Warranty shall not be less than what is required by section 01 83 20 Roofing Assemblies
07 62 00 – Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim

I. General
A. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with the details and with recommendations in
SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to design, dimensions, metal, and other
characteristics.
II. Materials
A. All metal flashings, copings, fasciae, termite shields or other metal moisture protection systems shall be
fabricated from one of the following sheet metals.
1. Min. 20 oz. copper.
2. Min. 24 ga. stainless steel.
3. Alloy coated copper or stainless steel of the same thickness indicated above.
B. Lead or lead alloy sheet metal or coatings will not be accepted.
III. Accessories
A. All accessories including nails, clips, cleats, etc. shall be of the same or a compatible metal with the sheet
metal.
IV. Fabrication and Installation:
A. General
1. Fabricate and install in strict accordance with the details of the latest addition of the Architectural
Sheet Metal Manual by SMACNA
2. Fabricate continuous flashings in sections not less than 96”.
3. Flashing details shall not rely on sealant for water-tightness. Sealants shall only be a secondary means
of preventing water infiltration and should only be used where required for movement in control
joints (as a secondary seal).
i) Joints in metal flashing shall be joined with 1 inch lock seams and soldered, except at slip joints.
4. Metal flashings and trims shall only be secured with concealed fasteners.
5. Back paint sheet metals with bituminous paint, where expected to be in contact with cementitious
materials or dissimilar metals.
B. Wall Flashing
1. Provide preformed end dams at edges of all sills and at all locations where flashing is interrupted by
openings or a change in construction.
C. Through-wall flashing
1. Through-wall/counter flashing shall be two-piece type with receiver and removable counterflashing
of the same material to allow for future re-roofing.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
2. Through-wall embedded metal flashing shall be fabricated with ribs at 3-inch intervals along the
length of flashing. This feature is intended to provide an integral mortar bond with the masonry and
the flashing material. Through-wall flashing shall be fabricated with drip edges and sealant stops.
D. Roof Flashing
1. Flashings at roof penetrations, curbs, and transitions should extend up a minimum of 8” above the
surface of the roof.
2. Valley flashings are to have 1” raised center rib, continuous intermediate “S” bend to receive
hemmed edge of roof panels and continuous hemmed edge to receive fastening cleats, similar to
NRCA Manual Figure 4.13C. All valleys should have “Ice and Water Shield,” or similar underlayment
membrane installed, and covered with rosin paper, prior to the installation of the metal valley
flashing. Metal panels are to be hemmed onto valley flashing and shall not utilize exposed fasteners.
3. Metal crickets are to be used on the upslope side of all chimneys and curbs.
E. Gutters and downspouts
1. The sizing of gutters and spacing and sizing of the associated downspouts shall be calculated based
upon the tributary areas of the roofs and shall utilize SMACNA and the applicable building code
provisions for sizing. The calculations developed for the gutters and downspouts shall be included in
the PDR.
2. Gutters and downspouts for sloped roofs shall have shapes and sizes that match the style of the
building. For historic structures, match the existing gutters and downspouts in-kind. All corners are
to be mitered and soldered.
3. The following features are to be provided and fabricated from the same metal as the gutters and
downspouts.
i) Downspout starters (fascia sump) with downspout starter hole.
ii) Flow-through gravel stop with perforated vertical leg.
4. Heat Tracing: Gutters and downspouts that are exposed to freezing conditions shall be insulated and
heat traced.
V. Warranty
A. Warranty shall not be less than what is required by section 01 83 20 Roofing Assemblies
07 92 00 – Joint Sealants
I. General
A. Provide sealants meeting applicable specifications where shown on the drawings and elsewhere as
required to provide a positive barrier against moisture and passage of air while allowing for movement of
dissimilar materials.
B. The sealant systems selected shall be commercial or heavy duty grade, be durable, easy to maintain and
be able to withstand deicing chemicals. Use the manufacturers’ recommendations in specifying sealants
and include adhesion testing, as applicable. The colors shall match the aesthetics of the building.
II. Materials:
A. Sealants shall be high quality, non-hardening, non-sagging compatible with intended locations and
adjacent materials.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
1. Pay special attention to the use and misuse of the word "caulk". Such materials are generally no
longer used in modern construction and consist of oil-based materials used to glaze windows. "Caulk"
shall not be used as a sealant in exterior joints.
2. The use of 2-part polysulfide, 2-part polyurethane or silicone-synthetic rubber type sealants is
preferred. The Design Contractor shall determine with sealant manufacturer which particular sealant
type is best suited to each individual condition or application.
i) Specify pourable urethane base sealants for construction joints in traffic bearing locations such
as concrete walks, steps and similar locations.
B. Back-up materials and primers : Shall be as required and recommended by the manufacturers of the
sealant
III. Installation :
A. All sealing operations shall be performed by workmen thoroughly experienced in this type of work.
B. Prepare surfaces and install joint sealants in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.
1. Surfaces shall be clean and free of all dust, oils, and any other material which may reduce the bond
between the sealant and the substrate.
C. Before application of sealant, all surfaces adjacent to the area shall be masked with tape so as to obtain a
neat sealant line and to allow pressure tooling of the material. Grade gun sealant shall be applied with
pressure equipment and tooled so as to solidly fill the groove and be flush contoured. Special care shall
be exercised when sealing in the vicinity of porous surfaces.
D. Masking tape shall be removed immediately after application and finishing the joint of sealant. All
adjacent surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned of any surplus sealant material immediately and left in a
neat condition.
IV. Warranty
A. The sealant installation shall be warranted for a minimum of 10 years. The sealant manufacturer should
have and provide a full labor and materials total system guarantee.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
DIVISION 08 – DOORS AND WINDOWS

08 10 00 – Doors and Frames
I. General
A. Doors and all related components and clearances must be ADA-compliant, durable, easy to maintain, and
exterior doors shall be able to withstand deicing chemicals.
B. All doors and frames shall be commercial or heavy duty grade.
C. Glass surfaces shall receive application of anti-graffiti protective film as determined necessary by the
II. Exterior doors
A. Exterior doors shall be one of the following:
1. Metal and glass curtain wall or storefront entry systems
i) All metal and glass doors shall be wide stile doors with ADA-compliant bottom rails.
2. Hollow metal
i) Exterior doors shall be not less than 16 gauge steel.
ii) The top channel of each metal door shall be solid without pockets that collect dirt and water.
iii) All exterior doors shall be galvanized, primed and painted or stainless steel.
B. Exterior wood doors shall not be used unless historic requirements govern and require their usage
III. Interior Doors
A. Interior doors shall be one of the following
1. Metal and glass curtain wall or storefront entry systems
i) All metal and glass doors shall be wide stile doors with ADA-compliant bottom rails
2. Hollow Metal
i) Interior doors shall be not less than 18 gauge steel.
3. Wood
i) Wood doors shall be solid core, either mineral core where a fire rating is required, or high density
particle board core, or wood stave core.
ii) Wood doors which are to receive clear or stained finish shall be factory finished and pre-
machined for hardware. Door edges shall be fabricated of matching wood to the faces.
IV. Frames
A. Metal curtain wall or storefront entry framing
1. Door frames in metal and glass curtain wall or storefront entry systems shall be an integral parts of
the main framing system and shall not be secondary members or sub frames installed within the main
framing members.
B. Hollow Metal Frames
1. Hollow metal door frames shall be 16 gauge.
2. Knock-down frames are prohibited unless specifically approved by the Amtrak Project Manager
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
3. Exterior hollow metal frames shall be galvanized, primed and painted.

C. Wood frames shall not be used unless historic requirements govern and require their usage
08 31 13 – Access Doors and Frames

I. General
A. Access doors and frames at toilet rooms, janitor’s closets, mechanical rooms and all unconditioned spaces
shall be stainless steel.
B. Provide lockable access doors when required by the project.
C. Where required by code, provide fire-rated access doors and frames
08 50 00 – Windows
I. General
A. All windows and related accessories shall be heavy commercial grade (HC).
II. Exterior Windows
A. Exterior windows shall be one of the following:
1. Metal and glass curtain wall or storefront systems
2. Individual metal framed windows
B. Wood Windows
1. Wood windows shall not be used unless historic requirements govern and require their usage.
i) Specify compliance with AWI and WDMA ”Premium Grade” quality standards for the fabrication,
reproduction, repair and installation of wood windows.
ii) For wood repair, specify epoxy based structural filler (no “Bondo” or similar body filler products
shall be employed)
a) Use epoxy consolidants, to repair deep damage in wood substrates prior to applying
structural filler.
C. Plastic or fiberglass framed windows will not be accepted.
III. Interior Windows
A. Interior windows shall be one of the following:
1. Fixed glass in aluminum storefront or hollow metal frames
2. Sliding glass windows as described in the ticket window section of 06 40 23 Interior Architectural
Woodwork
IV. Screens
A. Insect screens shall be installed at all operable exterior windows.
1. Where possible, insect screens shall be mounted at the interior of the window.
2. Aluminum-framed window screens and hardware shall comply with ANSI/SMA 1004, "Specifications
for Aluminum Tubular Frame Screens for Windows," Architectural C-24 class
08 62 00 – Unit Skylights
I. General
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
A. Skylights should only be considered where required to provide daylight to interior spaces that cannot be
provided with windows in the exterior walls or where required for passive solar heating.
B. Before specifying a skylight, the Design Contractor shall consider the following:
1. How to reduce heat gain from direct sunlight during cooling periods.
2. How to reduce visual glare from direct sunlight.
3. How to reduce heat loss during heating periods.
4. Security and safety.
II. Materials
A. Skylights shall be commercial grade metal framed units with all framing, glass, flashings, and all other
accessories supplied by a single source.
III. Installation
A. Install all skylights and roof windows in strict accordance with skylight and roofing manufacturer’s written
instructions.
IV. Warranty
A. The manufacturer shall warranty all materials and workmanship for at least 5 years from the date of
Substantial Completion.
08 71 00 – Door Hardware
I. General
A. Door hardware shall be Grade I certified per ANSI BHMA A156.1 and must be durable, easy to maintain,
and be able to withstand deicing chemicals.
B. Hardware items selected from manufacturers shall be selected as a complete system and not as individual
parts unless approved by the manufacturer.
C. At existing buildings, the hardware selected should match what is currently in use at that location, unless
the existing hardware is not Code-compliant.
D. All hardware for doors in curtainwall, storefront and entry systems, with the exception of cylinders, shall
be furnished by the system manufacturer.
E. All fasteners for hardware shall attach to a solid substrate.
F. Specified hardware shall not contain any plastic components. The only exception to this rule may the
plastic bumper on door stops.
II. Hardware
A. Hinges
1. Provide a minimum of 3 barrel type hinges per door.
2. Provide heavy duty continuous geared hinges at high traffic doors, including primary entry doors.
3. All barrel hinges to be medium and large heavyweight Grade I certified per ANSI BHMA A156.1.
Standard Grade I certified per ANSI BHMA A156.1 is only permitted on small shelter structures and
only then with specific written permission from the Amtrak Project Manager.
4. All exterior and security doors are to be fitted with non-removable pin hinges.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
5. All hinges must be comprised of solid material. No hollow material is to be permitted on any hinge
product.
B. Door Handles and Locks and latch sets
1. Provide Lever Handle lock and latch sets as indicated below
i) Exterior Doors: Entrance function.
ii) Office Doors: Office Function.
iii) Closet Doors: Passage Function.
iv) Single Occupant Toilet room Doors: Privacy Function.
v) Baggage, Mechanical, Telecommunications and Storage rooms: Storage room function.
vi) Other Doors : Verify with Amtrak
2. Provide Push/Pull hardware with no latch at all multiple occupant toilet room doors.
C. Deadbolts
1. Deadbolts shall not be permitted at any doors that are a means of egress from any passenger
occupied spaces.
2. Use of deadbolts and their locations should be determined on a case-by-case basis
D. Cylinders and Keys
1. All cylindrical locksets shall be Grade I certified per ANSI/BHMA 152.2
2. All mortise locksets shall be Grade I certified per ANSI BHMA 156.13.
3. Verify all keying requirements with the station master who is required to operate the station
i) A master key set shall be provided to the Stationmaster.
ii) Unless new keying system is proposed for project specifically, new keys should follow existing
keying system. Coordinate this requirement with Amtrak Station Engineering.
iii) Restricted keyways: Amtrak Project Manager must be consulted if these are appropriate on the
given project.
E. Closers
1. 1 ½” piston diameter, rated for 5 million cycles preferred.
2. Closer body must be solid aluminum or cast iron.
3. Closers are not to be installed on:
i) Exterior side of building entry doors.
ii) Public-facing or corridor side of door.
4. Provide closers at the following locations
i) Toilet room doors.
ii) Exterior doors and doors between conditioned and unconditioned spaces.
iii) Interior vestibule doors.
iv) Storage and telecommunications room doors.
v) All doors required by code to have a closer.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
F. Floor or wall Stops at all doors.

G. Weather Seals
1. Provide compressible neoprene or rubber weather seals at all exterior doors and at all doors between
conditioned and unconditioned spaces.
2. Seals shall be continuous at full perimeter of doors.
H. Thresholds
1. Provide thermally broken aluminum thresholds at all exterior doors and at doors between
conditioned and unconditioned spaces.
2. Set threshold in full bed of sealant
I. Provide other hardware as required for fully functioning, weathertight, and code compliant doors
III. Finish
A. Except where historic considerations may apply, or there is a requirement to match existing hardware, all
hardware shall be satin stainless steel finish or the nearest equivalent available from the hardware
manufacturer.
08 71 13 – Automatic Door Operators

I. Automatic door operators shall only be installed at existing and historic buildings where it is not possible to
achieve ADA requirements with manually operated hardware.
08 81 00 – Glass Glazing
I. Reglazing of existing windows or doors
A. The glazing selected should match what is currently in use.
II. Exterior Glass
A. Unless otherwise required for passive solar heating, all exterior wall glazing shall be minimum 1” double
pane argon filled insulated glass with low-E coating.
1. Provide tempered safety glass as required by Code.
i) Where tempered safety glass is required in a curtainwall, storefront, or entry system, all glass
units in that wall shall be tempered safety glass.
2. Provide laminated safety glass at skylights.
III. Interior Glass
A. Preglazed windows or millwork: Provide standard clear float glass as provided by the manufacturer.
B. Where manufacturer does not provide glass, provide 6 mm clear float glass.
C. Provide Tempered safety glass where indicated, or as required by Code.
IV. Requirements for other types of glass will be determined on a case-by-case basis.
08 91 00 – Louvers
I. Louvers in exterior walls shall be storm-resistant type and rated to resist water infiltration for the location
where they are to be installed. Louver blades shall be drainable type.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
DIVISION 09 – FINISHES
09 21 16 – Gypsum Board Assemblies
I. General
A. All materials, accessories, preparation, installation methods, finishes and repairs shall be in strict
accordance with the requirements and recommendations of the Gypsum Association and all of its
applicable publications and The Gypsum Construction Handbook published by USG.
II. Materials
A. Gypsum Board
1. All interior gypsum board shall be paperless moisture- and mold-resistant glass-mat gypsum
wallboard products with moisture-resistant surfaces complying with ASTM C 1396/C 1396M as well as
ASTM C 630 and ASTM C 1177.
i) At fire rated walls, use fire rated gypsum board complying with ASTM E 119 as required by Code.
ii) At locations where paint shall be the only finish, the gypsum board shall be abuse-resistant.
a) Surface Abrasion Resistance: Classification Level 3 in accordance with ASTM C 1629.
b) Indentation Resistance: Classification Level 1 in accordance with ASTM C 1629.
c) Soft Body Impact Resistance: Classification Level 2 in accordance with ASTM C 1629.
d) Hard Body Impact Resistance: Classification Level 1 in accordance with ASTM C 1629.
2. Toilet rooms, Janitor’s closets, and other rooms receiving solid surface or tile finish.
i) Use glass mat water resistant backing board with water resistant coating complying with ASTM
C1178/C1178M.
3. All exterior gypsum board shall comply with ASTM C1177/C1177M.
III. Accessories
A. All interior and exterior concealed trim and accessories shall be rolled zinc or extruded aluminum
complying with ASTM C1047.
B. Joint Materials
1. General Interior
i) Joint tape shall be a fiberglass mesh tape.
ii) Prefilling, embedding and the first coat shall be a setting type joint compound.
iii) Additional layers may be with a standard joint compound.
2. Tile Backer Board
i) Joint tape shall be a fiberglass mesh tape.
ii) Joint compound shall be a setting type.
3. Exterior Gypsum board
i) Finish as recommended by the gypsum board manufacturer for the particular application.
C. Sound Attenuation Blankets
1. Recycled cotton fiber insulation complying with ASTM E90-02, ASTM423
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
2. Glass fiber acoustic batts complying with ASTM C 665, Type I

IV. Installation:
A. Installation shall be in strict accordance with the referenced material and with the written instructions of
the manufacturers.
V. Finish Level
A. Finish panels as required by gypsum panel manufacturer for the particular application, but not less than
to levels indicated below and according to ASTM C 840:
1. Level 1
i) Ceiling plenum areas, and fully concealed locations
2. Level 2
i) Areas that are substrate for tile or solid surfaces and semi-concealed locations
3. Level 4
i) All other locations fully exposed to view and to be painted where abuse-resistant gypsum board
is not employed.
4. Level 5
i) All locations where abuse-resistant gypsum board is employed.
09 24 23 – Portland Cement Plaster (Stucco)

I. General
A. All materials, accessories, preparation, installation methods, finishes and repairs shall be in strict
accordance with the requirements and recommendations of the Portland Cement Plaster/Stucco Manual
published by the Portland Cement Association
II. Materials
A. Ready-Mixed Finish-Coat Plaster: Mill-mixed portland cement, aggregates, coloring agents, and
proprietary ingredients.
1. All ingredients including water shall be portioned in exact quantities and prepared consistently to
maintain a consistent product at all locations throughout the project
III. Accessories
A. Expanded-Metal Lath: ASTM C 847 with ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60 (Z180), hot-dip galvanized zinc
coating.
B. Screeds, joints, and other accessories as required: zinc and zinc-coated (galvanized)
IV. Mockups:
A. Before plastering, install mockups of at least 100 sq. ft. (9 sq. m) in surface area to demonstrate aesthetic
effects and set quality standards for materials and execution.
1. Mockup shall include a vertical and horizontal joint, an inside and outside corner, top and bottom
conditions, and connections to other materials.
V. Installation
A. Prepare all materials and substrate and install in strict accordance with the written instructions of the
referenced manual and the manufacturer.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
1. Stucco shall be detailed and installed to allow the drainage and weeping of moisture from behind the
stucco.
09 30 00 – Tiling
I. General
A. Comply with all the requirements and recommendations of the TCNA, Tile Council of North America, Inc.
and the most current version of the TCNA Handbook for the product specified and the particular
application.
II. Materials
A. Porcelain Tile
1. Maximum reasonable size for particular application.
B. Ceramic Tile
1. Floor tile
i) Unglazed ceramic tile in maximum reasonable size for particular application.
2. Wall tile
i) Glazed ceramic tile in maximum reasonable size for particular application.
C. Trim Units
1. Provide cove bases, wainscot caps, corner units, and other trim as required.
i) Where pre-formed pieces are not available, specify a silicone sealant at inside corners (not
grout).
2. Thresholds
i) Install ADA compliant threshold compatible with the selected floor finish that will prevent water
migration.
D. Substrate:
1. Floors
i) Concrete structure
ii) Portland Cement mud bed
iii) 1/2" cementitious tile backer board
2. Walls
i) Masonry wall
ii) Portland cement mud bed
iii) Cement backer board.
iv) Glass-Mat faced gypsum backing boards.
E. Waterproof membrane
1. Provide waterproof membrane compatible with TCNA installation at floors and walls of all toilet
rooms
F. Setting Materials
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
1. As per TCNA recommendations for the particular substrate and application.

G. Grout
1. All grout shall be epoxy and installed as per manufacturer’s written instructions.
III. Installation:
A. Install all products in strict accordance with the latest TCNA guidelines and with manufacturer’s written
instructions
B. Large-scale tiles cannot be installed on an uneven or warped surface. A floor installation of large scale
tiles may require a mud bed installation.
C. Layout tile to minimize cutting, align and provide uniform joint widths.
D. Fit tile tight to all edges, abutting trim, built-in items, and to penetrations. Terminate work neatly at all
edges.
E. Layout tile wainscots to next full tile beyond dimension indicated, unless this would restrict another
critical alignment.
IV. Cleaning and Protection
A. Clean all surfaces and protect in accordance with tile and grout manufacturer’s written instructions.
09 51 00 – Acoustical Ceiling Panels

I. Materials
A. General
1. Acoustical ceiling systems are to be used judiciously in public areas due to potential concealment of
contraband or other undesirable materials above the suspended panels by individuals with malicious
intent.
2. Fire Resistance: The system specified should have a fire resistance rating of composite Class “A” per
ASTM E1264.
3. Considerations:
i) Light Reflectance: Ceiling systems may be utilized to reflect indirect light to create a desirable
quality of lighting within a space and also to maximize natural daylight. Consult with the Amtrak
Project Manager if such considerations are appropriate for the application and should be
investigated. If so, consult with the Amtrak Project Manager about criteria of light reflectance to
be used.
ii) Sound Absorption: Acoustical ceiling systems are an effective way to reduce noise within a space.
Consideration of the noise reduction properties of a product and its effect in a space should
occur in the design process. Consult with the Amtrak Project Manager if such considerations are
appropriate for the application and should be investigated. If so, consult with the Amtrak Project
Manager about criteria of noise resistance to be used.
4. Security /Vandal Resistance
i) If proposed in a public area of a station, security ceiling systems, such as metal torsion spring
ceiling systems, should be examined and presented to the Amtrak Project Manager for review for
appropriateness in the given application. Consideration must be given to ease of maintenance
by Amtrak forces, as well as security.
B. Ceiling Panels
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
1. Standard thickness should be ¾” minimum

2. Tile should be made of 50% recycled content, pre and post production, at minimum
3. Avoid using patterned and multiple tegular beveled panels which tend to cost more to replace when
damaged, due to additional labor associated with their edge/joint detail and finish.
4. Specify moisture resistant panels, rated to 99% humidity resistance where they are to be installed at
in unconditioned spaces, or any other locations subject to high humidity.
II. Installation
A. Install in accordance with manufacturers' specifications and in accordance with ASTM 635, Standard
Specification for the Manufacture, Performance, and Testing of Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical
Tile and Lay-in Panel Ceilings, and ASTM 636, Standard Practice for Installation of Acoustical Tile and Lay-
in Panels.
1. Where required for fire-rating, vandal resistance, or at ceilings located in drafty locations, employ
grid manufacturer’s hold-down clip accessories.
B. Ceiling grids shall be symmetrical on each space and/or room, unless specifically noted otherwise.
09 64 00 – Wood Flooring
I. The use of wood flooring should be avoided unless the station or facility is existing and/or historic and where
the new wood floors are intended to match the existing or replace the existing in-kind.
09 65 13 – Resilient Base and Accessories

I. Materials
A. Rubber base is preferred over vinyl base, where appropriate.
II. Accessories
A. When available, specify prefabricated inside and outside corners
09 65 19 – Resilient Tile Flooring

I. Materials
A. Resilient Tile
1. Resilient floor tile shall be commercial or heavy duty grade.
2. Where alternatives are available, vinyl flooring should be avoided.
B. Adhesive
1. Use only adhesives that are approved for the particular product and application by the resilient tile
manufacturer.
II. Accessories
A. Provide transition/reducing strips tapered to meet abutting materials.
III. Installation
A. Perform any testing on substrate as recommended by the tile manufacturer.
B. Prepare substrate and install tile in strict accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions.
C. Layout tile to minimize cutting, align and provide uniform joint widths.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
D. Fit tile tight to all edges, abutting trim, built-in items, and to penetrations. Terminate work neatly at all
edges
E. Install flooring and accessories with adhesives, tools, and procedures in strict accordance with the
manufacturer's written instructions. Observe the recommended adhesive trowel notching, open times,
and working times.
F. Clean and perform initial maintenance as recommended by the manufacturer.
09 66 00 – Terrazzo Flooring
I. General
A. Comply with all the requirements and recommendations of the NTMA, The National Terrazzo and Mosaic
Association, Inc. for the product specified and the particular application
II. Materials
A. Terrazzo shall be a thin-set epoxy resinous terrazzo except where matching existing cementitious terrazzo
finishes or where accepted by the Amtrak Project Manager to suit particular project requirements.
B. Thin-set epoxy resinous terrazzo shall not be employed over light-weight concrete installed at elevated
slabs.
III. Accessories
A. Metal divider strips, control joints, elastomeric joint fillers, adhesives, and any other accessories shall be
in accordance with NTMA standards
B. Sealer
1. Penetrating type sealer that complies with NTMA’s “Terrazzo Specifications and Design Guide” for the
terrazzo type indicated and as recommended by the terrazzo manufacturer for the specific
application.
i) Stain resistant at walls.
ii) Stain and slip-resistant at floors and cove base.
IV. Installation
A. Field verify actual dimensions of construction prior to installation of joints and precasting of units.
B. Comply with NTMA’s and manufacturer’s details written instructions for preparation of surfaces, and
terrazzo and accessory installation.
1. Due to the extended time required for moisture curing, epoxy terrazzo should not be used on light
weight concrete
2. Concrete slabs-on-grade shall be installed over a vapor barrier as indicated in the concrete section.
3. Ensure that in-situ moisture vapor transmission testing is performed and results meet manufacturer’s
criteria before applying finish.
C. Protect other work from dust, water, and noise generated by grinding operations. Control dust, water,
and noise by erecting temporary enclosures or by other methods acceptable to Amtrak.
D. When installing precast terrazzo tiles or other components, seal joints between precast units with an
epoxy grout to match the terrazzo matrix.
E. Clean, seal, and protect finished surfaces according to NTMA’s and manufacturer’s written
recommendations.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
09 67 23 – Resinous Flooring
I. General
A. Resinous flooring shall be seamless and slip resistant heavy duty epoxy troweled mortar floor system.
II. Materials
A. Floor system shall be 3/16” to 1/4” in depth and shall extend to a continuous cove base at walls.
III. Accessories
A. Provide all accessories required for a complete and seamless floor system, including but not limited to all
mix components, substrate repair materials, movement control joints, etc.
IV. Installation
A. Preparation, installation, curing and protection of system shall be in strict accordance with manufacturer’s
B. Installation must be performed by a manufacturer certified contractor with skilled mechanics having not
less than three (3) years satisfactory experience in the installation of the type of system as specified in this
section, and must be certified in writing by the manufacturer of the system.
V. Warranty
A. The contractor and the manufacturer shall furnish a standard guarantee of the system for a period of two
years after installation. The labor and material guarantee shall include loss of bond and wear-through to
the substrate from normal use.
09 68 00 – Carpeting
I. General
A. Carpet should be avoided except within office spaces.
1. Where carpet is installed, all materials and installation methods shall be in compliance with Carpet
and Rug Institute standards including the Green Label and Green Label Plus programs.
II. Materials
A. Carpets shall be modular or tile type that are easily replaceable and have a very dense loop-pile carpet
with a low pile height for heavy-traffic areas.
B. The carpet design shall have diversity of color variations to conceal soiling and all fibers shall be solution
dyed.
C. All carpeting, backing, transitions, and all other accessories shall be in strict conformance with the ADA
requirements for walking surfaces.
III. Accessories
A. Provide ADA-compliant transitions where required
IV. Installation
A. All carpet shall be installed in accordance with the Carpet and Rug Institute (CRI-104) Standard for
installation of Commercial Carpet, latest edition.
1. Carpet installations shall be direct glue-down and shall not include any additional padding other than
padding that may be an integral part of the carpet backing system.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
09 78 00 – Interior Wall Paneling

I. Standards of the following, as referenced herein:
A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
C. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA)
D. NSF International
II. Intent – the following are preferred advantages for the use of this material and should be considered while
selection, design and specification of products. Products should not be specified or designed if they do not
meet the following requirements.
A. Vandalism Resistance and Remediation: This material can facilitate the removal of defacing and surface
scratch vandalism with common buffer tools.
B. Reduced number of joints: This material can reduce the number of exposed joints by panelization, which
facilitates hygiene and speed of installation. Tile-like installation is not the intent of such a product unless
the panel merely “mimics” a tile application while being installed as a panel.
III. Materials
A. Acrylic solid surface – non porous, homogeneous material maintaining the same composition throughout,
with a composition of acrylic polymer, aluminum trihydrate filler and pigment.
B. Thickness
1. ½” thickness is preferred for impact resistance.
2. ¼” thickness is acceptable in low-impact areas.
C. Color requirements:
1. Must be opaque (i.e. not translucent) on wall surfaces to limit visibility of substrate and adhesive
beneath.
2. Amtrak Project Manager to establish if a standard color chart is applicable for a particular project.
i) If a standard color chart is applicable, color to match standard.
ii) Matte; gloss range of 5–20.
IV. Fire test response characteristics:
A. Provide with the following Class A (Class I) surface burning characteristics as determined by testing
identical products per UL 723 (ASTM E84) or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction:
1. Flame Spread Index: 25 or less.
2. Smoke Developed Index: 450 or less.
V. Shop assembly
A. Fabricate components to greatest extent practical to sizes and shapes indicated, in accordance with
approved shop drawings and manufacturer’s instructions and technical bulletins.
B. Form joints between components per manufacturer’s recommendation without conspicuous joints.
C. Reinforce with strip of solid polymer material, 2" wide.
D. Rout and finish component edges with clean, sharp returns.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
E. Rout cutouts, radii and contours to template. Smooth edges.

F. Repair or reject defective and inaccurate work.
VI. Installation
A. Joint types allowed:
1. Monolithic panels with hard seamed joints creating an inconspicuous joint
2. Butt joint (chamfer allowed per designer discretion) joint between panels no bigger than 1/16” at
joint detail. Seal with silicone sealant.
3. Utilize butt joint to allow for expansion / contraction per manufacturer’s recommendation.
B. Substrate requirements:
1. Substrate to be glass-mat faced gypsum backing boards or cement board.
2. Panels attached to substrate with clear silicone adhesive per manufacturers recommendations.
3. Color matched silicone sealant used in corners and butt joints.
09 91 00 – Painting
I. Materials
A. Paints shall be commercial or heavy duty grade expected for long durability and reliability.
B. All external systems in contact with any walking surface will require protection from salt corrosion.
1. Use only low-odor and low VOC products that meet or exceed Code requirements
C. Provide materials for use within each paint system that are compatible with one another and substrates
indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing
and field experience.
D. For each coat in a paint system, provide products recommended in writing by manufacturers of topcoat
for use in paint system and on substrate indicated.
E. Utilize graffiti-resistant paint as appropriate for the application and project.
II. Accessories
A. Incorporate breaks, reveals, or other architectural details to divide large expanses of painted surface.
III. Installation
A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural Painting
Specification Manual" applicable to substrates.
B. Apply paints according to manufacturer's written instructions.
C. Paint surfaces behind movable items same as similar exposed surfaces. Before final installation, paint
surfaces behind permanently fixed items with prime coat only.
D. All exposed structure, ductwork, conduit, piping, and miscellaneous items shall be primed and painted
unless otherwise noted.
E. All surfaces visible through mechanical or architectural slots, louvers, grilles, diffusers, or similar
components shall be painted (matte black).
F. Apply minimum of 1 coat primer and 2 finish coats.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
1. Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to facilitate identification of each coat if multiple coats of same
material are to be applied. Tint undercoats to match color of topcoat, but provide sufficient
difference in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat.
2. If undercoats or other conditions show through topcoat, apply additional coats until cured film has a
uniform paint finish, color, and appearance.
3. Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, roller
tracking, runs, sags, ropiness, pin holes or other surface imperfections. Cut in sharp lines and color
breaks.
09 96 00 – High-Performance Coatings
I. General
A. Long-lasting exterior finishes are encouraged, and special coatings may be specified as part of a planned
low-maintenance building project. Among the special coatings that can be used are powder coat finishes
applied off-site, anodized finishes, tnemic paints, and epoxy paints.
1. Shop-applied special finishes are preferred to site-applied, due to better control of conditions.
2. Exterior metals must be coated if not naturally weather-resistant such as copper and brass.
i) Steel should be galvanized prior to receiving finishes, unless the specifications for a special
coating will not permit galvanizing.
B. Regardless of finish used, manufacturers’ instructions for on-site application and touch-up of finishes are
to be followed. As part of the submittal process, those instructions are to be provided to the Project
Manager, with a copy for the Maintenance Paint Shop foreman.
II. Traffic paint shall be state or federal DOT approved waterborne reflective traffic coating.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
DIVISION 10 – SPECIALTIES
10 14 00 – Signage
I. See the Amtrak Signage Manual for all signage information
10 17 00 – Telephone Specialties
I. Emergency call box
A. Where supported by Amtrak Police or by local emergency response authorities, provide an emergency call
box near the main platform access point.
1. Equipment minimum requirement shall be Type 3R unless environmental conditions require Type 4X.
10 21 13 – Toilet Compartments
I. General
A. Toilet compartments partitions and urinal screens shall be heavy duty construction, and wall, floor and
ceiling mounted.
1. Materials
i) Stainless steel
a) Minimum 22 gauge, reinforcement to be 12 gauge minimum.
ii) Solid surface
iii) Solid color reinforced composite (SCRC).
a) Minimum ¾” thickness.
iv) Plastic laminate partitions will not be accepted.
B. Head-rails should be tubular or channel stainless steel.
C. Wall brackets to be cast socket type.
D. Where required, pilaster shoes are to be stainless steel, minimum 3 inches high.
II. Finish
A. Stainless steel shall be a satin finish.
III. Accessories
A. Attachments are to have tamper-proof, extra heavy duty stainless steel brackets with stainless steel
screws and bolts.
B. Hinges shall be gravity type pivot hinges or continuous hinges (in heavy use toilet rooms), adjustable for
door close positioning; door strike and keeper with rubber bumper.
IV. Installation
A. Partitions shall be mounted to the structure in strict compliance with the written instructions of the
manufacturer.
1. Verify that the structure has the capacity to support all components and associated loads. Provide
supplemental structure, if required to support ceiling-hung compartment panels.
2. Where partitions are to be mounted to stud walls or joist framed ceiling, provide support as per 06 10
00 Rough Carpentry.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
V. Warranty
A. Manufacturer supplied 25 year warranty against breakage, corrosion and defects in factory workmanship.
10 28 13 – Toilet Accessories
I. General
A. All toilet room accessories shall be mounted as per ADA requirements.
B. Provide ADA required clearances and floor space at all toilet room fixtures and accessories.
C. Accessible elements are to be designed and installed within the maximum and minimum range for
compliance, rather than precisely at the limits of maximum or minimum range for compliance. This is
required to account properly for construction tolerances. Current experience is that invocation of
construction tolerances is not accepted by federal inspectors to waive strictest compliance with ADA
requirements.
II. Materials
A. All toilet room accessories shall be commercial grade and theft and vandal-resistant.
B. All toilet room accessories shall be stainless steel, satin finish.
III. Accessories Schedule: Provide the following accessories and coordinate specific accessories with the building
manager for site specific requirements for each room as indicated:
A. Men’s Toilet Room
1. Grab bars
i) Provide number and sizes as required by ADA.
ii) Provide type with finished trim to conceal/protect mounting hardware.
2. Electric air hand dryer
i) Design Basis: Xcelerator.
ii) Provide 1 per 3 lavatories.
3. Paper towel dispensers
i) Paper towel dispensers are to be used to service all restrooms only where electric hand dryers
are NOT installed.
ii) Roll-towel units.
iii) Provide 1 per 3 lavatories.
iv) Coordinate paper towel dispenser’s selection with Amtrak’s product provider’s requirements.
4. Trash Disposal Units
i) Recessed or semi recessed.
ii) Provide 1 below or adjacent to each paper towel dispenser.
iii) Provide 1 adjacent to the baby changing station.
5. Toilet Tissue Roll Dispenser
i) Provide 1 per water closet.
ii) Coordinate toilet tissue roll dispenser’s selection with Amtrak’s product provider’s
requirements.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
6. Heavy duty robe and towel hook

i) Mount at inside face of doors and/or toilet partition doors
ii) Provide 1 per water closet.
7. Folding Baby Changing Table
i) Mount away from toilet room door and path of travel.
ii) Where feasible, mount within the wheelchair accessible toilet compartment.
8. Mirror
i) Individually framed for ease of replacement with safety backing protective film.
ii) Provide 1 per Lavatory
9. Soap Dispensers
i) Provide 1 per lavatory
B. Women’s/Unisex Toilet Room
1. Provide the accessories listed above for Men’s toilet rooms in addition to those listed below.
2. Sanitary-Napkin Dispenser Unit
i) Surface mounted
ii) Operation: Single coin operation (quarters only).
iii) Lockset: Tumbler type with separate key for coin box.
3. Sanitary-Napkin Disposal Unit:
i) 1 lockable unit per water closet at women’s and unisex toilets
C. Janitor’s Closet
1. Friction-type mounting brackets for mops, brooms, etc. on wall over receptor with shelf above.
IV. Installation
1. Install fixtures, accessories and items in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
2. Install plumb and level, securely and rigidly anchored to substrate.
3. Provide details providing adequate structural support for all accessories.
i) Where accessories are installed at stud walls, provide support as per 06 10 00 Rough Carpentry
or as required by accessory manufacturer.
10 44 13 – Fire Extinguisher Cabinets

I. General
A. Mechanical and storage rooms
1. Bracket mounted
B. All other locations:
1. Recessed or semi-recessed solid cabinet, unlocked, with window made of polycarbonate or other
plastic glazing to verify the presence of fire extinguisher.
i) Recessed cabinets should have a trimmed edge for a clean appearance and finish.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
ii) Semi-recessed cabinets should be used where overall wall thickness is a concern. Careful
consideration should be used when specifying semi-recessed and surface-mounted cabinets for
meeting requirements of ADA.
iii) Where required, provide Fire-Rated Cabinets: Listed and labeled to comply with requirements in
ASTM E 814 for fire-resistance rating of walls where they are installed.
10 44 16 – Fire Extinguishers
I. General
A. Fire extinguisher classification, sizes, types, and number of units per square foot of area shall be based on
occupancy hazard protection and placement of fire extinguishers shall follow requirements of NFPA 10.
B. Coordinate fire extinguishers with existing Amtrak practice and suppliers.
10 51 00 – Lockers
I. General
A. Lockers shall be for Amtrak personnel only.
B. Lockers shall be heavy duty, with ventilated doors
C. Locker design, size, width and depth should be dependent on the operation it will be serving.
1. Typically for stations and most facilities a full size high (72” height, 12” wide, and 18” deep) locker is
needed. This is usually for Amtrak employees where uniforms and exterior type clothing are used and
stored.
2. Half-size lockers should be used only in areas where equipment or personal possessions may need to
be stored.
II. Materials
A. Lockers shall be constructed from 16 ga. steel with 14 ga. doors with flanges to give double thickness of
metal at corners and edges.
1. Factory applied baked enamel finish in standard color
III. Accessories
A. Hardware and anchoring system shall be commercial grade.
IV. Installation
A. Where lockers are to be installed at a stud framed wall, provide support as per 06 10 00 Rough Carpentry
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
DIVISION 11 – EQUIPMENT
11 20 00 – Commercial Equipment
I. Baggage Scale
A. Materials
1. Low profile model mounted above floor.
2. Maximum dimensions for scale is 29.5” x 32” x 2" height, preferably recessed-mounted.
3. Maximum weight capacity – 500 lbs.
4. Material to be stainless steel platter (or shroud) and galvanized base.
5. Must be shock-mounted to prevent sensor overloading and other damage.
B. Accessories
1. Baggage scale digital display
i) (2) LED weight displays.
a) One display is to be located on the public side of the counter facing the passenger.
b) The second display is to be located on the agent side of the counter, facing agent.
c) Numeric display must be bright, red read-out preferred, and with a minimum font height of
one-half inch (legible at up to 20’); verify ADA requirements that may supersede this
minimum height requirement.
d) Display mounting should be attractive; stainless steel preferred.
2. Data Feed
i) The unit must have the capability to feed baggage weight information to a printer or other
system for the collection of data.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
DIVISION 12 – FURNISHINGS
12 48 13 – Entrance Floor Mats and Frames
I. General
A. All entrance mats, either recessed or surface mounted, shall meet the Americans with Disabilities Act
Accessibility Guidelines (ADA-AG).
II. Materials
A. Entrance mats shall be of the type that are easily picked up and removed for cleaning purposes.
B. Mats should be recessed wherever possible.
12 50 00 – Furniture
I. Interior Waiting Room
A. The preferred system waiting room seating should be an industrial type grade, and should be stain-
resistant and waterproof. The system must be durable, seamless and as maintenance-free as possible.
1. Station Program and Planning: Standards and Guidelines indicate the suggested interior waiting room
seating system and manufacturer.
i) Manufacturer and system substitutions for interior seating may be considered on a case-by-case
basis
2. All benches should be firmly attached to the floor with tamper proof fasteners.
3. Intermediate arms should be provided for all interior benches.
12 93 43 – Site Seating
I. Materials
A. Site seating shall be pre-manufactured steel benches with backs.
1. Wood bench systems shall not be used unless historic requirements govern and require their usage.
2. All seating shall be engineered to accept minimum 250 LB vertical or horizontal force applied at any
point on bench.
B. Fabrication: All joints to be shop welded, ground smooth, and prepared for finishing.
C. Length: 4’-0” and 8’-0” lengths.
D. Finish: Manufacturer’s standard pre-finished powder coat paint or stainless steel. Hot dip galvanized prior
to powder coating to provide protection against de-icing chemicals. Provide touch-up paint as required
after field installation.
II. Accessories
A. Provide welded end arms on all benches. On 8’-0” long units provide one intermediate arm to impede
pedestrians from lounging on bench. Provide a minimum of 42” and a maximum 48” clear width between
arms.
B. All visible fasteners to be tamper resistant.
III. Installation
1. Benches shall be fixed in place and shall not promote undesirable uses.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
i) Provide dedicated compliant wheelchair clear floor spaces adjacent to benches configured to
allow for companion seating per ADA standards. Provide ADA compliant signage to identify the
dedicated wheelchair spaces.
2. Surface mount to concrete deck with manufacturer recommended tamper proof mechanical
fasteners which will be resistant to salt corrosion.
3. Install units in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, plumb, level and free of warp or
twist.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
DIVISION 13 – SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION

13 34 60 – Temporary Trailers
I. General
A. Trailers and all systems as specified herein shall conform to prevailing state codes and regulations.
1. Trailers shall be constructed of painted metal siding exterior.
2. Trailers shall have sloped roofs with eaves and drip edges and with roof coverings at doorways, unless
otherwise approved by the Amtrak Project Manager.
3. Foundations shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations and of grouted reinforced
concrete masonry units on concrete footings with a thickness of not less than 8” and a least length or
width dimension of 1’-6”unless otherwise calculated to be less by a registered professional engineer.
4. Flooring plywood shall be of 1” minimum thickness and treated in accordance with American Wood
Protection Association Use Category UC2.
5. Include metal rodent proof mesh secured to underside of trailer or as approved by Amtrak Project
Manager.
6. Include fit-out of trailers with partitions, windows, interior wood doors, plumbing fixtures, lockers,
mirrors, soap dispensers, shower stalls, toilet stalls, towel dispensers, and counters.
i) Locker design, size, width and depth should be dependent on the operation it will be serving. .
ii) Electric hot water heaters shall be sized as required.
iii) Include 12-circuit (minimum), 3-phase, 208/120 volt panelboard, electrical lighting fixtures,
convenience outlets, light switches, voice, data and fax outlets as shown on the drawings.
7. Include galvanized or painted steel stairs and railings.
i) Stairs and railings constructed of pressure-treated wood may be used with written approval from
Amtrak.
8. Include galvanized or painted sheet metal skirt around each trailer from floor level to grade.
9. Include minimum of two stand-alone smoke detectors in each trailer.
10. Include anchorage of trailers.
11. Include retention tanks where noted on the drawings.
i) Include freeze protection if the tank is above the frost depth.
12. HVAC
i) Supply air shall be delivered to diffusers in galvanized metal ducts with any insulation on the
outside of the duct.
ii) Supply air filters shall be replaced without the use of a ladder.
iii) The space conditions shall be maintained as follows:
a) Cooling season: 75FDB +/- 5FDB; maximum 60% RH +/- 10% RH.
b) Heating season: 70FDB +/- 2DB with no humidity control.
13. Lighting
i) Interior ceiling surface mounted or recessed fluorescent or LED lighting fixtures.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
a) Illumination values per chart in section 26 00 00, IV, A.

b) Task Lighting will be provided by Amtrak at desks and work surfaces.
c) Exterior lighting at doorways: 5 foot-candles (minimum) at walking surface.
14. Interior Finishes
i) Floor covering: Vinyl sheet or vinyl composition tile.
a) Floor seams in sheet flooring shall be welded and/or sealed.
ii) Walls: Vinyl-wrapped fiberglass-faced gypsum board.
iii) Ceiling: Vinyl-wrapped fiberglass-faced gypsum board or suspended non-combustible acoustical
tile ceiling.
iv) Other: as approved by Amtrak.
13 95 00 – Station Platform Snow Melting Systems

I. General
A. Platform snow melting system shall consist of an optimum life-cycle cost, energy efficient, slab-embedded
heated-platform design. The design shall be based on considerations detailed in: ASHRAE Applications
Handbook, Chapter 51 “Snow Melting and Freeze Protection” and references cited therein.
B. Design Heat Flux Calculation
1. Snow-Free Area Ratio (Ar): Ar = 1.
2. Steady-State Frequency of Occurrence: Heat flux not exceeded 90% snowfall hours per year.
C. Concrete Slab Design
1. Concrete Mix:
i) Maximum weather resistance.
ii) Compressive strength: 4000 to 5000 psi.
iii) Slump: 3 inch maximum; 2 inch minimum.
2. Expansion-contraction joints
i) Do not run pipe or cable through expansion-contraction joints, keyed joints or control joints.
ii) Sleeved pipe may cross expansion joints.
iii) Pipe or cable may be run under 0.12” score marks or saw cuts.
3. Insulation:
i) Beneath slab.
ii) Non-hygroscopic.
iii) Provide moisture barrier between fill and slab.
4. Drainage: Pipe runoff to drains, heated or below frost line.
D. Control
1. Manual (Only if approved by Amtrak Project Manager)
i) Operator activates and deactivates.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
ii) Started at idle before snowfall.

iii) Operated until all snow melts and evaporates.
2. Automatic (Default)
i) Snow Detectors: Monitor temperature and precipitation to allow operation when snow is
present.
ii) Slab Temperature Sensor: Modulate slab temperature at set-point between snow events or
during light snow (idle).
iii) Outdoor Thermostat: Deactivate system when outdoor ambient exceeds 35-40F.
iv) Watts “Teckmar”: Snow Detector and Melting Control 665.
E. Hydronic System Design
1. Heat Transfer Fluid: Polypropylene Glycol
2. Piping:
i) Cross-linked Polyethylene (PEX) within slab.
ii) Install pipe within 2 inches of surface.
iii) Pressure test with air to about 100 psig before slab installation.
iv) Use air separator and expansion tank; do not vent.
3. Fluid Heater:
i) Gas, oil, geo-thermal, etc. as determined by available energy sources and cost optimization.
ii) Adjust for fluid film coefficient.
iii) Consider flue gas condensation and thermal shock in boilers due to low fluid temperatures.
iv) Use bypass and temperature controls if needed to maintain recommended boiler temperatures.
v) Do not exceed recommended pipe temperatures.
vi) Boilers should be de-rated for high-altitude applications.
4. Pump Selection: Consider cold fluid viscosity.
5. Thermal Stress:
i) Maintain fluid temperature differential less than 20F.
ii) Do not exceed 70F differential between slab surface and embedded pipe surface.
F. Electric System Design
1. Electrical Equipment:
i) Provide ground fault protection.
ii) Use double-pole switches or tandem circuit breakers to open both sides of line.
iii) Install waterproof junction boxes above grade.
2. Embedded Cable:
i) Use Self-Regulating Cable
ii) Do not exceed 120 W/sf slab power density.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
3. Installation:
i) Check wire for continuity before, during and after installation.
ii) Pour and finish each slab area between expansion joints individually.
iii) Pour base slab and rough level to within 1.5” to 2” of the desired finish level.
iv) Pour the top slab over the mats while the rough slab is still wet, and cover the mats to a depth of
at least 1.5”, but not more than 2”.
v) Except for brief testing, do not energize mats until the concrete is completely cured.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
DIVISION 14 – CONVEYING SYSTEMS

14 20 00 – Elevators
I. Elevator Design Criteria – Coordinate with Current Amtrak Standard Specifications for Elevators
A. New Passenger and Freight Traction and Hydraulic
1. Minimum passenger elevator capacity shall be 3,500#. For freight elevators the minimum capacity
4,000#.
2. Passenger Elevators serving platforms shall be sized to accommodate an ambulance stretcher
3. Elevator operation systems and machines shall have solid-state equipment. In addition to primary
operation system features the following minimum requirements shall be provided:
i) Standby power operation.
ii) Standby powered lowering.
iii) Battery-powered lowering.
iv) Automatic dispatching of loaded car.
v) Security features, such as cameras including car return to lobby features as required by Amtrak
or Code.
vi) Emergency communication system with a call out to a specified location such as building
management or local police.
vii) Key-switch operation.
4. The following items must also be considered based upon the location, and/or Amtrak needs when
selecting the elevator system.
i) Door reopening devices.
ii) Door finish material for location of elevator.
iii) Car enclosures type such as one side sliding doors or bi-parting doors, etc.
iv) Elevator signal equipment.
v) Interior design and lighting should complement all spaces where that the car will land.
vi) Hoistway and hoistway entrances shall be designed and located to address any safety concerns.
5. Where components are not otherwise indicated, provide commercial grade components published by
manufacturer as included in commercial grade pre-engineered elevator systems and as required for a
complete system.
B. Existing Traction & Hydraulic Modernization:
1. Provide new operational and control systems. Commercial grade levels are the minimal requirements
expected for durability and reliability.
C. New Roped Hydraulic or Hydraulic
1. Rope hydraulic or hydraulic elevator systems shall be commercial grade and have a power unit and
lifting assembly capable of lifting the gross load to all required levels. The following minimal
requirements are expected for durability and reliability:
i) The design of the power unit shall be a compact, self-contained integral unit consisting of all
necessary equipment and connections. If required the system should provide energy-efficient
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
and low noise operation. Required equipment shall be mounted on a rubber isolated inner base,
have removable drip pan, and enclosed with sound insulated sheet steel panels. A structural
steel outer base if required shall support any hydraulic oil tank and controller.
ii) Hydraulic oil pump system, oil tank, oil control unit shall be commercial or heavy duty grade. The
control unit shall be designed for safe and efficient operation. The oil tank shall be sized to store
the volume of oil to lift the elevator to all landings plus reserve capacity to prevent air or other
gas from entering the system.
iii) The tank shall have a removable cover, protected vent opening, drain valve, and at least one oil
level gauge glass for the system.
iv) The roped hydraulic type elevator system rotational sheaves shall be commercial or heavy duty
grade.
v) The governor and safety equipment shall be in compliance with the local elevator code.
vi) Elevator exposed supporting steel along with connections shall be primed and painted.
vii) The controller shall be designed to provide the type of elevator operation required.
D. New Traction
1. Design of traction elevator shall be either a commercial or heavy-duty grade and shall be designed
with standard pre-engineered elevator systems and as required for a complete system. Based on the
system and manufacturer’s selected the following minimum criteria shall be met:
i) Solid-state power equipment.
ii) Shall be regenerative system.
iii) Limit total harmonic distortion of regenerated power to 5 percent per IEEE 519.
iv) Provide line filters or chokes to prevent electrical peaks or spikes from feeding back into building
power system.
II. Application, Inspections and Test
A. The elevators shall be designed so a certificate of inspection can be obtained by a 3 rd party at project
completion.
B. The design documents shall be written to require the contractor to obtain and pay for all necessary
applications and perform tests that may be required to obtain a certificate of inspection.
III. Warranty
A. The contract documents shall specify a manufacturer's standard warranty in which manufacturer agrees
to repair, restore, or replace defective elevator work within five years from date of Substantial
Completion.
IV. Maintenance Service
A. Design documents shall specify a minimum five years full maintenance service by the elevator installer.
Service shall include but not limited to monthly preventive maintenance, repair or replacement of worn or
defective components, lubrication, cleaning, and adjusting as required for proper elevator operation at
rated speed and capacity. Parts and equipment provided shall be the same as those used in the
manufacture and installation of original equipment. The following service is also required to be specified
in the design documents during the maintenance period:
1. Perform maintenance, including emergency callback service, during normal working hours.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
2. Include 24-hour-per-day, 7-day-per-week emergency callback service with response time of two
hours or less.
14 31 00 – Escalators - Coordinate with Current Amtrak Standard Specifications for Escalators

I. Escalator Design Criteria. The following are minimum requirements for escalators:
A. Escalators shall be heavy-duty type for use in transit systems. The escalators shall be designed with
provisions for thermal expansion and contraction of escalator assemblies due to changing ambient
temperature and humidity conditions as well as any movement of the facility caused by trains braking
when trains are fully loaded.
B. The escalators shall be designed for operations twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week.
The design shall provide for bi-directional travel. All components to be heavy-duty with up and down
reversibility with a delay of no more than 2 minutes between directional changes. The minimum rate of
speed shall be 100 feet per minute.
C. Electrical power services shall be designed for heavy-duty usage escalator drive systems. The escalators
drive system shall terminate in a disconnect switch located in the escalator pit. Lighting and receptacles
shall be included in the escalator pit.
D. The escalator’s truss, machinery, motors and brakes shall be designed with a minimum design load for
320 pounds per 40" exposed step.
E. The escalators shall be designed to operate with full specified performance capability while exposed to
temperature ranges of plus twenty-five (+25) to plus one hundred and twenty (+120) degrees Fahrenheit,
dry bulb; and all conditions of relative humidity, and while exposed to airborne dust and debris.
II. Structural Requirement
A. The escalators shall be designed with escalator truss mounting angles and intermediate truss supports
with attachments. The design shall provide for sizes as required to install escalators into the well-way
structural support systems.
III. Operation Requirements
A. The design of the escalator sound level shall be to operate at or below a sixty-five (65) decibels,
measured five (5) feet above the escalator at any location, with the escalator operating normally, either
free-running or under load as a minimum. For multiple escalator installation, the design shall indicate
that the noise measurements shall be made with only one (1) escalator unit in operation including that
the entire installation is complete and in operating condition. Ambient level noises shall not exceed forty-
nine (49) decibels and that the ambient level shall be maintained prior to units being turned on.
B. The design of the escalators vibration shall be at a maximum velocity reading of four-tenths (0.4) of an
inch per second. The escalator shall be tested in order to achieving maximum velocity readings of four-
tenths (0.4) of an inch per second.
IV. Application, Inspections and Tests
A. The escalators shall be designed so a certificate of inspection can be obtained by a 3rd party at project
completion.
V. Warranty
A. Design documents shall specify a manufacturer’s standard warranty in which manufacturer agrees to
repair, restore, or replace defective elevator work within at least 12 months from date of Substantial
Completion.
VI. Maintenance Service
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
A. Design documents shall specify a minimum 12 month full maintenance service by escalator Installer.
Service shall include, but be not limited to, monthly preventive maintenance, repair or replacement of
worn or defective components, lubrication, cleaning, and adjusting as required for proper escalator
operation at rated speed and capacity. Parts and equipment provided shall be the same as those used in
the manufacture and installation of original equipment. The following service is also required to be
specified in the design documents during the maintenance period:
1. Perform maintenance, including emergency callback service, during normal working hours.
2. Include 24-hour-per-day, 7-day-per-week emergency callback service with response time of two
hours or less.
14 43 00 – Platform Lifts
I. General
A. Install new outdoor inclined wheelchair platform lift and all associated components and accessories to
provide ADA-compliant access.
II. Materials
A. The lift system shall consist of a platform, drive system, and continuous guide tubes and all required
components for a complete and code compliant system. Provide additional structure as required to
support system.
B. The lift system shall be rated for exterior use and shall include stainless steel components as
recommended by the manufacturer for the location where the lift will be installed. Any components that
the manufacturer does not require to be stainless steel shall be protected from corrosion according to the
manufacturer's written specifications.
III. Accessories
A. Provide call stations at top and bottom landings. Operation shall be keyless.
B. Include all standard safety systems and any additional safety systems as required by codes and standards
and as recommended by the manufacture for the specific application.
C. Provide other accessories as required by ADA regulations and all authorities having jurisdiction.
D. Provide lockable and weather proof cabinet for all electrical and drive systems.
E. Provide vandal-resistant platform storage.
F. Auxiliary power: provide battery back-up system for normal operation during power failure for a
minimum period of 1/2 hour with rated load.
IV. Installation
A. The lift system, installation, and installer shall meet all applicable codes and standards including all ADA
requirements and recommendations and the system shall be installed, operated, and maintained as per
the manufacturer's written instructions and specifications.
B. Ensure that the Code required handrails are available for use when lift is not in operation. If necessary,
extend the run of the lift beyond the stairway or provide supplemental railings.
C. Warranty
1. Provide the manufacturer's standard warranty.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
DIVISIONS 21 – FIRE SUPPRESSION

21 10 00 – Water Based Fire Suppression Systems
I. Include sprinkler systems at all areas required by code and directed by Amtrak Project Manager.
II. System Types
A. In general, provide NFPA 13 compliant wet-pipe sprinkler systems throughout all buildings or structures
except where other type of fire suppression systems are warranted due to the type of hazard or
environmental considerations of the space(s) being protected, e.g. areas subject to freezing.
B. Provide dry-pipe sprinkler systems in areas subject to freezing; cold rooms, loading docks, unheated
spaces, etc. Anti-freeze or heat tracing is acceptable for systems with less than 5 heads and should be
considered on a case by case basis.
C. Consider single-interlock pre-action sprinkler systems in spaces containing high value equipment or
contents and spaces which are highly sensitive to the effects of accidental sprinkler water discharge.
Examples are:
1. Data center/computer rooms
2. Electrical switchgear/substation rooms
D. Consider other system options for spaces containing high value equipment or contents and spaces which
are highly sensitive to the effects of accidental sprinkler water discharge. These include Clean Agent
gaseous suppression where room integrity is guaranteed (Halon replacements) and hybrid water mist
systems (Victaulic Vortex). The design of these types of systems must comply with the appropriate NFPA
standards and local codes.
E. New standpipe systems to be wet, Class I type with 2-1/2 inch hose valve connections for fire department
use. Do not provide hoses. Occupant use hoses (1-1/2 inch hose) are not permitted. Provide Fire
Standpipe Systems for multi-story buildings as required by code.
F. Provide closed head, low expansion foam systems (6% concentrate) for interior fuel oil storage rooms
where quantities exceed 660 gallons. The design and installation of foam systems must comply with the
applicable NFPA standards and the applicable local codes.
III. Sprinkler Types
A. Sprinkler heads should be frangible glass bulb type, but may be of the thermo-sensitive fusible solder link
type where the sprinkler is subject to damage.
B. Provide quick response sprinklers in all occupancies except where flammable liquids are stored or
handled.
C. Specify 286F temperature heads for areas with locomotives and coaches.
D. Dry pendent or dry horizontal sidewall type sprinklers may be cost effective options for small areas
requiring suppression which may be subject to freezing conditions, such as small cold rooms, small
outside canopy areas, etc.
E. Consider use of concealed sprinklers before others in areas accessible to the public. Choose other
sprinkler styles (pendent, upright, recessed, flush, special application, etc.) based on the following items:
the hazard being protected, aesthetics, NFPA 13 requirements, approvals/listings, and manufacturers
recommendations.
IV. Fire Water Supply
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
A. Avoid fire booster pumps if possible, but must be provided where the water supply is inadequate to
provide and maintain the required sprinkler and/or standpipe system demands in accordance with the
applicable codes and standards.
B. Design water supplies to meet the largest flow and pressure demands of the building fire suppression
system(s). Where required, provide a fire pump in order to meet the building fire suppression fire water
demand. Provide a minimum 10 psi or 10 percent (10 percent of demand pressure at required flow)
safety factor to accommodate future deterioration and increased demand on fire water supplies.
C. Hydraulically calculate all sprinkler/standpipe systems in accordance with NFPA standards and
requirements to show that the system demand can be met by the available water supply.
V. Alarms/Monitoring/Control
A. Specify all valves which control the flow of water to water-based fire suppression systems with tamper
switches.
B. Provide each sprinkler/standpipe system and/or zone with a control valve, check valve, water flow switch,
pressure gauge and test & drain.
C. All water flow and tamper devices are to be supervised by the main fire system panel as a trouble or
alarm point as dictated by the service.
D. Pre-action sprinkler systems are to preferably be actuated by heat detectors. If smoke detection is used, it
is to be an air sampling type system. Heat detectors will help minimize the possibility of tripping a pre-
action system based on a false trip of a smoke detector.
E. Connect all alarms and controls for a pre-action sprinkler system to a local addressable pre-action panel
listed and approved for release. Transmit alarm and trouble signals for the pre-action system to fire alarm
panel. Alarm signal(s) are to notify the local Emergency Authorities and the AMTRAK Police– Ademco long
protocol.
VI. Materials
A. Use schedule 40 black steel pipes with threaded or Victaulic roll-grooved fittings piping for wet systems.
B. Use schedule 40 galvanized piping for dry-pipe and pre-action sprinkler systems. Threaded fittings for dry
systems should be either malleable or ductile; Victaulic roll-grooved fittings are also acceptable.
C. Fire pumps should be electric horizontal split case. Vertical pumps should not be used in new buildings.
Diesel fire pumps will be considered where reliable electrical power cannot be attained.
VII. Testing and Maintenance
A. The sprinkler systems should be designed to minimize maintenance and testing requirements.
VIII. Miscellaneous Equipment and Devices
A. Include backflow prevention where a fire protection system connects to public or potable water supplies.
For sprinkler systems in multi-story buildings, design each floor as an independent zone or zones,
complete with a floor control valve assembly (FCVA) consisting of a control valve, flow switch, check valve,
pressure gauge and test/drain connection.
B. For each gridded sprinkler systems provide a minimum ¼ inch relief valve set to operate a maximum
pressure of 175 psig or 10 psi in excess of the normal system pressure where the normal system pressure
is in excess of 165 psig.
C. Where system pressures exceed 175 psi, pressure reducing valves should be included. Pressure relief
valves should not be used.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
D. Where system pressures exceed 175 psi, fire hose valves should be pressure reducing and field adjustable.
The pressure reducing fire hose valves should be capable of reducing the pressure in both static and
flowing conditions.
E. Test connections for pressure reducing fire hose valves should be provided where pressure reducing fire
hose valves are installed.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING
22 11 00 – Water Distribution
I. Domestic Water
A. Domestic water shall be provided to any devices and fixtures that require a domestic (potable) water
supply. Domestic cold water shall be supplied from a connection to the site or entrance main upstream
from existing domestic water backflow preventers. Domestic cold water supplied to a building addition
shall incorporate dedicated backflow preventers located next to the existing site or entrance water main.
B. Design Criteria
1. Piping shall be sized to limit the velocity in any section of the system to a maximum of 8 fps for cold
water and 6 fps for hot water.
2. The entire domestic hot and cold water system shall be insulated with 1 inch of mineral fiber or
elastomeric type insulation.
C. Hot Water
1. Domestic hot water at 120°F shall be supplied to each fixture or equipment requiring domestic hot
water, unless a different temperature is required for the application.
2. Process water heating systems shall be provided if required.
3. An evaluation shall be made to determine the most economical and feasible method of generating
hot water.
4. Water heating equipment shall be sized to satisfy the hot water fixture, equipment and process
demands of the facility.
5. Domestic hot water may be supplied from new water heating equipment, or from an existing hot
water system with capacity to serve the additional load.
6. When centrally located hot water generators are provided in large facilities, hot water mains shall be
fitted with recirculation pumps and the water recirculated back to the central water heaters as per
local plumbing code(s). Consider providing time clocks or other means to turn off recirculation during
unoccupied hours. Recirculation pumps shall not be connected to emergency power.
7. When duplex central hot water generators are provided, each generator shall be sized to satisfy a
minimum of 65% of the system demand.
8. Point-of-use water heaters may be provided instead of a central hot water system, or for remotely
located points of use or higher temperature applications.
D. Emergency fixtures (showers and eyewashes), if provided, shall be supplied with tempered water at 85°F
through a thermostatic mixing valve. Emergency equipment thermostatic mixing valve shall incorporate a
built-in cold-water bypass with positive hot water shutdown device in the event of cold water shutdown.
II. Distribution
A. Above-ground domestic hot and cold water piping shall be Type L copper tube with wrought copper
fittings.
B. Underground domestic hot and cold water piping shall be Type K copper tube with wrought copper
fittings.
C. Solder shall be lead-free, 95-5 tin-antimony.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
D. The reliability of the domestic cold water system shall be dependent on the reliability of the site domestic
cold water system. The reliability of the domestic hot water system shall be dependent on the reliability
of the hot water generator(s).
E. Prior to use, the water distribution system shall be flushed and sterilized with hypochlorite solution.
F. Isolation valves shall be provided at riser connections, branch piping run-outs to fixture groups, and at
fixtures requiring maintenance.
G. .Provide domestic water riser diagrams.
22 13 00 – Sanitary Sewerage
I. General
A. A sanitary waste and vent system shall be provided for toilet rooms, other domestic fixtures and
equipment in the mechanical spaces. Plumbing fixtures shall be drained by gravity through soil, waste and
vent stacks, building drains, and building sewers to the site sanitary sewer.
B. Sewage ejector pumps may be required for some applications. Ejector pump discharge shall be connected
to the building house sanitary drain or sewer. Duplex pump package shall consist of a main control pump
panel, lead/lag controls, alternators and local and/or remote alarms. Pumps shall be sized for 100%
redundancy.
C. Fixtures shall be trapped and vented to atmosphere. Vents shall be extended through the roof. Sanitary
vent gases shall not be treated.
II. Design Criteria
A. The sanitary waste system shall be designed to maintain a minimum velocity of 2 fps.
B. The sanitary vent system shall be designed so that the differential pressure at any point in the building
does not exceed 1 inch water column. Design and installation shall be in accordance with applicable codes
and local requirements.
III. Equipment and Material
A. Below ground sanitary waste and vent piping shall be service weight cast iron with push on bell and spigot
ends. Drainage pipe shall be cast iron DWV with drainage pattern fittings. ASTM A74.
B. Above ground sanitary waste and vent piping shall be Schedule 40 PVC DWV with drainage pattern fittings
and solvent cement joints. ASTM D2665-94, D2122-90.
IV. Industrial Waste and Vent System
A. A separate industrial waste and vent system shall be provided to receive the discharge of any fixture into
which acid or corrosive chemicals are intended to be placed.
B. No industrial waste shall be discharged into the ground, local sewer, or elsewhere without being
thoroughly diluted, neutralized or treated by passing through an approved dilution or neutralizing device.
C. Design Criteria
1. Industrial waste system capacity shall be based on drainage fixture unit values with appropriate code
factors, and actual equipment demands.
2. Sampling capability for effluent testing shall be provided prior to the sewer connection.
3. Equipment and Material: Industrial waste and vent pipe and fittings shall be approved materials that
are resistant to corrosion and degradation from the type and concentration of industrial waste
involved.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
V. Distribution
A. Provide sanitary sewerage riser diagrams.
22 40 00 – Plumbing Fixtures
I. General
A. Plumbing fixtures are to be made of graffiti and vandalism resistant materials.
B. All plumbing fixtures and controls and mounting locations shall be ADA-compliant.
C. All Plumbing fixtures shall be mounted on carriers.
1. All fixture carriers shall be heavy duty and vandal resistant
2. Toilet (Water Closet) carriers shall have the minimum criteria:
i) Small stations shall have carriers rated for a minimum of 500 pounds.
ii) Medium stations shall have carriers rated for a minimum of 750 pounds.
iii) Large stations shall have carriers rated for a minimum of 1000 pounds.
D. Lavatories and urinals in multiple occupant toilet rooms shall be equipped with electrically-operated
sensor-operated controls.
1. Provide access to associated electrical equipment within toilet rooms.
II. Plumbing Fixture Count
A. Provide the minimum number of fixtures as required by Code. Additional fixtures in addition to those
required by code may be requested by Amtrak or proposed by the Design Contractor to meet specific
demands.
III. Toilets (Water Closets)
A. Water closets and urinals are to be commercial grade, wall-mounted, with high efficiency, low
consumption flush valve, rather than tank. Toilet must meet definition of HET (High Efficiency Toilet)
when used with a high efficiency flush valve.
1. Floor mounted may be considered, if there is inadequate room for wall mounted supports.
2. Low Flow Flush Valve meets the minimum criteria:
i) Rated at 1.1 gallons per flush to 1.6 gallons per flush
3. High Efficiency Valve meets the minimum criteria:
i) 1.28 gallons per flush or 1.1 gallons per flush dual flush
4. Fixture must be 100% factory flush tested.
5. Stainless Steel ceramic coated may be considered with recessed valves for heavy use public facilities.
6. Performance
i) System MaP Score for specified fixture must be rated at 1,000 grams of miso for flush rate of
specified valve.
7. Certifications: must meet or exceed the following specifications
i) ASME A112.19.19.2-2008/CSA B45.1-08 for Vitreous China Fixtures
IV. Urinals
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
A. Wall mounted, with low-flow flush valves

1. Waterless urinals are not permitted in any application.
V. Lavatories
A. Lavatories are to be commercial grade wall mounted units
1. Countertop vanities are not acceptable unless the fixture is intended to match an existing adjacent
fixture.
2. No pop-up drains (strainer only).
B. Single Station Lavatory Sink Units: Preferred
1. Wall-Mounted linear design molded from seamless engineered stone material with a minimum of 20
degree angled slope of basin to drain.
2. Sensor- operated wash bar with integral soap dispenser, faucet and single nozzle hand dryer with
heated air and adjustable speeds.
3. Soap reservoir with minimum one (1) gallon capacity with stainless steel filling port located on the
sink deck with vandal resistant lock.
4. Units to be designed for a minimum 300 pound live load and shall include heavy gauge stainless steel
wall mounting brackets concealed by a decorative swing down stainless steel access panel, with
vandal resistant lock.
5. Manufacturer’s warranty to repair or replace products that fail in material or workmanship as
follows:
i) Engineered natural quartz material: 10 years
ii) Washbasin: Soap dispenser, faucet and hand dryer components: 1 year
VI. Floor Drains
A. At least one floor drain should be installed in each bathroom, more if layout dictates.
B. Provide additional floor drains at areas where water is expected to collect.
VII. Electric Water Fountains
A. Provide code compliant dual level ADA compliant modular drinking fountain, fully-recessed, or semi-
recessed drinking fountain. The equipment must be durable and easy to maintain. The finish shall be
standard stainless steel cabinet finish. The manufacturer shall provide a minimum 5 year warranty. The
units selected shall be ENERGY STAR® certified.
VIII. Service Sink
A. Floor Mounted minimum 36” square
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
DIVISION 23 – HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC)

23 00 00 – Heating, Ventilating, and Air-Conditioning (HVAC)
I. General
A. The purpose of this guideline is to establish standard design criteria that should be used as a reference for
engineers and/or architectural firms preparing construction documents for HVAC systems that condition
Amtrak stations.
B. The information provided is a minimum requirement from Amtrak. It does not relieve the designer of
record from designing the HVAC system in compliance to these guidelines and all applicable codes.
C. The Design Contractor shall also use current industry materials and best practices for any portion of the
design that is not specified by the applicable codes and these guidelines.
D. HVAC systems are highly diverse and must satisfy a large variety of program requirements. The challenge
to the HVAC designer is to accurately define system operating parameters, control strategies, heat load
data, utility requirements, and program equipment needs. The Design Contractor must take a proactive
role in the early design stages so that operating requirements are defined clearly and concisely. HVAC
systems must fully support the program of requirements, utilize state of the art efficient technology, and
promote the health and safety of building occupants.
E. Proposed system alternatives must be evaluated fairly with consideration given to operating and
maintenance costs, reliability, flexibility, durability, redundancy, and the value of lost operations in the
event of system failures. The health and safety of building occupants drive the need for good indoor air
quality, and all system alternatives must fully comply with the requirements of these guidelines and all
applicable codes.
II. Preparation of load calculations
A. Design Contractor shall provide Amtrak with detailed load calculations used to select all equipment for
project. Load calculations shall include the minimum parameters:
1. Temperature/humidity conditions – outdoor
2. Temperature and humidity conditions/set points – indoor
3. Ventilation rate
4. Individual room loads
5. Zone Load Summary
6. Psychrometric Chart
III. Ambient Weather Criteria
A. Refer to Latest volume of ASHRAE Fundamentals, Climatic Design Information
1. Summer
i) Dry bulb design temperature-ASHRAE 1% city data.
ii) Wet bulb design temperature – ASHRAE mean coincident with 1%
iii) Wind speed for design city – ASHRAE Extreme Annual WS – 2.5%
2. Winter
i) Dry bulb design temperature – ASHRAE 99% city data
ii) Wind Speed for city – ASHRAE Extreme Annual WS – 2.5%
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
IV. Interior Space Temperature And Humidity Criteria

A. Station Waiting Room, ticket offices, restrooms
1. 74○ F. D.B., 60% R.H. Maximum
2. 70○ F. D.B., 30% R.H. Minimum (Amtrak does recommend the use of humidification to achieve 30%
RH)
B. Baggage and Storage
1. 78○ F. D.B., Maximum
2. 60○ F. D.B., Minimum
V. Internal Load Criteria
A. Lighting
1. Account for lighting loads for HVAC equipment sizing to reflect conditions as designed by lighting
designer. Distribute loads to plenums as required and recommended in ASHRAE fundamentals.
2. People
a. 250 BTU/HR per person – Sensible
b. 200 BTU/HR per person – Latent
3. Equipment
a. Size HVAC equipment to handle loads for equipment such as computers, printers, copy machines
etc. in occupied spaces. Utilize appropriate diversity factors
VI. Fuel Selection
A. Natural Gas
1. Natural gas is the preferred fuel for Amtrak stations and facilities
B. Heating Oil
1. Where available, natural gas is not available, heating oil should be utilized.
2. Fuel oil storage shall be above ground.
C. Electricity
1. In the event the project location cannot accommodate natural gas or fuel oil, electricity may be
utilized.
2. First consider the use of electric heat pumps followed by electric resistance heat.
VII. Building Envelope and Energy Conservation Criteria
A. General
1. Design in strict accordance with all applicable codes. Stations or facilities originally designed with
perimeter heat to offset conduction losses shall be redesigned with perimeter heat in place. Perimeter
heated buildings shall not be redesigned with all-air systems as a replacement.
VIII. Air system design Criteria
A. System Selection
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
1. HVAC systems shall be selected to achieve the highest level of comfort for Amtrak passengers and
employees while focusing on energy efficiency and ease of maintenance. Air conditioning systems 7-
1/2 tons and less shall be specified with a minimum EER of 16 or as prescribed in local energy codes.
2. The use of variable air volume systems complimented with variable frequency drives on supply and
return air fans shall be evaluated.
3. Air handling units shall be specified with double-wall construction. Single wall with exposed insulation
shall not be specified.
4. Low ambient and/or hot gas bypass control based on internal loads and climatic conditions shall be
evaluated and recommended.
5. All air handling systems shall be designed with a ducted return air system. Plenum returns of any
kind are not acceptable.
6. The following safety factors will be employed in the design calculations:
i) Cooling calculations: 5%
ii) Heating Calculations: 15%
B. System Security
1. Outside air intakes shall not be located to allow introduction of potentially life threatening chemical
agents.
2. No intake shall be located in sidewalks. Pad mounted, exterior units shall be installed behind an
Amtrak approved secure fence system.
3. Preferred equipment locations are at roof level.
C. Ventilation
1. Outside air shall be provided in accordance with the latest edition of ASHRAE standard 62.
2. Minimum outside air shall not be less than 20CFM per person.
3. All HVAC systems shall utilize full economizer control.
4. Exhaust public restrooms at a rate of 50 CFM per water closet or urinal minimum.
5. Return air shall not exceed 85% of supply air under any condition.
6. Where allowed by local code(s), new air handling equipment shall have air-side economizer.
D. Pressurization Criteria
1. All Amtrak buildings shall be maintained at a positive pressure relative to ambient.
2. Toilet exhaust, kitchen exhaust etc. shall be considered when performing load calculations to achieve
positive pressure.
3. Make up air shall be conditioned.
4. Building pressure relationships shall be documented on a simple airflow diagram within the
construction documents.
E. Filtration Criteria
1. All air handling systems shall have a filtration system.
2. Minimum filter rating shall be MERV 8. The preferred level of filtration shall be MERV 13 for systems
15 tons and higher.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
F. Ductwork
1. Low, medium and high pressure ductwork shall be constructed in accordance with latest SMACNA
guidelines.
2. In all cases, Amtrak requires that all ductwork shall be seal class “A” with traverse joints sealed.
3. Fire dampers, smoke dampers, and smoke detectors shall be provided in accordance with the NFPA
code or authority having jurisdiction.
4. All supply, return and outside air ductwork shall be insulated.
IX. Steam and hydronic system criteria
A. General
1. Pipe guides, anchors, expansion loops, expansion joints, vents, drains, controls etc. shall be provided
where required for all piping systems.
2. Gauges, thermometers, gauge cocks, thermo-wells, shut-off valves control valves, and other devices
will be provided for each piece of equipment for operation, maintenance, and balancing purposes.
3. All piping systems shall be specified to be cleaned and flushed prior to being placed into service.
4. All piping systems shall be specified to be tested in excess of service pressure.
5. All hydronic systems shall be balanced for specified design flow rate and pump head. Balancing will
be performed by an independent agency, contracting directly with Amtrak.
6. Hydronic systems shall be designed with 2-way control valves, differential bypass and centrifugal
pumps with full cut impellers controlled by variable speed drives. Where applicable, 3-way control
valves can be installed at end-of run locations to meet minimum flow requirements.
7. Pumps shall be provided and installed with N+1 redundancy.
B. Water Systems
1. All closed loop water systems shall be designed on a friction factor coefficient of C=130. All open
piping systems will be sized on a friction coefficient of C=100. The following sizing criteria applies to
both open and closed piping systems.
i) Chilled water, hot water (<2 inch)
a) Maximum Pressure Drop: 4 ft.-hd per 100 equivalent feet of pipe
b) Maximum velocity: 8 feet per second
c) Minimum velocity: 1.5 feet per second
ii) Chilled water, hot water (>2 inch)
a) Maximum Pressure Drop: 4 ft.-hd per 100 equivalent feet of pipe
b) Minimum Pressure Drop: 0.75 ft-hd per 100 equivalent feet of pipe
c) Maximum velocity: 12 feet per second within mechanical rooms
d) Maximum velocity: 8 feet per second outside mechanical rooms
iii) Pipe Material
a) 2” and smaller shall be type “L” copper
b) 2-1/2” and larger – schedule 40 black steel, welded or seamless.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
C. Steam Systems
1. Low pressure (up to 15 PSIG)
i) Low pressure drop: ¼ PSIG per 100 equivalent feet of pipe.
a) Maximum velocity within mechanical room shall not exceed 12000 feet per minute.
b) Maximum velocity outside mechanical room shall not exceed 8000 feet per minute.
D. Condensate Systems
1. All condensate should be returned.
2. Gravity flow condensate will be sized at 4 ounce pressure drop per 100 equivalent feet of pipe.
3. All gravity condensate piping should be designed for a slope of 1/8” per linear foot of piping.
4. Sizing safety factor for warm-up loads: 2 to 1
5. Condensate pumps shall be duplex type.
E. Piping Materials:
1. Steam piping shall be Schedule 40 welded steel or seamless black steel pipe.
2. Condensate piping shall be schedule 80 welded steel or seamless black steel pipe.
3. Insulation
i) Pipe insulation shall be in accordance with ASHRAE 90.
ii) Aluminum jackets shall be utilized on piping exposed to the elements.
F. Propylene/Glycol Solution
1. Propylene glycol solutions shall be evaluated by design professional to achieve non-freeze operating
ability as required by climate conditions.
G. Water Balancing
1. All hydronic systems shall be balanced to +/- 5% for specified design flow rate and system pump
head. The balancing effort shall be documented and submitted in a balancing report.
H. Water Treatment
1. All water systems shall be treated with a chemical water treatment system.
2. Construction documents shall include necessary piping arrangement to feed chemicals.
23 09 23 – Direct-Digital Control Systems

I. Building Automation Systems—BAS
A. General:
1. The Building Automation Systems (BAS) should be Direct Digital Controller (DDC) based. The BAS
should be capable of scheduling operations and maintenance, in addition to adjusting building and
related process systems to optimize their performance to minimize overall power and energy
consumption of the facility. Process systems include, but not limited to compressed air systems.
2. The BAS should use the BACnet or LonTalk open communication protocols to provide integration and
interoperability between building systems and control vendors. The BAS should have energy
management and monitoring software which shall be capable of appropriate site level integration
with any Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA). “Open Communication Protocols” means
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
Vendor-independent, non-proprietary, computer system or device design based on prevailing official

and/or popular standards.
3. Unless otherwise noted below, the BAS/DDC system should be integrated with all appropriate
components or systems.
4. BAS leverages information technology to optimize the operation of building systems, including energy
management, HVAC, security, fire, elevators, and so on. The controllers associated with BAS are
called Direct Digital Controllers (DDC).
5. The security and related requirements of both Amtrak’s IT / C&S departments shall be factored into
the design of the BAS systems. The Amtrak Project Manager (APM) will arrange for the interface with
these departments.
6. The BAS should consist of a series of DDC interconnected by a local area network using either hard-
wired or wireless. The BAS shall be accessible through a Web browser. The BAS shall have a graphical
user interface and shall provide trending, scheduling, downloading memory to field devices, real-time
“live” graphic programs, parameter changes of properties, setpoint adjustments, alarm/event
information, confirmation of operators, and execution of global commands. The BAS shall record and
archive for a period of at least 90 calendar days all collected energy consumption data, alarms, etc.
along with local degree-day values.
B. Level of Integration Lighting systems, Fire alarm systems, security systems, and elevator systems should
be independent and only be monitored by a BAS. These systems shall have independent control panels
and networks. The BAS system shall only monitor the status of these systems, in order to prompt
emergency operating modes of HVAC and lighting systems.
C. Automatic Temperature and Humidity Controls

1. Provide a DDC system with host computer monitoring and control.
2. Provide a preprogrammed stand-alone single or multiple loop microprocessor PID controllers to
control all HVAC and plumbing subsystems, etc.
3. Use PID loops. All appropriate equipment or systems should have self-contained BACnet or LonTalk
controllers, which shall communicate with the BAS. This list is not inclusive, but is representational.
D. Air Systems: Systems supplying heated or cooled air to multiple zones should include controls that
automatically reset supply air temperature required by building loads or by outdoor air temperature.
E. Hydronic Systems: Systems supplying heated and/or chilled water to comfort conditioning systems should
include controls that automatically reset supply water temperatures required by temperature changes
responding to changes in building loads (including return water temperature) or by outdoor air
temperature.
F. Energy Management and Energy Conservation:
1. A condenser water optimization control is required to optimize the chiller, tower, and pump energy
consumption.
2. The BAS should have the capability to allow building staff to monitor system performance and
determine energy consumption. Electrical values, such as, but not limited to: V, A, kW, KVAR, KVA, PF,
kWh, KVARH, frequency, and percent THD, should be measured, displayed analyzed and stored.
Consumption of natural gas, water and other utilities should be similarly monitored.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
3. Energy management measurements should be totalized and trended in both instantaneous and time-
based numbers. Energy monitoring data shall be automatically converted to standard database and
spreadsheet format and transmitted to a designated workstation. The measured energy data should
be capable of being analyzed and compared with the calculated energy consumption estimated
during design.
G. BAS Control and Monitoring Capabilities: The systems and components that should be controlled or
monitored by the central BAS for general occupied and non-occupied areas, computer rooms and other
special / technical spaces, building pressurization, lighting, electrical power, and emergency generators,
etc.. The list below itemizes typical attributes to be monitored per typical equipment types. This table is
not all inclusive.
1. Central Air Handling Units
i) Start/Stop
ii) Heating Control
iii) Cooling Control
iv) Humidification Control Supply Air Reset
v) Static Pressure Reset
vi) Building and Zone
vii) Pressurization Control
viii) Damper Position (economizer)
ix) Supply Air Discharge Temp
x) Return Air Temp
xi) Mixed Air Temp
xii) Supply Air Flow Rate
xiii) Filter Differential Pressure
xiv) Air Flow Measuring Station
2. Refrigeration Equipment
i) Start/Stop
ii) Leave Water Temp Reset
iii) Demand Limiting
iv) Isolation Valve Position
v) Leaving Water Temp
vi) Entering Water Temp
vii) kW Draw
viii) Flow
ix) Return Air Flow Rate
3. Hot Water Boilers
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
i) Start/Stop
ii) Leaving Water Temp Reset,
iii) Reset
v) Leaving Water Temp
vi) Entering Water Temp
vii) Flow
viii) BTU Draw
4. Cooling Towers
i) Start/Stop
ii) Leaving Water Temp Reset
iii) Flow
v) Entering Water Temp
vi) Leaving Water Temp
5. Terminal Boxes
i) Start/Stop
ii) Discharge Temp Reset
iii) Supply Volume Reset
iv) Heating Control
v) Zone Temp Reset
vi) Minimum Volume Reset
vii) Zone Temp
viii) Supply Air Reset
ix) Zone Pressurization Control
6. Pumps
i) Start/Stop
ii) Discharge Pressure
iii) Reset Differential
iv) Pressure Flow
7. Utilities
i) Natural Gas Consumption
ii) Electricity Consumption & Demand
iii) Water Consumption
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
H. Maintenance Scheduling: The central BAS must include programs for scheduling maintenance of the
mechanical and electrical equipment, including information on what parts and tools are needed to
perform each task.
I. Equipment Control Schematics: Provide equipment control schematics, points list and sequence of
operations.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL
26 00 00 – Electrical
I. Electrical Service Requirements
A. Calculations
1. Provide detailed load calculations used to select all equipment for project. Load calculations shall
provide (as a minimum) information for determining the following:
i) Primary vs. Secondary service
ii) 1Ø vs. 3Ø service
iii) Short circuit and Arc Flash Calculations
iv) Include all AMEP and Amtrak Equipment loads
2. For existing systems, a load calculation shall be provided per the current NFPA NEC (See Article
220.87 Determining Existing Loads) to ensure the existing system can accommodate the additional
load.
3. Normal and Emergency (Life Safety) illumination calculations shall be provided to validate the lighting
design. Include light loss factors and de-rated lumen output from emergency sources as required to
ensure minimum life safety requirements are met.
B. Equipment selection
1. Provide Amtrak with detailed written summary used to select all equipment for project. As a
minimum, the summary will describe the following:
i) Outdoor vs. indoor locations
ii) Distribution Equipment (panels, transformers, etc.)
iii) Electric metering and utility coordination.
iv) Third party requirements
II. Power Distribution
A. Switchgear
1. Allow capacity for anticipated future growth (generally 125%; consult and confirm with Amtrak PM)
2. Bus to be copper
3. Neutral & Ground bus to be 100% rated
4. Mount on housekeeping pad if required.
B. Panelboards
1. Outdoor locations.
i) Provide internal heater to maintain equipment above minimal allowable operating temperature
and dew point as required.
ii) Equipment minimum requirement to be 3R unless environmental conditions require 4X stainless
steel cabinet.
2. Indoor conditioned space: NEMA type 1 enclosure, unless a NEMA type 12 enclosure is required due
to conditions.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
3. Indoor unconditioned space: See Outdoor locations.

4. Indoor panels to use door-in-door construction
5. Bolt on breakers are required
6. Bus to be copper
7. Neutral & ground bus to be 100% rated
8. Allow capacity for future growth (generally 125%; consult and confirm with Amtrak PM)
9. Switchable breakers with internal CPU control (consult with Amtrak PM)
C. Transformers
1. Outdoor - Oil Filled or Cast Coil
2. Indoor – Dry type, ventilated unless particular environmental issues dictate otherwise
3. Copper windings
4. Evaluate loads for distribution transformers to determine “k” rating
5. Allow capacity for anticipated future growth (generally 125%; consult and confirm with Amtrak PM)
D. Motor Control Centers
1. Copper bus & wire
2. Main Disconnect required
3. Allow capacity for anticipated future growth (consult with Amtrak Project Manager)
III. Wiring Methods
A. Wire
1. Insulation type
i) Indoor – THHN/THWN
ii) Exterior and underground – XHHW-2
2. Conductor type
i) Copper
ii) Aluminum may be used for sizes over 250mcm to reduce costs (feeder sizing and design shall be
confirmed with the Amtrak PM).
B. Cables
1. MC cables may be used in indoor concealed locations not subject to moisture or physical damage.
Where subject to moisture or outdoors, PVC coated MC shall be used.
C. Conduit & Raceway
1. RGS – where subject to damage and/or moisture, also elbows for PVC (minimum size ¾”)
2. EMT – where not subject to moisture or physical abuse (minimum size ¾”). Couplings to be
compression, set screws are not permitted.
3. PVC – underground or encased in concrete, use RGS elbows on long pulls (minimum size 1”)
4. FMC – indoor connection to transformers, machinery and lighting whips (minimum size ¾”)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
5. Liquidtite – where flexible connection is required in an area subject to moisture (minimum size ¾”).
6. Surface mounted (i.e. – Wiremold™) – retrofits in office area only. Construction to be metal only with
the ability to accept paint.
7. Raceway and junction boxes/pullboxes/etc. shall be designed to match the rating of the equipment
housing such as IP65 rated Luminaires.
D. Boxes
1. Sheet steel – galvanized
i) Device boxes
ii) Junction boxes not subject to precipitation
2. Stainless steel – where subject to precipitation or corrosives
i) Junction boxes
ii) Equipment (panelboards, contactors etc.)
a) Heaters to be installed where moisture infiltration must be prevented
3. Cast - where subject to moisture or precipitation
i) Devices
ii) Junction box
4. Non-metallic
i) Use with PVC conduit.
E. Devices
1. Switches – commercial or industrial grade.
2. Receptacles– commercial or industrial grade.
3. Covers – metallic in all areas except office areas.
F. Grounding
1. Ground conductor required for each circuit.
2. Do not use metallic conduit as a substitute for a ground or neutral conductor.
3. Ground rods to be copper coated steel ground rod unless particular soil conditions mandate SS.
IV. Lighting
A. Illumination values – As per chart below or IES minimums if not indicated in chart. The illuminations
values shall be designed at the task level.
Description Foot-Candles (a) Max/Min (a)
Station Platforms - covered (during train occupancy) (e) 17 (d) 20/15
Station Platforms - uncovered (during train occupancy) (f) 6 (d) 7/5
Station Platforms –uncovered (except during train occupancy)…Reduce occupancy light by 50%
Waiting Rooms 20 (c) 25/15
Ticket Counters 50 (c) 55/45
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
Baggage Check-in Areas 40 (c) 45/35

Toilet, Restroom, Break areas 20 (c) .25/15
Storage 25 (c) .30/20
Stairs and Ramps 15 (c) .20/10
Vending Areas 20 (c) 25/15
Office 45 (c) 50/40
Locker Rooms and Showers 30 (c) 25/35
Exterior Station Lighting 5 (d) 8/3
Exterior Monument/Sign Lighting 15 (d) 20/10
Vehicle Parking – uncovered (f) 2 (d) 4/1
Vehicle Parking – covered (e) 5 (d) 8/2
Uncovered parking lots 3 4/2
Loading docks 15 20/10
Train Maintenance facilities 50 (h) 100/35
Train pit lighting 50 (h) 60/30
Train Tunnels 2 (i) 0.25 (g)
Utility Tunnels 5 15/2
NOTES:
a) All designated lighting levels are average and Max/Min Lighting levels are to be achieved at
the brightest and the dimmest point.
b) Additional task lighting may be required based on specific working details.
c) Ceramic Metal Halide lamps with pulse start ballast with minimum of 85 CRI. Interior T-8
fluorescent lamp (TL835-3500k) with program start electronic ballast, CFL lamps to be
utilized in lieu of incandescent lamps unless approved by Amtrak LED source to be
comparable in color.
d) Ceramic Metal Halide lamps with pulse start ballast with minimum of 85 CRI. T-5 fluorescent
lamp (TL835-3500k) with program start electronic ballast. LED source to be comparable in
color.
e) “Covered” platform is defined as being an area with no appreciable ambient light available.
f) “Uncovered” is defined as being an area with appreciable ambient light available.
g) Minimum on walking area when train is present.
h) On equipment.
i) On walking surface
B. Exterior – except platform
1. Housing shall be IP 54 location rated as a minimum
2. LED, MH, or fluorescent lamp
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
3. Style of fixture to compliment overall Architectural design of the station and platform.
4. Lighting fixture selection to be “dark sky” compliant.
5. Light trespass onto adjacent properties to be minimal.
C. Platform
1. Housing - IP65 minimum
2. LED with step dimming driver is the basis of design. Comparable MH or fluorescent light
sources/systems may be utilized.
3. Style of fixture to compliment overall Architectural design of the station and platform.
4. The location of the fixtures must be studied and coordinated with signage and signal location.
5. Lighting shall not interfere with train crew operations or train signals.
6. Lighting fixture selection to be “dark sky” compliant.
7. Light trespass onto adjacent properties to be minimal.
8. Raceway and junction boxes/pullboxes/etc. shall be designed to match the rating of the luminaire
housing.
9. A minimum of two circuits shall be utilized for branch circuit wiring along the platform. The circuits
shall alternate fixture sequence along the platform. The tripping of a single platform lighting branch
circuit breaker shall not cause complete loss of illumination on the platform.
D. Tunnels
1. Housing shall be IP66 as a minimum.
2. LED preferred, induction or MH may be used if justified.
3. Luminaire selection and coordination with clearances shall be provided as part of the design
documents. A section depicting the largest of the 3 basis of design luminaires shall be included with
the design.
E. Emergency
1. Quartz re-strike shall not to be used with HID
2. See “Emergency Power”
F. Exit signs
1. LED
2. Provide Internal battery if UPS or generator is not available
G. Lighting Controls
1. Wall mounted light switch.
2. Occupancy Sensors where practical and employee safety is not compromised. “Night lighting” where
appropriate.
3. Electronic switchable breakers – controlled by internal panel controller (CPU) and external input
devices.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
a. Platforms:
1) Photo cell shall activate the CPU to provide illumination on the platform to a uniform 50%
foot candle level from dusk to dawn.
2) The integral time clock shall activate the CPU integral time clock to provide balance of
illumination from 50% to 100% foot candle level on the platform based on train schedule.
Full illumination (100%) shall be provided from 1 hour prior to 1 hour after train schedule
arrival/departure.
3) Override controls (push button vs occupancy sensors) shall be evaluated on a station by
station basis.
4. Non switchable breakers - Contactor – Photo Cell & Time Clock control.
a. Platforms:
1) Photo cell shall activate a control contactor to provide illumination on the platform to a
uniform 50% foot candle level from dusk to dawn.
2) Time clock shall activate a control contactor to provide balance of illumination from 50% to
100% foot candle level on the platform based on train schedule. Full illumination (100%)
shall be provided from 1 hour prior to 1 hour after train schedule arrival/departure.
3) Override controls (push button vs occupancy sensors) shall be evaluated on a station by
station basis.
5. Lighting Controls are to be reviewed at BOD for all areas.
a. The use of CPU based switchable breakers, non-switchable breakers, photocell, time clock,
contactor, control cabinet, etc. to be identified and described in the BOD submission and
updated with each subsequent submission. The controls, and misc. circuit breakers and
devices shall be housed in a control panel/enclosure. The control panel/enclosure shall be
suitable for the local climate, mounting location and accessibility.
6. Lighting Controls shall meet the local energy codes and Amtrak’s goal of energy efficiency but not
compromising passenger/ employee safety.
a. Lighting controls shall not be unique/single source equipment.
b. Control systems shall not be WiFi based.
V. Emergency Power
A. Stations
1. Stations without conditioned space:
i) Battery packs or internal ballasts with battery backup for lighting shall be provided if the
emergency load is minimal.
2. Stations with conditioned space:
i) Station or platforms - dedicated lighting inverter or UPS for lighting only
ii) For station computer loads –dedicated UPS
iii) Provide appropriate environmental equipment to maintain operating conditions for the lighting
inverter or UPS.
3. UPS
i) UPS shall be rated for the environment where it is to be installed. Provide appropriate
environmental equipment to maintain operating conditions for the lighting inverter or ups.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
ii) UPS shall provide remote alarm annunciation.

iii) Coordinate battery capacity with Amtrak Project Manager.
iv) Coordinate maintenance bypass and other optional equipment with Amtrak Project Manager.
v) Covered platforms will require a dedicated UL 924 Listed UPS/ Lighting Inverter to provide
continuous lighting. The UPS will be powered from the generator when available.
4. Emergency Generator
i) Where the operation of the station is required during power outage, provide an emergency
generator. Coordinate capacity, loads, and options with the Amtrak PM.
ii) The following will be required to be fed from the Generator if provided:
a) Life Safety Lighting via the Emergency Lighting Inverter (UL 924 Listed)
b) ADA Elevators
c) Amtrak Police/ Cop-in-box
d) Fire Pumps (review design with Amtrak PM, design shall comply with local codes and NEC
Article 695)
e) Fire Alarm System (provide integral batteries in addition to being fed from Generator)
f) Security Systems
g) Other loads; coordinated with the Amtrak PM
iii) The following are optional loads to be fed from the Generator:
a) Ticket Machines / Ticket Counters
b) Crew Bases/ Offices
c) Passenger Information Display Systems (PIDS)
d) IT Related Loads / UPS Systems and associated Cooling Systems
e) Vehicular traffic-control systems
f) Sump Pumps/ Ejector Pumps
g) Other loads; coordinate with the Amtrak PM
B. Facilities
1. All facilities
i) For lighting only –provide a lighting inverter. For small installations self-contained battery packs
may be used.
ii) For lighting and computer loads – UPS.
iii) Where operation of facility is required, other than for emergency egress, provide an emergency
generator (If HID lighting, provide UPS or lighting inverter in addition to generator).
2. Facilities with diesel locomotives
i) Where emergency power is required to operate the facility and not for life safety, a wayside
power cabinet with backfeed capability shall be considered. Note that the 480V power does not
have a neutral and a transformer is required where a neutral is required.
C. UPS
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
1. UPS shall be rated for the environment where it is to be installed. Provide appropriate environmental
equipment to maintain operating conditions for the lighting inverter or ups.
2. UPS shall provide remote alarm annunciation.
VI. Standby power for trains
A. Where required by Amtrak, provide a 3-phase, 3-wire, plus ground, 60-Hz 480 V 800 amp standby-power
cabinet shall be provided in all maintenance shops and adjacent yard areas for connection to locomotives,
multiple-unit (MU) cars, and passenger cars. Provide standby power cabinets for each track except for
train-wash track. They are to be located adjacent to the track to coincide with the end point of cars.
Coordinate final location with track layout and standby power cabinet dimensions. Size feeders from the
power source to the cabinet to limit the voltage drop at any cabinet, under full circuit load, to less than
5%. All internal wiring is to conform to National Electrical Code and NEMA specifications.
1. Acceptable manufacture Staneco, Snyder Equipment or equivalent.
2. For additional information, see Standard Practice Drawings SP6001 and SP6002.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
DIVISION 27 – COMMUNICATIONS
REFER TO APPENDIX L5 FOR PREMISE DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM STANDARDS DOCUMENT—(THE COMPANY-WIDE
STANDARDS FOR STRUCTURED CABLING SYSTEMS, OUTLINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, ARE DESIGNED TO BRING ALL
AMTRAK FACILITIES INTO COMPLIANCE WITH INDUSTRY-WIDE PRACTICES AND STANDARDS), as a listed reference
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
DIVISION 28 – ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY

Refer to Appendix L5 – EMCS Security Design Guidance, Practices and Recommendations (Video Surveillance
systems, physical security, Intrusion Detection Systems, and Physical Access Control Systems, as a listed reference).
28 13 00 – Access Control
I. General
A. Access control systems proximity card reader, numeric keypad and related security equipment necessary
for a complete system shall be designed and engineered by sub-contractor as approved by EMCS..
B. Design conduits, boxes, concrete pad and miscellaneous support for security systems.
28 23 00 – Video Surveillance
I. General
A. Video surveillance systems and related security equipment necessary for a complete system shall be
designed and engineered as approved by EMCS.
B. Design conduits, boxes, wiring specifications, equipment specifications, etc.
28 31 00 – Fire Detection and Alarm

I. Design Criteria
A. Stations
1. Stations requiring one or two zones may be zoned systems
2. Stations requiring more than two zones shall be addressable
i) Use analogue addressable system technology
3. Avoid employing unproven technology or older model designs
4. Avoid exclusive dealer territory marketing schemes
II. Notification
A. Coordinate with Amtrak Police and C&S for remote alarms
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK
31 21 13.13 – Radon Venting
I. General
A. Where code indicates that the station is in a moderate to high potential radon zone, install a radon
control system as per the International Residential Code
1. Prepare walls, slabs, base courses, sump pits, etc. as per the code
2. Install a subslab depressurization system
i) System shall be installed as passive with the potential to be made active if required.
ii) Subslab system may be part of the foundation drainage system as described in 33 46 13
Foundation Drainage
31 22 00 – Grading
I. Grade areas to provide drainage away from all structures and tracks and to prevent ponding.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS

32 00 00 – Exterior Improvements
I. General
A. Exterior improvements shall follow Low Impact Development-Best Management Practices:
1. Protect areas that provide water quality benefits or areas particularly susceptible to erosion and
sediment loss
2. Minimize impervious surfaces and break-up and disconnect the flow of runoff over impervious
surfaces
3. Maximize the protection of natural drainage features and vegetation
4. Minimize the decrease in “time of concentration” from preconstruction to post construction. “Time
of Concentration” is defined as the time it takes for runoff to travel from the hydraulically most
distant point of interest within the watershed.
5. Minimize land disturbance including clearing and grading
6. Minimize soil compaction
7. Provide low-maintenance landscaping that encourages retention of planting of native vegetation and
minimizes the use of lawns, fertilizers and pesticides
8. Provide vegetated open-channel conveyance systems discharging into and through stable vegetated
areas.
9. Provide other source controls to prevent or minimize the use of exposure of pollutants at the site in
order to prevent or minimize the release of those pollutants into stormwater runoff.
10. Site design features that help to prevent accumulation of trash and debris in drainage systems
11. Site design features that help to prevent discharge of trash and debris from drainage systems
12. Site design features that help to prevent and/or contain spills or other harmful accumulations of
pollutants
32 12 16 – Asphalt Paving
I. General
A. Asphalt paving shall conform to the materials, workmanship, and other applicable requirements of the
state or local DOT for asphalt pavement.
32 13 13 – Concrete Paving
I. General
A. See standard paving details and section 03 30 00 Cast-In-Place Concrete for all concrete paving
requirements
32 17 26 – Tactile Warning Surfacing

I. General
A. All tactile warning surfaces shall be ADA-compliant.
B. Install tactile warning surfaces at all locations indicated in the Amtrak standard details and at all locations
required and recommended by the most current version of the ADA and ADA Accessibility Guidelines
(ADA-AG).
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
II. Materials
A. The Tactile Warning Surfaces shall include all of the following characteristics:
1. Unless otherwise approved by the Amtrak Project Manager, the surface shall only be installed on
materials which the manufacturer has approved as a suitable substrate.
2. Color shall be Federal yellow unless the project is at an existing and/or historic site and where the
new tactile warning surfaces are intended to match the existing, replace the existing “in-kind”, or
where the SHPO has determined that the standard color may not be used.
i) Where the standard color cannot be used, the tactile warning surface shall be a contrasting color
as required by the ADA.
3. It shall be durable to withstand constant mechanical wear from normal passenger traffic, baggage
equipment, snow removal equipment, and other equipment used by Amtrak or others for the
maintenance of the site, platform, or tracks.
4. It shall be resistant to chemical degradation from salts and any other deicing chemicals
5. Where feasible, it shall be removable and/or readily replaced and allow the installation of a new
surface without affecting the adjacent materials.
III. Accessories
A. All accessories, including but not limited to any removable anchors shall be the same material as the
surface or shall be stainless steel.
IV. Installation
A. Prepare the substrate and install the tactile warning surface in strict accordance with the manufacturer’s
32 32 19 – Unit Masonry Retaining Walls

I. General
A. These notes apply only to retaining walls that retain 8' or less vertically of soil. If actual conditions require
more than 8' of retained soil or if site or soil conditions are beyond the capabilities of Unit Masonry
Retaining Wall systems, the engineer of record shall provide a design per the specific site conditions.
II. Engineering services
A. The contractor shall employ the services of an independent geotechnical or materials engineering firm to
provide soil testing and quality assurance inspection for wall construction and soils work.
B. The selected retaining wall manufacturer shall provide complete design certification for the specific site
and soil conditions. All drawings and specifications shall be signed and sealed by a professional engineer
registered in the state where the retaining wall shall be installed.
1. The design shall be per NCMA design guidelines for segmental retaining walls, and AREMA standards
III. Materials
A. The precast modular concrete retaining wall blocks shall be straight faced, largest standard units
available, smoothest finish available, standard sized units, color to be selected from manuf. standard
colors
B. The precast modular concrete retaining wall system shall include all standard and custom precast units as
well as any associated materials including, but not limited to reinforced backfill, shear keys, drainage mats
and/or fill, reinforcing fabrics, filter fabrics, drainage pipes, and other components as required by the
manufacturer for a complete system.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
IV. Installer qualifications

A. The Contractor shall have successfully installed at least three projects similar to that of this project within
the last two years. Contractor shall maintain at least one mechanic on site at all times that worked on one
or more of these previous installations.
V. Installation
A. Install the retaining wall system in strict accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and as per
the signed and sealed drawings provided by the manufacturer for the specific project.
VI. Cleaning
A. After completion of wall installation, remove construction debris and restore any adjacent finished areas
affected by wall construction to their pre-construction state.
B. Wash wall face to remove soiling and stains. Do not use acid or detergents that may “burn” or discolor
face.
C. When recommended by the manufacturer, prepare and seal surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions.
32 90 00 – Planting
I. Plant Materials:
A. Where feasible, specify and install plants and trees that are native to the region, non-invasive, drought
tolerant, require minimal maintenance, and provide a varied habitat for local wildlife.
1. Turf should be avoided unless requested and maintained by a local municipal or state authority, or
other private entity that has legal responsibility for the site.
B. All plants, including trees, shrubs, vines, groundcovers, annuals and perennials shall comply in form and
vitality with industry standards as described in the American Standard for Nursery Stock as published by
the American Association of Nurserymen.
II. Accessories
A. Provide all accessories and materials necessary for the quick establishment of all plantings, including, but
not limited to mulch, supporting structures, temporary irrigation, organic fertilizer, etc.
III. Existing Tree and Plant Protection
A. The Contractor, while working the site, is responsible for protecting all existing trees and plants to remain
such that they will be free from any damage. If damage is done, the Contractor shall be responsible for
replacement.
1. Trees and plants which are not healthy, are dying, or the design value of which, in the opinion of
Amtrak, have been destroyed through root damage, loss of branches, bark damage, etc., shall be
replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost.
i) Exceptions are defects resulting from abuse or damage by others, or unusual phenomena or
incidents which are beyond landscape installer’s control.
IV. Installation
A. Plant Installation: All trees shall be installed according to the standards as prescribed by International
Society of Arboriculture.
V. Guarantee of Plants:
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
A. The Contractor shall guarantee newly installed plants for a period of one year after date of acceptance
against defects, including death and unsatisfactory growth.
B. Plants which are determined to be defective shall be replaced at the proper season or planting time after
the guarantee period is complete, and replacement plants will be guaranteed by the Contractor for an
additional growing season under an extended guarantee at no additional cost.
C. During the guarantee period, the Contractor shall, from time to time, inspect the watering and other
maintenance practices and promptly report any practices which he considers unsatisfactory and not in his
interests or good horticultural practices. The failure of the Contractor to inspect or report shall be
construed as an acceptance by him of the maintenance practices and shall not thereafter claim that any
defects which may later develop are the result of such practice.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
DIVISION 33 – UTILITIES
33 40 00 – Storm Drainage Utilities
I. General
A. The design for all stormwater systems should meet all State and Federal laws, rules and regulations.
B. The storm drainage system should be designed for positive drainage away from all surface structures that
are not intended to receive drainage such as railroad tracks, building foundations, manholes, cleanouts,
fire hydrants, valve boxes, light poles, junction boxes, conduit, etc.
C. Volume and velocity calculations for stormwater running onto the site in addition to the anticipated
runoff from the site must be prepared early in the design process.
D. Designs should incorporate to the maximum extent practical best management practices-low impact
development indicated in section 32 00 00 Exterior Improvements
E. Stormwater systems shall at no time be connected to a sanitary system
F. All stormwater systems shall be designed to the 100-year storm unless otherwise indicated by a
professional engineer licensed in the state where the project is located. If an existing station building
and/or infrastructure is within the existing 100-year storm, finishes and structural materials that are
“resistant” to flood damage shall be employed.
G. No stormwater drainage system shall have standing water lasting longer than 72 hours unless specifically
designed to accommodate ponding.
II. Platform Storm Drainage
A. The design for all platform stormwater systems should meet all state and Federal laws, rules and
regulations.
B. The platform storm drainage system should be designed for positive drainage away from railroad tracks.
C. Volume and velocity calculations for stormwater running onto the site in addition to the anticipated
runoff from the site must be prepared early in the design process.
D. Platform stormwater drainage system shall be designed to drain standing water from the platform within
24 hours of a rain event and no portion of the platform shall be designed to encourage ponding of
stormwater. Design professional shall provide calculations that demonstrate that the platform drainage
system, including piping and trench drain, can perform accordingly, and has been sized properly.
E. There should be no standing water on the platform in the case of a 25-year (or 100-year, if design
feasible) storm event.
F. Trench style drainage systems must have grates that contain multiple slots or openings and are provided
with an ADA heel proof configuration. Single slot style openings or grates are not permitted.
III. Building Storm Drainage
A. A storm drainage system shall be provided to convey water from building roofs to the site storm sewer
system. New buildings shall be equipped with a separate relief overflow storm drainage system with a
secondary independent piping system to grade near a sidewalk or public area, in addition to the primary
storm drainage system. Scuppers should be avoided.
B. Heat tracing shall be furnished and installed for all storm water lines, valves and/or traps that are outside
heated areas.
IV. Distribution
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
A. Below ground storm water piping shall be service weight cast iron with push-on, bell and spigot ends. PVC
may be used with Amtrak approval.
B. Above ground indoor storm water piping shall be Schedule 40 PVC DWV with drainage pattern fittings and
solvent cement joints. ASTM D2665-94, D2122-90.
C. Horizontal aboveground storm drainage piping shall be insulated to control condensation.
D. Piping exposed to freezing conditions shall be insulated and heat traced.
33 46 13 – Foundation Drainage
I. Slabs-on-grade
A. Provide 6” minimum crushed stone drainage below slabs-on grade.
B. Where recommended by a geotechnical or civil engineer, or where the water table is known or suspected
to be above or at the level of the lowest floor, provide additional drainage below the slab designed by the
Design Contractor.
II. Foundation Perimeter Drain
A. Provide an exterior perimeter drain at the entire building perimeter. The exterior perimeter drain may be
deleted if the site is located in well-drained gravel or sand/gravel mixture soils and a civil or geotechnical
engineer deems the perimeter drain unnecessary.
1. Drainage shall include a continuous and sloped 4” drainage tile or perforated pipe set in gravel or
crushed stone containing not more than 10 percent material that passes a no. 4 sleeve. Drainage
pipe shall be set on no less than 2” of crushed stone and be covered with no less than 12” of crushed
stone. The top of the drainage pipe shall be below the top of the lowest floor and slope down to the
point of discharge. The drainage pipe and crushed stone shall be protected at all sides with a
continuous filter fabric.
i) The perimeter drainage system described is a minimum requirement. Provide additional
components and capacities based on the recommendations of geotechnical or civil engineer.
III. Drainage Discharge.
A. Any foundation and under-slab drainage shall drain by gravity to daylight or to the storm drainage system
for on-site infiltration or off-site conveyance.
1. Where drains carry water to grade, install ¼” welded mesh rodent screening at next to last joint.
B. Where it is not feasible to drain completely by gravity, mechanical drainage, including backup systems
shall be provided.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
DIVISION 34 – TRANSPORTATION
34 10 00 – Guideways/Railways
34 11 93 – Track Appurtenances and Accessories
I. Pedestrian Railroad Grade Crossing
A. The railroad crossing shall be heavy duty ADA compliant full depth rubber pedestrian grade crossing or
pre-cast concrete grade crossing as approved by Amtrak and where required, approved by the Host
Railroad.:
B. Accessories
1. Include any accessories, including sloped walking surfaces to provide an ADA accessible path.
C. Installation
1. Railroad crossing system shall be installed as per manufacturer’s instructions.
34 72 00 – Railway Construction
I. Electric Traction
A. Electric Traction (ET) design, if required, must be performed by a design subcontractor that is on Amtrak
ET Department approved list. Amtrak ET will review, comment and approve.
B. ET construction will be performed by Amtrak ET Forces, with exception of foundations, underground
conduits, structural pads, structural steel posts, columns and beams which will be performed by general
contractor
II. Communications and Signals
A. Communications and Signals (C&S) design, if required, will either be performed by Amtrak C&S
Department (except for outdoor equipment pads, underground conduits and similar structures) or by a
design subcontractor that is on Amtrak C&S Department approved list (Amtrak C&S will review comment
and approve). Final determination of design execution will be by C&S, specific to each project.
B. Design contractor shall coordinate with Amtrak C&S as appropriate.
C. C&S construction will be performed by Amtrak C&S Forces, with exception of outdoor concrete pads,
underground conduits and similar structures that will performed by general contractor.
III. Track
A. Track design, if required, must be performed by a design subcontractor approved by Amtrak Track
Department. Amtrak Track will review, comment and approve.
B. Track design shall comply with Amtrak Track Design Specification #63.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REVISED DATE: PAGE
This page is left intentionally blank.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________

EP4000 REV 02-05-18 - Final

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

EP4000 REV 02-05-18 - Final

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE: NUMBER

AMTRAK ENGINEERING STATIONS & FACILITIES Cynthia Brey, AIA 02/05/18

04 22 00 – CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 96

07 46 46 – MINERAL-FIBER CEMENT SIDING 115

10 21 13 – TOILET COMPARTMENTS 135

DIVISION 28 – ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY ..................................................................... 175

Appendix I – ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW FORM A19 – A20

DIVISION 00 – CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS

considerations, including compatibility with existing products or equipment, or maintenance

performed in accordance with current recommendations and guidelines of corresponding technical

and sustainability considerations. Sustainable design and environmental considerations shall

e) Updated Construction Staging Plans

(i) Interior elevations of important spaces

(i) Location of equipment, if applicable: fans, cooling tower, condenser, roof-mounted

i) Complete Project Definition Report.

i) Qualified ADA Regulations Reviewer Candidate, at the 15% submission.

(i) Estimate Summary: Provide a summary chart of estimate findings by CSI

b) Existing Planning Standards/Guidelines: Amtrak planning standards and guidelines.

iv) Presentation and Initial Report:

4) Support space sizes, requirements and growth projections.

6) Enlarged plans as required to add clarity to special architectural articulations and/or

Specifications shall be printed double-sided on 20 lb., 8 ½” x 11” white paper. A cover

b. Facility Inspection and Maintenance Plan Estimate

IX. Post Construction – Optional

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 41 19 – Rules and Regulations

01 74 19 – Construction Waste Management and Disposal

01 81 00 – Facility Performance Requirements

01 81 10 – Structural Performance Requirements

1. Per local code requirements.

01 81 13 – Sustainable Design Requirements

01 83 17 – Exterior Enclosure Assemblies

01 84 14 – Interior Construction Assemblies

iv) Resilient tile (Facilities only)

DIVISION 03 – CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

B. Floors: Wood float finish

04 22 00 – Concrete Unit Masonry

04 72 00 – Cast Stone Masonry

III. Water Repellant

04 90 00 – Masonry Restoration and Cleaning

05 40 00 – Cold-Formed Metal Framing

III. Structural design

DIVISION 06 – WOODS AND PLASTICS

06 13 23 – Heavy Timber Construction

06 40 23 – Interior Architectural Woodwork

2. Verify adequacy of backing and support framing.

DIVISION 07 – THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION

07 24 00 – Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems (EIFS)

07 24 23 – Direct Applied Exterior Finish Systems (DEFS)

1. Foundation and walls

07 31 29 – Wood Shingles and Shakes

07 41 13 – Metal Roof Panels

07 46 46 – Mineral-Fiber Cement Siding

07 62 00 – Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim

DIVISION 08 – DOORS AND WINDOWS

3. Exterior hollow metal frames shall be galvanized, primed and painted.

08 31 13 – Access Doors and Frames

F. Floor or wall Stops at all doors.

08 71 13 – Automatic Door Operators

2. Glass fiber acoustic batts complying with ASTM C 665, Type I

09 24 23 – Portland Cement Plaster (Stucco)

1. As per TCNA recommendations for the particular substrate and application.

09 51 00 – Acoustical Ceiling Panels